Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Education & Training Services / Stride

Stride

lrn · NYSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker lrn
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Education & Training Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Stride
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Putting Students First

“ K12 online school curriculum is challenging  

to young minds and gives them the eagerness  

to learn and crave education.”

— K A S SY L E N A   L ., 2016,  PA R E N T   O F   A   K 12  ST U D E N T

2016

K 12  A N N UA L   R E P O RT

K
1
2

2
0
1
6

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

VISIT US:   K12.com

TALK WITH US:   866.968.7512

Copyright © 2016 K12 Inc. All rights reserved. K12 is a registered trademark of K12 Inc. The K12 logo and other marks referenced herein are trademarks of K12 Inc. and its subsidiaries, and other marks 

are owned by third parties.

COR1609B59
CODE GOES HERE

 
 
 
Executive Management

Board of Directors

Company Directory

Nathaniel A. Davis
Executive Chairman,
K12 Inc.

Craig R. Barrett
Retired Chairman and CEO, 
Intel Corporation

Guillermo Bron
Managing Director, 
Pine Brook Road Partners, LLC

Fredda J. Cassell
Retired Partner, 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Adam L. Cohn
Co-CEO, Stone Canyon Industries LLC

John M. Engler
President, Business Roundtable

Steven B. Fink
Deputy Chairman, Heron International

Jon Q. Reynolds, Jr.
General Partner, 
Technology Crossover Ventures

Andrew H. Tisch
Co-Chairman of the Board and 
Chairman of Executive Committee, 
Loews Corporation

Stuart J. Udell
Chief Executive Officer,
K12 Inc.

Transfer Agent 
Computershare 
P.O. Box 30170 
College Station, TX 77842 
800.368.5948 
Corporate website: computershare.com

Independent Auditor 
BDO USA, LLP 
Bethesda, MD

Legal Counsel 
Latham & Watkins, LLP 
Washington, DC

Stock Exchange Listing 
Listed on the New York Stock 
Exchange under the symbol LRN

Annual Meeting 
The annual meeting of K12 Inc. 
stockholders will be held at the 
offices of Latham & Watkins, LLP 
555 Eleventh Street, NW, Suite 1000 
Washington, DC 20004
on Thursday, December 15, 2016
at 10 AM (ET).

Investor Inquiries 
Michael S. Kraft 
Vice President, Finance 
571.353.7778 
mkraft@K12.com

Online Information 
For corporate reports and  
company news, visit K12.com.

Nathaniel A. Davis
Executive Chairman

Stuart J. Udell
Chief Executive Officer

James J. Rhyu
Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer

Howard D. Polsky
Executive Vice President,
General Counsel, and Secretary

Allison B. Cleveland
Executive Vice President,
School Management and Services

Lynda B. Cloud
Executive Vice President,
Products

Joseph P. Zarella
Executive Vice President,
Business Operations

Jarayam “Bala” Balachander
Senior Vice President, 
Software Product Development 
and Chief Technology Officer

Robert W. Banwarth
Senior Vice President 
and Chief Information Officer

Bryan W. Flood
Senior Vice President, Public Affairs

Mary F. Gifford
Senior Vice President, 
Academic Policy and External Relations

Sameer S. Kasargod
Senior Vice President 
and Chief Marketing Officer

Valerie A. Maddy
Senior Vice President,
Human Resources

Peter G. Stewart
Senior Vice President,
School Development

Our mission  

is to transform 

learning for 

every student  

we serve.

STUART J. UDELL

NATHANIEL A. DAVIS

Chief Executive Officer 

Executive Chairman

To our fellow shareholders:

DO YOU REMEMBER YOUR FAVORITE TEACHER?

That talented educator who found a way to transform challenging subject matter 

into clear, engaging, and even meaningful lessons? Not just words or numbers on 

a blackboard to be memorized and recited, but that engaging leader who captured 

the imagination of an entire classroom by creating an inspiring and safe place 

where true learning took hold.

Chances are, this teacher knew that not every child learns the same way. So they 

found a way to identify learning gaps and build bridges toward successful academic 

outcomes for the diverse needs of every student in the class. Perhaps this teacher 

even “brought lessons to life” by showcasing tangible examples of how concepts in 

the classroom relate to the world around us. 

Those are the hallmarks of a truly transformative educational experience. Every 

student deserves such a rich and engaging education to unlock and maximize their 

learning potential. This is the mission of K12.

Today’s student body is more diverse than ever with regard to backgrounds, 

learning needs, and educational challenges. Since K12’s mission is to transform 

learning for every student we serve, our offerings must be every bit as diverse. 

Our approach to education encompasses all facets of the modern student–teacher–

parent experience—from differentiated instruction to timely interventional 

responses, and from easy-to-use communication platforms to improved data— 

in order to support effective teacher decision-making. Personalized learning is no 

longer a vision for the future. It is here. It is now. And day-in and day-out, the K12 

personalized learning model benefits the students, families and teachers we serve. 

Since our inception, K12 has been on the frontlines of the digital learning 

revolution, and in fiscal year 2016, we continued to innovate, expanding the 

boundaries of today’s personalized learning experience. We purposefully invested 

in our academic programs, our curriculum, and our technology. We supported 

strategic growth areas, expanding our state and school footprint, launching 

new program offerings, and executing on a strategic acquisition opportunity. 

I I

K12 2016 ANNUAL REPORTSuccess after School

Rachel Bishop graduated from Idaho Virtual 

Academy (IDVA) and then attended Idaho State 

University for nursing. Now, as a registered 

nurse on the surgical floor of a major hospital in 

Pocatello, Idaho, Rachel attributes her success to 

her education powered by K12. In high school, she 

would do coursework in the morning. If she found 

a math lesson challenging, she could take the 

time needed to complete it. On the other hand, if 

she was doing well in English, she could move more 

quickly. She spent afternoons volunteering at the 

local hospital. This schedule allowed Rachel to see if 

nursing really was right for her. By the time she got 

to college, she knew exactly what she wanted to be. 

We believe these key investments, coupled with unparalleled insights into the K 

through 12 digital learning landscape amassed since our inception sixteen years 

ago, make us uniquely poised for growth in the future. 

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

Successful educational outcomes are fostered when teachers, administrators, and 

parents work in harmony to make a student’s academic needs top priority. This 

year, K12 continued to invest in our Students First portfolio of programs, which 

expanded into 19 schools. Students First includes our Strong Start initiative, which 

ensures students are quickly and seamlessly on-boarded into the virtual classroom; 

Walk to Class, personalized outreach and online tutorials; and Family Pulse Checks, 

surveys to gauge family satisfaction and understand academic areas in need of 

increased focus.

“ I’m now 
working my 
”
dream job. 

Rachel B. 
2011 IDVA graduate

92% OF K12 PARENTS SAY  

THE CURRICULUM HAS HELPED  

THEIR STUDENT PREPARE FOR  

FUTURE SUCCESS

In addition to personalized outreach, we also leverage data-driven, predictive 

analytics to identify students and families who may need assistance with 

successful integration into our program. Our team then proactively reaches out to 

offer help. For this school year, more than 27,000 students were identified through 

this early detection program and received differentiated onboarding or specialized 

attention to ensure they were effectively transitioned to their online school. Initial 

results from these new programs are encouraging, with students engaging earlier 

in the school year and at a higher rate. 

Once on-boarded, real learning occurs when the lesson begins and the classroom 

door closes, whether it’s a physical or virtual classroom door. We’ve built a 

platform that truly allows teachers to be great and, this year, we implemented 

multiple programs to further enhance teacher and school leader excellence. 

This includes the expansion of a year-long teacher induction and apprenticeship 

program to hire, train, develop, support, and reward the most valuable resource in 

student success—educators. 

I V

K12 2016 ANNUAL REPORT2016 Highlights

201 6   
RE V E N U E

.

M
6
9
1
9
$

$872.7M  ’14

M
3
.
8
4
9
$

M
7
.
2
7
8
$

’15

’16

201 6   
O P E R AT I N G   I N CO M E 1 , 2

$21.0M 

M

1
.
5
5

M
7
.
3
4

’14

’15

M
1
2

’16

A reconciliation of Operating Income, EBITDA, and Free Cash Flow metrics to GAAP results can be found on page 141.

However, K12 is keenly aware that there are some instances when learning is 

inhibited by factors outside of an educator’s control. This year, we continued to 

invest in a holistic system of wrap-around service programs, including our Family 

Academic Support Teams, FAST, to link families to school and community-based 

early intervention resources. FAST empowers students to overcome challenges, 

stay motivated in school, and ultimately succeed in life. 

We will continue to evaluate and refine each of these programs in the coming year. 

K12 holds a unique position within our industry. With more than 100,000 students 

attending our fully managed partner schools, we have the ability to gain valuable, 

data-driven insights into our programs. We study these complex data sets to 

identify which students are successful in various learning environments and why. 

Ultimately, this data is used to inform instruction, enhancing student engagement 
and academic outcomes.

Our data consistently shows that the longer students remain in their virtual school 

environment, the stronger their academic results. Students enrolled three or more 

years in K12-managed public schools compared to students enrolled less than 

one year achieved 16 percent higher proficiency in English Language Arts and 14 

percent higher proficiency in Mathematics, according to testing data from school 

year 2014–2015. 

1  During fiscal year 2014, the Company sold certain businesses and incurred charges relating to additional reserves, accelerated amortization and severance costs of $32.2 
million. In aggregate, the disposed businesses were responsible for $16.9 million in revenue and have been excluded from 2014 revenues above. In 2015, the Company 
incurred charges related to end-of-life products, software and inventory, reserves, and severance costs that totaled $28.4 million. Operating income and EBITDA for 
2014 and 2015 are shown excluding the impact of these charges.

2  In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, K12 announced that it had reached a settlement with the State of California resolving all claims related to an Attorney General 
inquiry with no admission of liability or wrongdoing, and no fines or penalties. K12 took a net charge related to this settlement of $7.1 million. Operating income and 
EBITDA are shown excluding this cost.

2016 Highlights

201 6   
E B I T DA 1 , 2

$89.2M 

M
6
.
3
2
1

M
6
.
3
1
1

M
2
9
8

.

’14

’15

’16

201 6   
F RE E   C A S H   F L OW 3

$58.9M 

M
5
.
3
7

M
3
.
8
5

M
9
8
5

.

’14

’15

’16

Improved student retention also has a direct financial benefit to K12. It minimizes 

the need for greater marketing spend and maximizes return on investment in 

curriculum and technology. This fiscal year, K12 improved student retention by 

more than 150 basis points compared to student performance through the same 

period last year. These figures demonstrate our investments in our academic 

programs are yielding measurable returns.

CURRICULUM AND TECHNOLOGY

In 2016, we also invested heavily in our next-generation online curriculum which 

rolls out this fall. Described as “highly intuitive and adaptive,” the new curriculum, 

called Summit, adjusts in response to the needs of the learner. What’s more, it’s 
mobile; content can truly be accessed anytime, anywhere.

Summit features rich and interactive videos and lessons to captivate students and 

empower them to understand the reason the content they are learning is relevant 

in the real world. Importantly, the curriculum includes powerful teacher tools 

and analytics to guide instruction and supports state standards and assessment 

mastery. We released our first eight courses in fiscal year 2017, and will build 

Summit across all of our lines of business over the next few years.

3  Free Cash Flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property and equipment, and capitalized software and curriculum 

development costs.

V I

K12 2016 ANNUAL REPORTSummit Curriculum 
Makes a Good Thing 
Even Better

For nearly two decades, a key differentiator in 

K12’s high-quality online education for grades 

K–12 has been its award-winning curriculum. 

This year, with the launch of K12’s Summit 

Curriculum, students will be able to reach 

new levels of learning through engaging 

course content aligned to state standards, 

differentiated instruction, easy-to-view 

analytics, and a mobile experience that allows 

learning to happen anytime, anywhere. Select 

courses will launch for the 2016–2017 school 

year with additional content to be released for 

2017–2018.

MORE THAN  

150  

VIDEOS

IN EACH COURSE HELP  

BRING LEARNING TO LIFE

IN EACH COURSE HELP  

BRING LEARNING TO LIFE

This year we also expanded the use of our new online platform for middle school 

students which supports the “learn anywhere at any time” capability tailored for 

every student’s unique educational needs. The upgrade, to be rolled out for the 

upcoming school year, unifies the student user experience, aggregating resources 

into a single place and enabling a greater personalization of the student learning 

experience. The platform also provides dashboards to easily gauge performance, 

allowing students, parents and teachers to easily see and evaluate student 

progress and identify where additional work is needed.

We invested in a new school e-mail platform, constructing a communications 

ecosystem uniquely tailored to meeting the needs of today’s online students and 

educators. Communication will be fully mobile—not tethered to a device. Early 

feedback has been positive—easy to learn and easy to use—with improved family 

engagement, thus ensuring more effective teacher–parent and teacher–student 

communication.

Our investments in an enhanced curriculum, new learning management systems, 

and communication platforms are all designed to deliver exactly what a student 

or teacher needs when they need it. We believe these investments will also deliver 

game-changing operating and capital efficiencies across our business units and 

support growth opportunities in the years to come.

EXPANDING OUR REACH

This year, we expanded the network of K12-powered schools. We worked with 

various states and school boards to open new schools in new states that don’t 

yet offer a state-wide virtual school option as well as in states where we already 

operate at least one school. In each case, states and partners choose K12 because 
of our programs, our reputation for quality service and support, and our focus on 

compliance and adherence to state and federal requirements.

Alabama’s first-ever statewide virtual public school now serves students in grades 

K through 12. A new school in Virginia augments our existing presence and will 

begin serving student needs from across the state this fall. Academically at-risk 

student populations in Indiana and Nevada are benefiting from the opening of both 

Insight School of Indiana, serving grades 9 through 12, and Great Basin Virtual 

Academy for grades K though 8. Omaha Public Schools Online delivers a blended 

V I I I

K12 2016 ANNUAL REPORTA Rising Role Model 

Damácia Howard, a 13-year-old Georgia Cyber 

Academy (GCA) student, enjoys an individualized 

education that allows her to explore her full 

potential. A straight-A student last year, Damácia 

is an incoming 8th grader and will take 9th grade 

literature and high school biology, physical science, 

and Spanish. Not only a success in academics, in July 

2016, she was crowned Miss Georgia Pre-Teen 2016 

Queen in the National American Miss competition. 

For her charitable work for Books for Africa, she was 

named Georgia State Middle-Level Winner of the 

Prudential Spirit of Community Awards, and she 

regularly inspires children at a Ronald McDonald 

House. Having already accomplished so much, we 

expect to see even more from this rising role model.

Damácia enjoys 

an individualized 

education that 

allows her to 

explore her full 

potential. 

Damácia H., 2016 
GCA student

learning curriculum to students in grades K through 8 in Nebraska. Highpoint 

Virtual Academy of Michigan focuses on dual-credit and early college programs. 

Snow Pond Arts Academy delivers a blended learning curriculum to high school 

students in Maine, with a strong focus on academics and the performing arts. 

CAREER TECHNICAL EDUCATION

An exciting new avenue of focus for K12 is our Career Technical Education (CTE) 

program, which benefits both high school students and local economies. Our 

nation is experiencing a skills gap. Millions of well paying, skilled-trade jobs are 

going unfilled due to a mismatch between the skills of available workers and skills 

that manufacturers demand. This is occurring, ironically, as millions of people 

remain unemployed or underemployed. The vast majority of these skilled-trade 

jobs require education beyond high school but not necessarily a four-year degree.

MORE THAN 

250  

COURSES

OFFERED FOR  

STUDENTS IN GRADES K–12

CTE delivers highly relevant educational alternatives linked to career pathways 

in business, health science, information technology, and manufacturing. Each 

pathway will empower students with the preparation and skills necessary to earn 

industry-recognized certifications that result in an immediate job or a head-start 

on a two- or four-year college degree. 

Our partner school, launched in Wisconsin in cooperation with a local trade union, 

represents the first of several Career Technical offerings planned by K12 this year. 

For the upcoming school year, in partnership with school boards, we will also launch 

new CTE schools or programs in Nevada, Colorado, Utah, and South Carolina. Over 

the next three years, we plan a significant expansion of these programs to include 

dozens of courses with a comprehensive set of wrap-around services. 

x

K12 2016 ANNUAL REPORTFUEL EDUCATION

This year, K12’s institutional line of business, Fuel Education (FuelEd) also began 

to offer CTE courses to school districts and saw immediate interest in the 

solution. FuelEd adds the CTE offering to the industry’s most extensive catalog 

of standards-based, pre-K through grade 12 courses, content, and assessments, 

designed and developed for online delivery from the outset. 

School districts are increasingly leveraging online courses, content, and materials, 

as there is a real need to deliver academic programs that support the diverse needs 

of their student populations while remaining in-step with the digital education 

revolution. Digital content is being used to supplement classroom instruction, 

address homebound populations, and even to replace traditional textbooks. 

As more districts shift to online and digital models, we believe FuelEd is well-

positioned to take advantage of this growth over the long-term. In the coming year, 

we will continue to refine our FuelEd service offerings to meet an ever-changing 

market demand.

STRATEGIC INVESTMENT

The K12 portfolio was expanded this fiscal year through a strategic acquisition that 

enhances our product set and diversifies our technology platform. We purchased 

LTS Education Systems (LTS). LTS’ core product is Stride, a SAAS offering that 

blends instruction, assessments, and games into a mobile skills practice and test-

readiness solution. Stride is adaptive, gamified, engaging, and mobile, all of which 

supports our framework for personalizing the student learning experience. This 

product fills a gap we have in skills practice, assessment and test readiness across 

all grades and core subjects in reading, English language arts, math, science, and 
social studies. 

Importantly, the product is game-based. Gamification of learning richly engages 

today’s students, translating into enhanced concepts retention and improved 

outcomes. We believe gamification and game-based learning will be a significant 

factor in both future student success and corporate growth.

“ Middle schoolers love 

feedback. It builds a 

conversation, and it 

builds community.”

Jennifer R., 2016 
Fuel Education Virtual Educator  
and Teacher Ambassador 

Quick Teacher 
Response Means 
Greater Student Gains

As a social studies teacher with Fuel Education 

for more than three years, Jennifer Richardson 

provides feedback to her students within 24 

hours through e-mail, phone calls, and online 

support sessions. Quick response helps her 

middle schoolers who are struggling with 

concepts and prevents negative impacts on their 

learning success. She’s also able to effectively 

connect with parents. In her previous position 

in a brick-and-mortar setting, she didn’t have 

as much contact with parents. Richardson is 

pleased to see how parents now use her regular 

feedback to engage with her and invest more 

deeply in their children’s education.

5,000  

TEACHERS

APPROxIMATELY 5,000  

TEACHERS WORK WITH  

K12-POWERED SCHOOLS

x I I

K12 2016 ANNUAL REPORT“By building  

leaders, we can  

have even greater 

impact on young 

people’s education.” 

Darren R., 2016 
Vice President of School Leadership 
Development and Support

Reaching Students  
by Building Leaders

Darren Reed, a former Teacher of the Year in 

Newport News, Virginia, and principal, loved 

what he did. “I never wanted to do anything but 

teach,” he says. But he also wanted to impact 

more students. As vice president of school 

leadership development and support, Reed now 

has greater influence by training a new generation 

of school leaders. In 2015, Reed spearheaded the 

Lead360@K12 Leadership Development and School 

Support Program. Based on six core leadership 

standards, Reed and his team established targeted 

professional development strategies, which will 

help K12 recruit, hire, and train world-class school 

leaders. “By building leaders, we can have even 

greater impact on young people’s education,”  

Reed says. 

OF ALL NEW K12-EMPLOYED  

HEADS OF SCHOOL  

RECEIVED PROFESSIONAL  

DEVELOPMENT TRAINING

FINANCIAL RESULTS

For fiscal year 2016, we posted revenues of $872.7 million, a reduction of 8.0%. 

Operating income was $13.9 million, a reduction of 24.5%.

Our declines in revenue and operating income for the year are largely attributable 

to a shift in our largest school contract from a managed to non-managed program. 

Excluding the impact of this transition, we would have seen underlying revenue 

and operating income growth in the year.

Our results were also impacted by a settlement with the State of California 

resolving all claims related to an Attorney General inquiry with no admission or 

findings of liability or wrongdoing, and no fines or penalties. Our emphasis has 

always been on doing the right thing, from ensuring an optimal learning experience 

to delivering the highest quality curriculum, and always working to ensure 

compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. With the settlement behind 

us, we now move forward with our full focus, as always, on serving students, 

enhancing curriculum, and building a stronger company for all of our stakeholders.

LOOKING AHEAD – ENDLESS OPPORTUNITIES

Our mission is to transform learning for every student we serve. Facilitated by 

a world-class, best-in-breed curriculum, we strive every day to accomplish our 

mission by providing a personalized learning experience for every child, regardless 

of their circumstances. Led by talented, imaginative, and experienced educators, 

the K12-powered learning environment consistently receives high praise from 

increasing numbers of families across the nation in search of an education solution 

that will help their child realize their full academic potential.

Pushing the boundaries of innovation in a sector as large and traditionally  

entrenched as education isn’t easy. As K12 introduces new options into school 

districts across the nation, not everyone is accepting of blended and online 

programs. Many believe a for-profit firm can’t possibly care so deeply about 

teaching and student success. However, we are an organization of passionate and 

committed educators. Supporting students to reach their academic goals is in our 

DNA. K12 cares as much, if not more, about student success as any not-for-profit. 

OF ALL NEW K12-EMPLOYED  

HEADS OF SCHOOL  

RECEIVED PROFESSIONAL  

DEVELOPMENT TRAINING

x I V

K12 2016 ANNUAL REPORTWe will not let critics sway us from innovating and 

delivering education techniques and programs 

tailor-made for students today and for the 

generations that follow. 

Online and blended learning is still relatively 

young. Lessons are being learned as K12 grows and 

evolves. What always has and always will endure 

is our enterprise-wide, cultural commitment to 

engaging and empowering the students we serve. 

This commitment is far more than just good 

business. It’s a personal passion we share with our 

thousands of team members at K12, our partner 

schools, and the school districts we serve. We’re 

confident investments made in this fiscal year will 

raise the bar on our already formidable status as a 

digital learning pioneer and education innovator. 

K12 has never been better positioned to redefine 

an optimal teacher–student experience and ensure 

21st century technologies help drive exceptional 

academic outcomes for all the students we serve.

Thank you for your support.

Nate Davis,  

Stuart Udell,  

Executive Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

Postsecondary 

Schools Where K12 

Graduates Were 

Accepted in 2014 

and 2015

Arizona State University

Baylor University

Boston University

Bowling Green State University

Brigham Young University

California Polytechnic  
  State University 

Clemson University

Georgia State University

The Juilliard School

Miami University

Pennsylvania State University

Portland State University 

University of Kansas

Texas A&M University

University of Maryland–  
  College Park

University of North Carolina

University of Pennsylvania

University of Washington–Seattle

*  National Clearinghouse Student 

Tracker Report 2014, 2015

FORM 10–K

UNITED  STATES
SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION
Washington,  D.C.  20549
Form  10-K
(cid:1) ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE  SECURITIES

EXCHANGE  ACT  OF  1934

(cid:2) TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE  SECURITIES

For  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2016

EXCHANGE  ACT  OF  1934

For  the  transition  period  from 

  to 
Commission  file  number  001-33883
K12  Inc.
(Exact  name  of  registrant  as  specified  in  its  charter)

Delaware
(State  or  other  jurisdiction  of
incorporation  or  organization)

2300  Corporate  Park  Drive
Herndon,  VA  20171

95-4774688
(I.R.S.  Employer
Identification  No.)

(703)  483-7000
(Registrant’s  telephone  number,  including  area  code)

Securities  registered  pursuant  to  Section  12(b)  of  the  Act:

Title  of  each  class

Name  of  each  exchange  on  which  registered

Common  Stock,  $0.0001  par  value

New  York  Stock  Exchange  (NYSE)

Securities  registered  pursuant  to  Section  12(g)  of  the  Act:

None
(Title  of  Class)

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  a  well-known  seasoned  issuer,  as  defined  by  Rule  405  of  the  Securities

Act.  Yes  (cid:2) No  (cid:1)

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  not  required  to  file  reports  pursuant  to  Section  13  or  Section  15(d)  of  the

Act.  Yes  (cid:2) No  (cid:1)

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file
such  reports),  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to  such  filing  requirements  for  the  past  90  days.  Yes (cid:1) No  (cid:2)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes (cid:1) No (cid:2)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and
will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference
in  Part  III  of  this  Form  10-K  or  any  amendment  to  this  Form  10-K. (cid:1)

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  or  a
smaller reporting company. See the definitions of ‘‘large accelerated filer,’’ ‘‘accelerated filer’’ and ‘‘smaller reporting company’’ in
Rule  12b-2  of  the  Exchange  Act.  (Check  one):
Large  accelerated  filer  (cid:2)

Smaller  reporting  company  (cid:2)

Accelerated  filer  (cid:1)

Non-accelerated  filer  (cid:2)
(Do  not  check  if  a
smaller  reporting  company)

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  shell  company  (as  defined  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the  Act).  Yes (cid:2) No  (cid:1)

The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  registrant’s  voting  and  non-voting  stock  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  registrant  as  of
December  31,  2015  was  approximately  $228,694,506.  Aggregate  market  value  excludes  an  aggregate  of  approximately  12,933,353
shares  of  common  stock  held  by  officers  and  directors  and  by  each  person  known  by  the  registrant  to  own  5%  or  more  of  the
outstanding common stock on such date. Exclusion of shares held by any of these persons should not be construed to indicate that
such person possesses the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the registrant,
or  that  such  person  is  controlled  by  or  under  common  control  with  the  registrant.

The  number  of  shares  of  the  registrant’s  common  stock  outstanding  as  of  July  31,  2016  was  39,671,177.

DOCUMENTS  INCORPORATED  BY  REFERENCE:

Portions  of  the  registrant’s  definitive  proxy  statement  for  its  2016  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  to  be  filed  pursuant  to
Regulation  14A  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  not  later  than  120  days  after  the  registrant’s  fiscal  year  ended
June  30,  2016,  are  incorporated  by  reference  into  Part  III  of  this  Form  10-K.

TABLE  OF  CONTENTS

PART  I

ITEM  1.
Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  1A. Risk  Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  1B. Unresolved  Staff  Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  2.
Legal  Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  3.
Mine  Safety  Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  4

PART  II

ITEM  5. Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer

Purchases  of  Equity  Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selected  Financial  Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ITEM  6.
ITEM  7. Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of

Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  7A. Quantitative  and  Qualitative  Disclosures  About  Market  Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  8.
Changes  In  and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and  Financial
ITEM  9.

Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  9A. Controls  and  Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  9B. Other  Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PART  III

ITEM  10. Directors,  Executive  Officers  and  Corporate  Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  11. Executive  Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  12.

Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners,  Management  and  Related

Stockholder  Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  13. Certain  Relationships,  Related  Transactions  and  Director  Independence . . . . . . . .
Principal  Accounting  Fees  and  Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  14.

4
33
50
51
51
51

52
55

58
81
82

125
125
128

128
128

128
128
128

PART  IV

ITEM  15. Exhibits  and  Financial  Statement  Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

129

2

CERTAIN  DEFINITIONS

Unless  the  context  requires  otherwise,  all  references  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  (the
‘‘Annual  Report’’)  to  ‘‘K12,’’  ‘‘K12,’’  ‘‘Company,’’  ‘‘we,’’  ‘‘our’’  and  ‘‘us’’  refer  to  K12  Inc.  and  its
consolidated  subsidiaries.

SPECIAL  NOTE  ON  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities
Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995  that  involve  substantial  risks  and  uncertainties.  All  statements  other  than
statements  of  historical  facts  contained  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  are  forward-looking
statements.  We  have  tried,  whenever  possible,  to  identify  these  forward-looking  statements  using  words
such  as  ‘‘anticipates,’’  ‘‘believes,’’  ‘‘estimates,’’  ‘‘continues,’’  ‘‘likely,’’  ‘‘may,’’  ‘‘opportunity,’’  ‘‘potential,’’
‘‘projects,’’  ‘‘will,’’  ‘‘expects,’’  ‘‘plans,’’  ‘‘intends’’  and  similar  expressions  to  identify  forward-looking
statements, whether in the negative or the affirmative. These statements reflect our current beliefs and are
based  upon  information  currently  available  to  us.  Accordingly,  such  forward-looking  statements  involve
known  and  unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors  which  could  cause  our  actual  results,
performance or achievements to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, such statements.
These  risks,  uncertainties,  factors  and  contingencies  include,  but  are  not  limited  to:

(cid:127) reduction  of  per  pupil  funding  amounts  at  the  schools  we  serve;

(cid:127) inability  to  achieve  a  sufficient  level  of  new  enrollments  to  sustain  our  business  model;

(cid:127) failure to enter into new managed school contracts or renew existing contracts, in part or in their

entirety;

(cid:127) failure of the schools we serve or us to comply with federal, state and local regulations, resulting in a

loss  of  funding,  an  obligation  to  repay  funds  previously  received,  or  contractual  remedies;

(cid:127) governmental  investigations  that  could  result  in  fines,  penalties,  settlements,  or  injunctive  relief;

(cid:127) declines  or  variations  in  academic  performance  outcomes  of  the  students  and  schools  we  serve  as

curriculum  and  testing  standards  evolve;

(cid:127) harm to our reputation resulting from poor performance or misconduct by operators or us in any

school  in  our  industry  and/or  in  any  school  in  which  we  operate;

(cid:127) legal and regulatory challenges from opponents of virtual public education or for-profit education

companies;

(cid:127) discrepancies  in  interpretation  of  legislation  by  regulatory  agencies  that  may  lead  to  payment  or

funding  disputes;

(cid:127) termination  of  our  contracts  with  schools  due  to  a  loss  of  authorizing  charter;

(cid:127) entry  of  new  competitors  with  superior  technologies  and  lower  prices;

(cid:127) unsuccessful  integration  of  mergers,  acquisitions  and  joint  ventures;

(cid:127) failure  to  further  develop,  maintain  and  enhance  our  technology,  products,  services  and  brands;

(cid:127) inadequate  recruiting,  training  and  retention  of  effective  teachers  and  employees;

(cid:127) infringement  of  our  intellectual  property;  and

(cid:127) disruptions  to  our  Internet-based  learning  and  delivery  systems  resulting  from  cyber-attacks.

Forward-looking  statements  reflect  our  management’s  expectations  or  predictions  of  future
conditions,  events  or  results  based  on  various  assumptions  and  management’s  estimates  of  trends  and

3

economic  factors  in  the  markets  in  which  we  are  active,  as  well  as  our  business  plans.  They  are  not
guarantees  of  future  performance.  By  their  nature,  forward-looking  statements  are  subject  to  risks  and
uncertainties.  Our  actual  results  and  financial  conditions  may  differ,  possibly  materially,  from  the
anticipated  results  and  financial  conditions  indicated  in  these  forward-looking  statements.  There  are  a
number  of  factors  that  could  cause  actual  conditions,  events  or  results  to  differ  materially  from  those
described in the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report. A discussion of factors that
could cause actual conditions, events or results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-
looking  statements  appears  in  ‘‘Part  1—Item  1A—Risk  Factors.’’

Readers  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  forward-looking  statements  in  this  Annual
Report  or  that  we  make  from  time  to  time,  and  to  consider  carefully  the  factors  discussed  in
‘‘Part  1—Item  1A—Risk  Factors’’  of  this  Annual  Report  in  evaluating  these  forward-looking  statements.
These forward-looking statements are representative only as of the date they are made, and we undertake
no  obligation  to  update  any  forward-looking  statement  as  a  result  of  new  information,  future  events  or
otherwise.

ITEM  1. BUSINESS

Company  Overview

PART  I

We  are  a  technology-based  education  company.  We  offer  proprietary  curriculum,  software  systems
and  educational  services  designed  to  facilitate  individualized  learning  for  students  primarily  in
kindergarten  through  12th  grade,  or  K-12.  Our  mission  is  to  maximize  a  child’s  potential  by  offering  an
engaging  and  effective  education,  regardless  of  geographic  location  or  socio-economic  background.  We
provide  a  continuum  of  technology-based  educational  products  and  solutions  to  public  school  districts,
public  schools,  virtual  charter  schools,  private  schools  and  families  as  we  strive  to  transform  a  student’s
learning  experience  into  one  that  delivers  individualized  education.  In  2013,  AdvancEd,  a  non-profit
international accreditation agency for schools and school systems, renewed our five year quality assurance
accreditation.

As an innovator in K-12 online education, we believe we have attained distinctive core competencies
that  allow  us  to  meet  the  varied  needs  of  our  school  customers  and  students.  These  core  competencies
include  our  ability  to  create  engaging  curriculum,  train  teachers  to  be  effective  in  online  instruction,
provide  turn-key  management  services  to  online  schools,  customize  online  learning  programs  for  school
districts,  develop  innovative  new  offerings,  and  assist  legislators  and  policy  makers  in  understanding  the
many  dynamics  of  virtual  and  blended  learning  that  can  complement  and  transform  traditional  schools.
These  factors  enable  us  to  provide  a  unique  set  of  products  and  services  to  three  lines  of  business  that
share  many  common  attributes,  including  curriculum,  learning  systems,  management  expertise,  logistical
systems and marketing. These lines of business are: Managed Public School Programs, which is comprised
of virtual and blended schools (as more fully described below), Institutional business (educational products
and  services  sold  to  school  districts,  public  schools  and  other  educational  institutions  that  we  do  not
manage), and Private Pay Schools and Other (private schools, including international, for which we charge
student  tuition  and  direct  consumer  sales).

Managed  Public  School
Programs

(cid:127) Virtual  schools
(cid:127) Blended  schools
—Hybrid  schools
—Passport  schools

Institutional

Private  Pay  Schools  and  Other

(cid:127) Non-managed  Public  School  Programs (cid:127) Managed  private  schools
(cid:127) Institutional  software  and  services

—K12  International  Academy
—George  Washington  University  Online  High  School
—The  Keystone  School

(cid:127) Independent  course  sales  (Consumer)

4

(cid:127) Managed  Public  School  Programs

Our Managed Public School Programs business includes both virtual and blended public schools
where a district or independent charter board contracts with K12 to help provide a full-time program
of  educational  products  and  services.  The  Managed  Public  School  Programs  are  programs  in  which
K12  provides  substantially  all  of  the  management,  technology  and  academic  support  services  in
addition to curriculum, learning systems and instructional services. In contrast, Non-managed Public
School  Programs  do  not  offer  primary  administrative  oversight.  In  fiscal  year  2016,  our  Managed
Public  School  Programs  accounted  for  approximately  82%  of  our  revenue.

Virtual  Public  Schools.

In  full-time  virtual  public  schools,  students  receive  online  lessons  over
the  Internet,  utilize  offline  learning  materials  that  we  supply,  and  receive  instruction  from  state
certified teachers. In addition to providing our courses, course materials and, in certain cases, student
computers,  we  also  offer  these  schools  a  variety  of  management,  technology  and  academic  support
services. The majority of our revenue is derived from long-term service agreements with the governing
authorities  of  these  virtual  public  schools.

Blended  Public  Schools.

In  addition  to  providing  services  to  virtual  public  schools,  we  also  sell
our products and services to blended public schools that combine online and face-to-face instruction
in many different arrangements with varying amounts of time spent by students in a physical learning
center.

For  both  virtual  and  blended  Managed  Public  School  Programs,  the  governing  authority  with
control over the schools negotiates contractual terms with us for all aspects of the management of the
schools,  including  the  creation  and  implementation  of  the  academic  plan,  monitoring  academic
achievement,  teacher  recruitment  and  training,  student  enrollment  and  marketing,  compensation
recommendations  for  school  personnel,  implementation  of  student  support  services,  financial  and
regulatory  compliance  support,  procurement  of  curriculum,  computers  and  other  required  services
and  equipment.  The  scope  of  services  we  provide  may  also  vary  in  accordance  with  applicable  state
regulations  and  each  governing  authority’s  policies.  Funding  is  provided  primarily  by  state
governments.  For  the  2015-16  school  year,  we  provided  these  turn-key  management  services  to
Managed  Public  School  Programs  in  33  states  and  the  District  of  Columbia.

(cid:127) Institutional

We  work  closely  as  partners  with  a  growing  number  of  school  districts  and  individual  schools,
enabling them to offer their students an array of online education solutions, including full-time virtual
and  blended  programs,  semester  courses  and  supplemental  educational  products.  Institutional
business includes Non-managed Public School Programs and Institutional software and services where
K12 provides curriculum and technology, and the school has an option to contract for instruction or
other  software  and  services  we  provide;  however,  the  Institutional  business  offerings  do  not  include
primary administrative oversight to these programs. In addition to curriculum, systems and programs,
we  provide  teacher  training,  teaching  services  and  other  support  services.  Our  Institutional  business
customers  include  public  schools,  school  districts,  private  schools,  charter  schools,  early  childhood
learning  centers  and  corporate  partners.  Additionally,  we  operate  Middlebury  Interactive
Languages  LLC  (‘‘MIL’’),  which  was  created  as  a  joint  venture  with  Middlebury  College  to  develop
and  market  online  foreign  language  courses  (see  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,
Note 10). For the 2015-16 school year, we served school districts or individual schools in all 50 states
and the District of Columbia, including those where the regulatory environment restricts or prohibits
statewide  online  programs.

(cid:127) Private  Pay  Schools  and  Other

We operate three online private schools: The K12 International Academy, the George Washington
University Online High School and the Keystone School. We also have entered into agreements which

5

enable us to distribute our products and services to students from more than 100 countries. We pursue
international opportunities where we believe there is significant demand for quality online education.
Our  principal  customers  are  U.S.  students,  including  those  who  reside  in  states  where  the  online
public school option is not available, as well as expatriate families and foreign students who wish to
study  in  English.  Additionally,  our  curriculum  is  sold  to  end  user  customers  who  desire  to  educate
their  children  outside  of  the  traditional  school  system  or  to  supplement  their  child’s  traditional
education. 

We  continue  to  make  significant  capital  investments  in  our  infrastructure  and  resources  intended  to
improve  student  academic  outcomes,  including:  (i)  the  ongoing  development  and  enhancement  of  our
current and next generation curriculum and software; (ii) implementation of a new learning management
platform  for  our  high  school  students;  (iii)  corporate  and  school  infrastructure  to  improve  scalability,
increase data security and privacy, and attain cost savings; (iv) purchase and delivery of student computers
and  (v)  conversion  of  interactive  instructional  products  to  enable  delivery  through  tablets  and  mobile
devices.

Our  History

We  were  founded  in  2000  to  utilize  advances  in  technology  to  provide  children  with  access  to  a
high-quality public school education regardless of their geographic location or socioeconomic background.
Given the geographic flexibility of technology-based education, we believed that the pursuit of this mission
could help address the growing concerns regarding the regionalized disparity in the quality of public school
education, both in the United States and abroad. The convergence of these factors and rapid advances in
Internet  networks  created  the  opportunity  to  make  a  significant  impact  by  deploying  online  learning
software  and  systems  on  a  flexible,  online  platform.

In September 2001, we introduced our kindergarten through 2nd grade offering in Pennsylvania and
Colorado,  serving  approximately  900  students  in  the  two  states  combined.  We  subsequently  added  new
grades  and  new  schools  in  additional  states.  We  also  launched  blended  public  schools  that  combine
face-to-face  time  in  the  classroom  with  online  instruction  and  opened  an  online  private  school  to  reach
students worldwide. In school year 2015-16, we served virtual public schools with Managed Public School
Programs in 33 states and the District of Columbia, specifically: Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, California,
Colorado,  Florida,  Georgia,  Idaho,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Iowa,  Kansas,  Louisiana,  Maine,  Massachusetts,
Michigan,  Minnesota,  Nevada,  New  Jersey,  New  Mexico,  North  Carolina,  Ohio,  Oklahoma,  Oregon,
Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Virginia, Washington, Wisconsin and Wyoming. We
also  serve  schools  in  all  50  states  through  our  Institutional  business.

Our  Market

The  U.S.  market  for  K-12  education  is  large  and  online  learning  is  gaining  greater  acceptance.  For

example:

(cid:127) According  to  the  most  recently  available  data  from  the  2015  Keeping  Pace  with  K-12  Digital
Learning report (‘‘Keeping Pace’’), over 50 million students attend K-12 public schools, and nearly
five  million  students  are  enrolled  in  private  schools.  Five  states  mandate  the  completion  of  an
online course prior to high school graduation. Full-time virtual charter schools served an estimated
275,000 students who took approximately 3.3 million semester equivalent courses online. Fourteen
states have enacted online course choice laws. K12 is a sponsor of Keeping Pace along with 14 other
educational  organizations,  including  iNACOL.

(cid:127) The  2015  Keeping  Pace  report  further  states  that  47%  of  students  in  grades  9-12  pursue  online
learning to access courses not offered at the school, and 43% choose to take courses online to be
able to work at their own pace. In addition, 2.2 million K-12 students participated in a formal online
learning  program.

6

(cid:127) In  addition,  according  to  a  report  by  National  Home  Education  Research  Institute,  there  are
approximately  2.3  million  home-educated  students  in  the  United  States.  Many  of  these  students
took  an  online  course  and  a  small  percentage  enrolled  in  a  full-time  online  program.

(cid:127) According  to  the  National  Center  for  Educational  Statistics  (‘‘NCES’’),  a  division  of  the  U.S.
Department of Education, the public school system alone encompassed more than 98,500 schools
and  approximately  13,500  districts  during  the  2012-13  school  year.

(cid:127) The NCES estimates that total spending in the K-12 market was projected to be $669 billion for the
2012-13 school year, and that public school spending will increase by 4.5 percent, to $699 billion, by
2022-23.

Many  parents  and  educators  are  seeking  alternatives  to  traditional  classroom-based  education  for  a
variety of reasons. Demand for these alternatives is evident in the expanding number of choices available
to parents and students. For example, from the time we were founded in school year 2000 to school year
2013, the percentage of public school students who attended charter schools increased from 0.7% to 4.6%
according to the NCES. According to the 2015 Keeping Pace with K-12 Digital Learning report, there are
approximately  6,700  public  charter  schools  operating  in  42  states  and  the  District  of  Columbia  with  an
estimated  enrollment  of  approximately  2.9  million  students.  Similarly,  acceptance  of  online  learning
initiatives, including not only virtual and blended public schools, but also online courses, credit recovery,
remediation,  testing  and  Internet-based  professional  development,  has  continued  to  grow.  Districts  are
also  rapidly  adopting  online  learning  to  expand  course  offerings,  provide  schedule  flexibility,  increase
graduation  rates  and  lower  the  cost  of  delivering  education.

Demand  for  Education  Alternatives:  The  Market  Opportunity  and  the  K12  Solutions

As  evidenced  by  the  varying  options  being  utilized  by  K-12  students,  no  single  educational  model
works  equally  well  for  all  students.  Children  today  utilize  technology  in  all  aspects  of  their  lives,  and  we
expect  them  to  extend  their  use  of  technology  to  their  educational  needs  and  choices.  Our  business  is
modeled on the premise that every student has the right to an education that is individualized and available
anywhere  that  meets  each  student’s  unique  needs.  We  also  believe  all  students  can  benefit  from  more
engaging  educational  content.

We  anticipate  that  full-time  virtual  schools  will  meet  the  needs  of  a  small  percentage  of  the  overall
K-12 student population, but do represent and will continue to represent a large and growing opportunity
in absolute terms. Across our educational programs, families come from a broad range of social, economic
and  academic  backgrounds.  Like  most  parents,  they  share  the  desire  for  individualized  instruction  to
maximize their children’s potential. Examples of students for whom this solution may fit include, but are
not  limited  to,  families  with:  (i)  students  seeking  to  learn  at  their  own  pace  in  a  way  that  better
accommodates their individual needs; (ii) students with safety, social and health concerns about their local
school; (iii) students with disabilities who are seeking alternatives to traditional classrooms; (iv) students
for  whom  the  local  public  school  is  not  meeting  their  needs;  (v)  students  who  seek  or  need  greater
flexibility  than  other  alternatives,  such  as  student-athletes  and  performers  who  are  not  able  to  attend
regularly-scheduled  classes;  (vi)  college-bound  students  who  want  to  bolster  their  college  readiness  and
application  appeal  by  taking  additional  Advanced  Placement  (‘‘AP’’),  honors  and/or  elective  courses;
(vii) students seeking career and technical skills; (viii) high school dropouts who have decided to re-enroll
in  school  to  earn  a  diploma;  and  (ix)  students  of  military  families  who  desire  high  quality,  consistent
education  as  they  relocate  to  new  locations.  Our  individualized  learning  approach  allows  students  to
optimize  their  educational  experience  and,  therefore,  their  chances  of  achieving  their  goals.

Most students in the United States will continue to be educated in school buildings and classrooms.
However we also believe that certain student segments will benefit from the availability of an online public
education,  and  that  states  and  districts  will  seek  to  incorporate  online  solutions  into  their  school-based
programs.  One  of  the  challenges  traditional  schools  continue  to  face  is  adoption  of  technology  and

7

innovative  new  learning  devices.  Our  Managed  Public  School  Programs  offer  a  complete  solution  for
districts  and  schools  that  need  a  turn-key  option  and  we  also  offer,  through  our  Institutional  business,
online curriculum and services on a solutions-oriented, customized basis for those customers who need less
than  a  full-service  offering.  We  believe  this  range  of  options  creates  the  opportunity  for  us  to  serve  the
majority  of  students  who  will  learn  within  school  buildings.  Therefore,  we  continue  to  invest  significant
resources, organically and through licensing or acquisitions, in developing product offerings that afford us
the flexibility to serve different types of customers with varying value propositions and price points that are
adaptable  to  an  institution’s  capabilities  and  needs.  Moreover,  we  have  and  will  continue  to  pursue
selected markets outside the United States where we believe our curricula can address local market needs.

We believe that our core competencies, coupled with the substantial investments we have made in our
infrastructure  and  our  prior  strategic  acquisitions  and  partnerships,  position  us  to  offer  educational
resources  for  all  types  of  students.  Our  products  and  services  offer  students  expanded  educational
opportunities  regardless  of  whether  a  student  chooses  to  remain  in  a  classroom  or  seeks  an  alternative
educational  setting,  attends  public  or  private  school,  lives  in  the  United  States  or  abroad,  wants  to  take
online  classes  on  a  full  or  part-time  basis,  requires  supplemental  educational  products,  seeks  career  or
technical  training  or  is  an  advanced  or  remedial  student.

Our  Business  Lines

Managed  Public  School  Programs

As previously discussed, in our Managed Public School Programs, we provide substantially all of the
management,  technology  and  academic  support  services  in  addition  to  curriculum,  learning  systems  and
instructional services. We provide our Managed Public School Programs to both virtual and blended public
school  customers.

We believe that the acceptance of online education in grades K-12 continues to grow, and anticipate
that  increased  overall  demand  for  virtual  options  in  education  will  translate  into  increased  demand  for
both  our  Managed  Public  School  Programs  and  our  Institutional  business  (sold  under  the  brand  names
Fuel  Education  or  FuelEd).  At  the  same  time,  the  growth  rate  in  the  Managed  Public  School  Programs
business,  which  serves  primarily  virtual  charter  schools,  has  slowed.  Regulatory  requirements  related  to
academic performance and accountability are expanding and the independent governing authorities of the
virtual charter schools that contract with us are taking different approaches to virtual education depending
upon  their  own  charter  school  goals.  This  in  turn  may  alter  the  nature  of  the  agreements  we  have  with
those boards and the level of management services that meet their needs. For example, a managed public
school board may decide to transition to a self-managed model. While these schools continue to purchase
our  curriculum  and  some  of  our  management  and  technology  services,  they  assume  more  of  the  daily
operational  responsibilities  for  themselves.  In  some  Managed  Public  School  Programs,  full  responsibility
for academic performance resides with the governing authority or school board which employs the Head of
School. Conversely, as new states offer an online public school option, we believe that contracting with us
for a fully integrated, virtual school turn-key operation that we manage remains attractive. We have also
recently  experienced  a  situation  where  a  board  which  initially  elected  a  self-managed  approach
subsequently  reverted  back  to  obtaining  a  greater  percentage  of  integrated  school  management  services
from  the  Company.

Virtual  Public  Schools

The  majority  of  our  revenue  is  derived  from  long-term  service  agreements  with  the  governing
authorities  of  the  virtual  public  schools  we  serve.  In  addition  to  a  comprehensive  course  catalog,  related
books and physical materials and, in certain cases, student computers, we also offer these schools a variety
of management, technology and academic support services. Full-time virtual public school students access
online  lessons  over  the  Internet  and  utilize  offline  learning  materials  we  provide.  Students  receive

8

assignments, complete lessons, take assessments, and are instructed by certified teachers with whom they
interact online, telephonically, in synchronous virtual classroom environments, and sometimes face-to-face.
In a Non-managed virtual public school, the level of instructional and/or academic support management,
technology services, and academic support services varies or may not be provided depending on the needs
of the school. In either case, for parents who believe their child is not thriving in their current public school
or for students and families who require time or location flexibility in their schooling, virtual and blended
public  schools  can  provide  a  compelling  choice.

Virtual  public  school  students  are  also  provided  the  opportunity  to  participate  in  a  wide  variety  of
school  activities,  including  outings  and  clubs.  In  addition  to  school-level  activities,  we  sponsor  a  wide
variety  of  extracurricular  activities  on  a  national  basis,  such  as  clubs,  contests  and  college  and  career
planning  sessions.

Virtual  public  schools  managed  by  K12  (often  named  virtual  academies)  typically  serve  K-8  or  K-12
students, principally utilize the K12 curriculum and attract both mainstream and all other types of learners.
These virtual public schools include virtual academies, Insight schools which tend to focus on academically
at-risk students, and iQ Academies which are typically only partially-managed by us, with responsibility for
academic  program  and  regulatory  compliance  resting  with  the  host  school  or  school  district.  We  also
manage career and technical education-focused online high schools which are designed to give students a
head  start  on  their  career  goals  by  earning  technical  and  specialty  trade  credentials,  college  credits,  and
workplace  experiences.

Blended  Public  Schools

In  addition  to  our  full-time  virtual  public  schools,  we  offer  a  variety  of  management  and  support
services and sell our products to blended public schools, which are public schools that combine online and
face-to-face instruction for students in a variety of ways with varying amounts of time spent by students in a
physical  learning  center.  For  the  2015-16  school  year,  we  managed  blended  public  schools  in  California,
Illinois,  Indiana,  Minnesota,  New  Jersey  and  Pennsylvania.

In contrast to a typical brick and mortar public school, blended public schools can provide a greater
selection of available courses, increased opportunities for self-paced, individualized instruction and greater
scheduling  flexibility.  We  manage  two  types  of  blended  public  schools—hybrid  schools  and  Passport
schools. These blended schools bring students and teachers physically together more often than a purely
online  program.

In  the  hybrid  schools  we  manage,  such  as  the  Chicago  Virtual  Charter  School,  students  attend  a
learning center on a part-time basis, where they receive face-to-face instruction, in addition to their online
virtual  curriculum  and  instruction.

Another  type  of  blended  school  option  is  the  Passport  school  which  is  specifically  designed  for
academically  at-risk  students,  particularly  those  who  have  previously  dropped  out  of  high  school,  and
accordingly,  includes  more  counseling  and  support  services.  Because  many  Passport  students  have  work
and/or child care responsibilities, most students spend half of each day on-site, working on-line and face to
face with teachers, and complete the remainder of their daily work away from the learning center. The Hill
House  Passport  Academy  in  Pennsylvania  is  an  example  of  a  Passport  school.

Institutional

Our Institutional business consists of: (i) Non-managed Public School Programs; and (ii) institutional
software and services. Public schools and school districts are increasingly adopting these online solutions to
launch new learning models, cost-effectively expand course offerings, provide schedule flexibility, improve
student  engagement,  increase  graduation  rates,  replace  textbooks  and  retain  students.  State  education
funds  traditionally  allocated  for  textbook  and  print  materials  are  now  also  being  authorized  for  the

9

purchase  of  digital  content,  including  online  courses,  and  in  some  cases  mandated  for  access  to  online
courses.  To  address  these  growing  needs,  our  Institutional  business  provides  curriculum  and  technology
solutions,  packaged  in  a  portfolio  of  flexible  learning  and  delivery  models  mapped  to  specific  student
and/or district needs. This portfolio provides a continuum of delivery models, from full-time Non-managed
Public  School  Programs  to  individual  course  sales  and  other  options  that  can  be  used  in  traditional
classrooms  to  differentiate  instruction.  The  goal  of  the  Institutional  business  is  to  partner  primarily  with
U.S.-based  public  schools  and  school  districts  to  provide  more  options  and  better  tools  to  empower
teachers to improve student achievement through personalized learning. Our FuelEd suite of offerings has
grown  and  includes  K12  curriculum,  FuelEd  Online  Courses,  FuelEd  A+nywhere  Learning  Systems
(‘‘ALS’’), and Middlebury Interactive Languages, LTS Education Systems, LearnBop and Career Pathways
curriculum.  Our  extensive  catalog  of  online  curricula  can  address  specific  student  needs,  including  AP,
honors  programs,  world  languages,  remediation,  credit  recovery,  alternative  education,  career  and
technology electives and college readiness. In connection with these solutions, we also offer state-certified
teachers,  training  for  school  personnel  in  online  instruction  methods,  and  professional  development  and
other  support  services  as  needed  by  our  customers.

In  addition  to  our  extensive  curricula  catalog,  Institutional  business  offers  the  PEAK  platform  and
PEAK  Library.  PEAK  is  a  proprietary  software  system  designed  to  centrally  manage  in  a  single-user
interface, multiple, independent online solutions. Schools can enroll students, assign courses and teachers,
and then manage the learning experience with easy to use reporting and analytics on student progress. The
PEAK  Library  currently  supports  the  K12  curriculum  portfolio  and  teachers  can  build  and  modify
assignments,  assessments  and  courses  to  augment  classroom  instruction  and  develop  lessons  for  sharing
across  the  school  district.  PEAK  also  has  the  capability  to  support  other  third-party  solutions,  open
educational resources and district and teacher-created content. For students, teachers and administrators,
PEAK eliminates the complexity of managing multiple accounts and roles and provides a consistent online
environment  for  full-time,  credit  recovery,  world  languages  or  blended  classroom  programs.  We  believe
increasing ease-of-use for administrators and teachers is a critical factor in improving student support and
therefore, improving student outcomes. PEAK addresses this need by serving all of the online instructional
needs  of  a  school  or  district  in  an  integrated,  data-driven  manner.

In  fiscal  year  2016,  we  continued  to  invest  in  our  direct  and  indirect  sales  network  and  our  product
offerings. We acquired LTS Education Systems which offers test preparation and readiness curriculum and
we  released  our  new  career  and  technical  education,  supplemental  math  and  English  language  learner
products. For the 2015-16 school year, we served school districts or individual schools in all 50 states and
the  District  of  Columbia  through  our  Institutional  business.  Based  upon  school  districts’  and  academic
administrators’ growing acceptance of online learning and desire for cost efficient, integrated and flexible
educational  solutions,  we  believe  that  the  direct-to-district  distribution  channel  offers  further  significant
growth  potential.

Private  Pay  Schools  and  Other

International  and  Private  Pay  Schools

We  operate  a  variety  of  private  schools  that  meet  the  needs  of  students  ranging  from  simple
correspondence courses to challenging college preparatory programs. Beyond our business in the United
States,  we  are  pursuing  international  opportunities  where  we  believe  there  is  significant  demand  for  a
quality online education. Our international customers are typically expatriate families and foreign students
who desire a U.S. high school diploma and wish to study in English. For the 2015-16 school year, we served
students  in  more  than  100  countries.  In  addition,  we  have  entered  into  agreements  that  enable  us  to
distribute  our  products  and  services  to  our  international  school  partners  who  use  our  courses  to  provide
broad  elective  offerings  and  dual  diploma  programs.

10

We operate the K12 International Academy, an online private school that serves students in both the
United States and overseas. Through the K12 International Academy, students may study in an academic
program  that  ultimately  leads  to  an  accredited  U.S.  high  school  diploma.  Students  may  also  enroll  in
individual  courses  on  a  part-time  basis.  The  K12  International  Academy  utilizes  the  same  curriculum,
systems  and  teaching  practices  that  we  provide  to  the  virtual  public  schools  we  manage  in  the  United
States.  In  addition,  this  school  provides  a  unique  international  community  including  online  clubs  and
events  that  enrich  the  student  experience  by  allowing  students  to  interact  with  peers  in  other  countries.
The school is accredited by AdvancED, and is recognized by the Commonwealth of Virginia as a degree
granting  institution  of  secondary  learning.

The  Keystone  School  (‘‘Keystone’’)  is  a  private  school  that  has  been  an  innovator  in  home-based
education and distance learning for over 35 years. Students attend Keystone for middle and high school on
a  full  or  part-time  basis.  It  serves  students  through  online  courses  with  teacher  support  as  well  as  print
correspondence course programs. Keystone primarily uses our FuelEd curriculum and offers a lower-cost
option to families than either of our other two private schools. Keystone is accredited by the Middle States
Association—Commission  on  Elementary  and  Secondary  Schools  and  AdvancED.

The George Washington University Online High School is operated in cooperation with the George
Washington  University.  The  program,  which  launched  in  the  2011-12  school  year,  offers  K12’s  college
preparatory curriculum and is designed for high school students who are seeking a challenging academic
experience and aspire to attend top colleges and universities. The school also provides extensive counseling
throughout  the  high  school  years  to  help  students  make  academic  and  extracurricular  choices  and
maximize their future potential. The school is accredited by the Middle States Association—Commission
on  Elementary  and  Secondary  Schools.

Consumer  Sales

We  also  sell  individual  online  courses  and  supplemental  educational  products  directly  to  families.
These  purchasers  desire  to  educate  their  children  outside  of  the  traditional  public  school  system  or  to
supplement their child’s existing public school education without the aid of an online teacher. Customers
of our consumer products have the option of purchasing a complete grade-level curriculum or individual
subjects depending on their child’s needs. Typical applications include summer school course work, home
schooling  and  educational  supplements.

Our  Business  Strategy

Our business strategy is driven by our mission to maximize every child’s potential by transforming the
educational  experience,  delivering  a  quality  education  to  schools  and  their  students,  and  supporting  our
customers in their quest to improve academic outcomes and prepare them for college and career readiness.
In furtherance of those objectives, we plan to continue investing in our curriculum and learning systems.
These  investments  include  initiatives  to  create  and  deploy  a  next  generation  curriculum,  improve  the
effectiveness  of  our  school  workforce,  develop  new  instructional  approaches  to  increase  student  and
parental  engagement,  and  improve  our  systems  and  security  architecture.  This  strategy  consists  of  the
following  key  elements:

Deliver better student outcomes. We are committed to improving student outcomes for every student
in the schools we serve. To achieve this goal we will: (i) invest in training and professional development for
teachers  and  school  leaders;  (ii)  develop  programs  and  initiatives  designed  to  improve  the  learning
experience,  such  as  our  interactive  media  projects,  virtual  science  labs,  AP  test  prep,  specialized  cohort
academies  and  Family  Academic  Support  Team  initiatives;  (iii)  enhance  our  curriculum  to  make  it  more
engaging, adaptive and accessible to all students anywhere; and (iv) update our content as state standards
and state assessments change. We will also focus our marketing and enrollment efforts on helping students
and  families  understand  the  unique  demands  and  challenges  of  the  online  learning  environment. We

11

believe  a  better  understanding  by  parents  and  students  will  better  prepare  students  for  the  work  and
improve  their  chance  at  academic success.

Improve  student  retention  in  our  virtual  schools. To  ensure  the  best  outcomes  for  students,  we  have
partnered with the school boards we serve to make a concerted effort to enroll and retain students who are
truly  engaged  and  ready  to  learn.  Research  shows  that  students  who  remain  in  the  same  school  setting
longer  generally  perform  better  academically,  and  retention  is  especially  challenging  with  virtual  schools
because families have the option of enrolling their children in a brick and mortar school or another virtual
school. We therefore continue to refine our marketing programs to attract students who are most likely to
succeed  in  a  non-classroom  based  environment  with  the  expectation  of  increasing  academic  success  and
student  retention,  recognizing  that  all  students  are  eligible  to  enroll  consistent  with  state  requirements
(e.g.  enrollment  caps,  prior  public  student).  Once  students  are  enrolled,  programs  such  as  the  Family
Academic Support Team affect early intervention and focused engagement and retention strategies, strive
to  help  students  stay  on  track,  improve  engagement  and  ultimately  give  students  a  better  chance  at
academic  success.

Introduce  New  and  Improved  Products  and  Services. We  intend  to  continue  to  expand  our  product
line and offerings, both internally and through licensing or strategic acquisitions of products that address
gaps in our current portfolio, including pursuing greater use of and access to tablet and mobile technology
and  adaptive  learning  technologies  and  solutions.  In  addition,  we  are  endeavoring  to  serve  new  charter
schools  that  attract  students  who  are  seeking  career  and  technical  education.

Increase  Enrollments  at  Existing  Virtual  and  Blended  Public  Schools.

In  the  2015-16  school  year,  we
will  manage  virtual  and  blended  public  schools  in  33  states  and  the  District  of  Columbia.  Some  state
regulations  and  school  governing  authorities  and  districts  limit  or  cap  student  enrollment  or  enrollment
growth. At the direction of our school board and school district customers, we will provide an opportunity
for  more  students  to  attend  these  schools,  and  support  their  efforts  to  work  with  legislators,  state
departments  of  education,  educators  and  parents  to  remove  those  enrollment  caps.

Expand  Virtual  and  Blended  Public  School  Presence  into  Additional  States  and  Cities. Due  to  the
modularity of our curriculum and the comprehensiveness of our learning systems, we are able to efficiently
adapt  our  curriculum  to  the  individual  educational  standards  of  any  state  or  school  district  with  limited
incremental capital investment. We will continue to work with states and school districts to authorize and
establish  new  virtual  and  blended  public  schools  and  to  contract  with  them  to  provide  our  curriculum,
online  learning  platform,  management  services,  and  other  related  offerings.

Accelerate  Institutional  Business. The  breadth  of  our  FuelEd  catalog,  now  ranging  from  pre-K  to
12th  grade,  our  instructional  capabilities  and  our  capacity  to  simplify  a  school  district’s  management  of
multiple  digital  programs  and  vendors  through  our  PEAK  technology  platform,  are  the  key  drivers  for
Institutional  business  growth.  We  will  continue  to  work  to  accelerate  the  market  adoption  of  these
solutions  and  services  as  school  districts  partner  with  us  to  address  a  variety  of  academic  needs  and
personalized  learning  for  their  students.  We  will  continue  to  seek  acquisitions  of  businesses  that  expand
FuelEd’s distribution and product portfolio, improve our platform and capabilities, and allow us to enter
new  markets  to  serve  every  child  who  is  interested  in  the  benefits  of  digital  learning.

Add  Enrollments  in  Our  Private  Schools. We  currently  operate  three  online  private  schools  that  we
believe appeal to a broad range of students and families. We look to drive increased enrollments in these
schools by increasing awareness, through targeted marketing programs and by solicitation of partnerships
with  traditional  brick  and  mortar  private  schools.

Pursue  International  Opportunities  to  Offer  Our  Learning  Systems. We  believe  there  is  strong
worldwide  demand  for  high-quality,  online  education  from  U.S.  families  living  abroad,  foreign  students
who  seek  a  U.S.-style  of  education  and  the  schools  and  school  systems  that  serve  them  in  their  local

12

market.  Our  ability  to  operate  virtually  is  not  constrained  by  the  need  for  a  physical  classroom  or  local
teachers,  which  makes  our  learning  systems  ideal  for  use  internationally.

Develop  Additional  Channels  through  Which  to  Deliver  Our  Learning  Systems. We  plan  to  evaluate
other delivery channels on a routine basis and to pursue opportunities where we believe there is likely to
be  significant  demand  for  our  offering,  such  as  direct  classroom  instruction,  blended  classroom  models,
career and technical education, supplemental educational products and individual products packaged and
sold  directly  to  consumers.

Pursue Strategic Partnerships and Acquisitions. We may pursue selective acquisitions at valuations that
complement our existing educational offerings and business capabilities, and that are natural extensions of
our core competencies.We may also pursue opportunities with highly-respected institutions where we can
be a valued-added partner or contribute our expertise in curriculum development and educational services
to  serve  more  students.

Products  and  Services

Educational  Philosophy

A primary focus of our educational philosophy is to make the academic performance of students our
first  priority.  We  are  committed  to  continuously  improving  the  quality  of  our  curriculum  and  academic
programs,  including  alignment  with  states  that  have  adopted  the  Common  Core  State  Standards
(‘‘CCSS’’), the Common Core Assessments. and other state curriculum and assessment standards. We also
continue to evaluate and use innovative technologies to deliver engaging and effective learning experiences
for  all  students.  We  seek  to  leverage  our  product  portfolios  across  our  educational  solutions  and
distribution  channels  and  to  invest  in  our  content  portfolio  to  ensure  our  students  receive  a  meaningful
learning  experience  that  is  individualized,  engaging,  accessible  and  effective.

The design, development and delivery of our products and services are grounded in the following set

of  guiding  principles:

(cid:127) To  deliver  learning  systems  that  are  designed  to  help  drive  academic  success  and  student  engagement.
Our  programs  include  a  wide  variety  of  curriculum  and  course  options,  onboarding  programs  to
support  our  families  and  schools,  as  well  tools  to  support  the  overall  engagement  and  student
management.

(cid:127) Employ Technology Appropriately for Learning. All of our courses are delivered primarily through an
online platform and generally include a significant amount of online content. We employ technology
where  we  feel  it  is  appropriate  and  can  enhance  the  learning  process,  with  the  amount  of  online
content increasing at higher grades . In addition to online content, our curriculum includes a rich
mix of courses with and without materials. Furthermore, teachers utilize a variety of collaboration
and  communication  tools  to  help  support  student  and  family  communication.  We  believe  our
balanced use of technology and more traditional approaches helps to maximize the effectiveness of
our  learning  systems.

(cid:127) Assess  Every  Objective  to  Ensure  Mastery. Ongoing  assessments  are  the  most  effective  way  to
evaluate  a  student’s  mastery  of  a  lesson  or  concept.  To  facilitate  effective  assessment,  our
curriculum states clear objectives for each lesson. Throughout a course, every student’s progress is
assessed  at  a  point  when  each  objective  is  expected  to  be  mastered,  providing  direction  for
appropriate  pacing.  These  periodic  and  well-timed  assessments  reinforce  learning  and  promote
mastery  of  a  topic  before  a  student  moves  to  the  next  lesson  or  course.

13

(cid:127) Individualized  Learning. We  seek  to  create  engaging  curriculum  content  to  capture  a  student’s
attention  to  make  learning  more  interesting  and  effective.  It  is  our  fundamental  belief  that  each
student learns in a highly individualized manner. Our instructional system allows students to learn
from  a  curriculum  that  caters  to  their  unique  learning  style  and  offers  a  high  degree  of  program
flexibility.  Certain  adaptive  learning  features  being  integrated  into  some  curricular  products  can
individualize  lessons  based  on  the  level  of  student  comprehension.

(cid:127) Prioritize Important, Rigorous Objectives. Our content experts have developed a clear understanding
of  those  subjects  and  concepts  that  are  difficult  for  students,  from  both  historical  and  cognitive
points of view. Greater instructional effort is focused on the most important and most challenging
concepts (as revealed by experience and research). We use existing research, feedback from parents
and  students,  and  experienced  teacher  judgments  to  determine  these  priorities,  to  modify  our
learning systems to guide the allocation of each student’s time and effort, and to align with evolving
state  curriculum  and  testing  standards.

(cid:127) Facilitate Flexibility to Accommodate Variations in Ability. We believe that each student should have
access  to  a  variety  of  instructional  solutions  that  help  challenge  each  student  appropriately.
Generally,  meaningful  progress  for  most  students  is  to  complete  one  academic  year’s  curriculum
within  a  traditional  school  year.  Our  learning  systems  are  designed  to  facilitate  this  flexibility  to
motivate  and  challenge  each  student  to  master  each  lesson.

(cid:127) Ensure  Fundamental  Content  Soundness. Our  highly  credentialed  subject  matter  experts  or
‘‘Content  Specialists’’  bring  their  own  scholarly  and  teaching  backgrounds  to  course  design  and
development and are required to maintain relationships with and awareness of guidelines from over
50  national  and  international  subject-area  associations.

(cid:127) Integrate  Curriculum,  Teachers  and  Technology  to  Maximize  Student  Learning. We  believe  students
learn better not just with great curriculum, but also great teachers and technology that allows them
to  access  the  content  and  teachers  in  a  way  that  makes  learning  more  engaging  and  effective.

Academic  Performance

Our fundamental goal for every child who enrolls in a virtual public or private school managed by us,
or a program offered through a school district or a Non-managed school, is to improve his or her academic
performance.  In  fiscal  year  2017,  we  will  be  publishing  our  2016  K12  Annual  Academic  Report  (‘‘2016
Academic  Report’’)  which  will  be  available  at  http://www.k12.com/what-is-K12/results.  By  analyzing  and
communicating  the  results  of  our  efforts,  we  aim  to  provide  data  for  school  boards  and  parents  as  they
exercise school choice options, and to help educators working to improve academic achievement for every
child in our increasingly diverse schools. We expect that our 2016 Academic Report will be more reflective
of  the  changes  made  by  individual  states  to  develop  their  own  accountability  standards  and  assessments,
thereby making year-over-year comparisons less relevant. We believe that none of our competitors serving
virtual  public  schools  publishes  this  volume  or  depth  of  academic  performance  data  and  analytics.

Each of the 33 states and the District of Columbia in which we manage virtual public schools measures
academic performance using different state accountability methods. A number of states have adopted the
Common  Core  State  Standards  for  curriculum  content  and  one  of  the  two  online  assessment  methods
aligned  to  those  standards,  the  Smarter  Balanced  Assessment  Consortium  (‘‘Smarter  Balanced’’)  or  the
Partnership for Assessment of Readiness for College and Careers (‘‘PARCC’’). However, as of school year
2015-16, a majority of the states in which we operate, such as Arizona, Florida and Indiana, currently rely
on  their  own  state-developed  standards  and  assessments  or  commercially  available  assessments.  Some
states use a combination of a state-developed test and either the PARCC or Smarter Balanced test, while
other  states  in  which  we  operate  never  adopted  the  CCSS,  including  Virginia  and  Texas.

14

In  the  2014-2015  school  year,  many  states  changed  their  accountability  assessments.  Across  all  K12
public school programs, only eight states did not change their state accountability tests in 2014-2015: Iowa,
Minnesota, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Virginia, and Wyoming. The changes in state tests were in
part  a  consequence  of  the  Common  Core  State  Standards,  initially  released  in  2010.  In  that  year,  most
states  began  the  process  of  adopting  the  Common  Core  standards,  encouraged  by  the  federal  grant
program called Race to the Top, which favored applicants that agreed to adopt Common Core. The new
content standards required new assessments so to develop assessments aligned to the Common Core, the
federal government funded two testing consortia: the Partnership for Assessment of Readiness for College
and Careers (‘‘PARCC’’) and the Smarter Balanced Assessment Consortium (‘‘SBAC’’). At one time, 24
states and the District of Columbia were signed on to administer the PARCC assessments. However, in the
2014-2015  school  year,  only  the  District  of  Columbia  and  10  states  fully  administered  the  PARCC
assessments.  The  Education  Commission  of  the  States  notes  that  in  2015-2016,  only  six  states  and  the
District  of  Columbia  plan  to  use  the  PARCC  assessments.  While  the  Smarter  Balanced  consortium  has
experienced fewer withdrawals, its members have decreased to 15 states that administered the full SBAC
assessment  in  the  2015-2016  school  year.

We share the view taken by many states that assessing a student’s academic performance by his or her
learning growth is a more accurate measure of a school’s effectiveness than attaining a static proficiency
score.  Most  of  our  schools  administer  nationally-recognized  interim  and/or  benchmark  assessments  to
measure  student  growth  during  the  school  year,  to  prepare  students  for  state  assessments  and  to  guide
instruction. To ensure all schools are utilizing best practices learned from the successful schools we manage
and  from  other  high  performing  schools  across  the  country,  we  began  the  process  of  adopting  a
standardized  academic  plan  that  addresses  teacher  preparation,  delivery  of  instruction,  and  student
assessment. Effective instruction is informed by and evaluated based on student-level data. As part of the
academic plan, schools implement plans to collect student-level data throughout the year from three types
of assessments: diagnostic, formative interim, and summative. Baseline assessments are used to determine
a student’s academic strengths and weaknesses and are administered at the beginning of the school year or
when  a  student  enrolls.  Formative  interim  assessments  are  administered  throughout  the  year  to  assess
student mastery of the state standards and objectives. Summative assessments measure student learning at
culminating points in a student’s academic career, such as the end of the semester or the end of the school
year.  In  most  cases,  state  tests  serve  as  the  summative  assessment  for  schools.  We  provide
recommendations  for  benchmark  and  interim  formative  assessments  based  on  state  standards  and  state
assessments.  In  several  cases  charter  authorizers,  district  partners  or  departments  of  education  require
specific assessments. We plan to report school performance on commonly-used assessments in future years.

In addition to the complexities involved in measuring academic performance of students, we believe
the  virtual  public  schools  we  serve  face  unique  challenges  impacting  academic  success  not  necessarily
encountered to the same extent by traditional brick and mortar schools. These challenges include students
who  enter  behind  grade  level  or  under-credited,  high  student  mobility,  lack  of  control  over  the  student
learning environment and higher than average percentages of students in student populations eligible for
free or reduced-price lunch in many states. With rare exceptions, the data shows that students identified as
eligible  for  free  lunch  had  lower  percentages  at  or  above  proficiency  levels  than  students  eligible  for
reduced-price  lunch,  and  both  groups  usually  underperformed  students  identified  as  not  eligible  for
subsidized  meals.  In  addition,  for  decades,  educational  research  has  shown  that  persistence—remaining
and  proceeding  at  pace  in  the  same  school  setting—can  benefit  academic  performance,  while  mobility—
moving from one school setting to another—can have a destabilizing influence, causing students to struggle
and  lapse  in  academic  performance.

While  measuring  academic  performance  is  necessary,  taking  meaningful  steps  to  improve  student
outcomes is an integral part of our mission. Accordingly, we continually strive to achieve that objective by
undertaking  new  initiatives  and  improving  existing  programs,  such  as  Strong  Start,  our  Family  Academic
Support  Teams  and  EmbarK12  (described  below  under  ‘‘Our  Products’’).  To  monitor  student  learning

15

progress  during  the  school  year,  we  are  adding  multiple  equivalent  assessments  at  the  lesson,  unit  and
semester  level  to  ensure  that  our  measurement  of  mastery  is  reliable  and  valid,  as  well  as  adopting  data
driven instruction that provides for targeted teacher intervention to assist students with lesson challenges.

In  furtherance  of  our  goal  to  improve  academic  performance,  in  fiscal  year  2014  we  established  an
Academic Committee of the K12 Board of Directors comprised of three members. The primary role of the
Academic Committee is to make recommendations and assist management in discharging its responsibility
to ensure continuous improvement in academic outcomes for the public and private schools served by the
K12. With input and oversight from the Academic Committee, the education experts who are members of
our  K12  Educational  Advisory  Committee  (‘‘EAC’’),  formed  in  2013,  will  further  improve  our  focus  on
academic achievement and growth goals as well as advising us on specific tactics to be successful in these
areas.  The  EAC  met  four  times  in  fiscal  year  2016.  The  members  of  our  EAC  are:

(cid:127) Dr.  David  Driscoll,  former  Commissioner  of  Education,  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts

(cid:127) Ms.  Millie  Fornell,  former  Chief  of  Staff,  Miami-Dade  School  District

(cid:127) Ms.  Ann  Foster,  former  Senior  Vice  President  Strategy,  Business  Development  and  Connected

Learning  for  Harcourt  Education  Group

(cid:127) Dr. Beverly Hutton, Executive Director of the National Association of Secondary School Principals

(cid:127) Mr.  Timothy  Murray,  Executive  Chairman,  Voxy,  Inc.

(cid:127) Dr. Andrew Porter, former Dean of the Graduate School of Education, University of Pennsylvania

(cid:127) Ms.  Jessie  Woolley-Wilson,  President,  CEO  and  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  DreamBox

Learning,  Inc.

(cid:127) Dr.  Elanna  Yalow,  CEO  of  Knowledge  Universe  Early  Learning  Programs

Our  Products

Our  product  approach  is  to  continue  investing  in  systems  and  technology  to  educate  students  more
effectively and efficiently. Much of our investment has been in the development of K-12 online courses and
management systems. We are planning specialized courses and programs designed to remediate the rapidly
increasing number of students who are enrolling in schools behind grade level. Specifically, we are making,
licensing  or  acquiring  more  individualized  learning  programs  for  students  using  adaptive  learning
technology, which requires a significant financial commitment to license or acquire, integrate and develop
a  specialized  curriculum  and  a  complex  database.

As school districts confront the same issues that we are experiencing in the managed public schools,
we believe that our solutions could gain widespread acceptance. Over the past year, we have been working
on  our  new  next  generation  curriculum  that  is  being  developed  to  help  us  deliver  embedded  assessment
tools and rich media through adaptive learning pathways for our students. Our first release of these new
courses is being introduced to the schools we manage in fall 2016. In addition, our PEAK system provides
school districts and administrators a better way to manage their online education programs and content. In
2014, we entered into an agreement to transition our high school learning management system (‘‘LMS’’) to
Desire2Learn,  a  pioneer  in  next-generation  digital  education  systems,  which  should  help  us  improve
student  engagement,  retention  and  outcomes  for  our  managed  schools.  During  school  year  2015-16,  we
migrated  the  virtual  high  schools  we  manage  to  this  new  platform.

Just  as  we  pioneered  the  development  of  virtual  schools,  we  are  resolved  to  address  the  most
challenging  educational  needs  facing  schools  and  districts.  Our  goal  is  to  assist  teachers,  schools  and
districts in implementing individualized education programs to better serve their students. This can take a
variety  of  forms  including  turn-key  solutions,  partnerships,  vendor  relationships,  enterprise  licenses,  and
purchases  of  curriculum  and  services.

16

Our  investment  strategy  is  not  limited,  however,  to  curriculum  and  systems.  We  are  also  making
substantial investments in our service offerings to improve student outcomes. For example, as part of our
Strong  Start  student  onboarding  program,  we  offered  a  diagnostic  assessment  tool  that  a  number  of
Managed  Public  School  Programs  have  utilized  to  develop  targeted  instructional  plans  for  new  students
who  often  start  school  with  us  before  their  academic  records  arrive.  We  are  also  offering  the  Family
Academic  Support  Team  program  in  many  of  the  schools  we  manage.  The  purpose  of  this  program  is  to
ensure students are ready to engage in their learning experience by helping them overcome non-academic
barriers, including family, health, psychological, or social issues that create obstacles to achieving academic
success  for  some  students.  Additionally,  we  continue  to  invest  in  improving  the  quality  of  teachers  and
school  leaders  through  our  professional  development  efforts.

Curriculum

K12  has  one  of  the  largest  digital  curriculum  portfolios  for  the  K-12  online  education  industry.  The
K12 curriculum consists of a variety of online lessons and resources, offline instructional kits and materials
and  lesson  guides.  A  single  year-long  K12  course  generally  consists  of  120  to  180  unique  instructional
lessons. Each lesson is designed to last approximately 45 to 60 minutes, although students are able to work
at  their  own  pace.  We  have  a  broad-based  curriculum  that  includes  courses  across  kindergarten,
elementary,  middle  and  high  school,  including  world  languages.

Since  our  inception,  we  have  built  core  courses  in  English  language  arts,  mathematics,  science  and
history  on  a  foundation  of  rigorous  standards,  following  the  guidance  and  recommendations  of  leading
educational  organizations  at  the  national  and  state  levels.  For  this  reason,  our  K12  curriculum  was  well
positioned to satisfy the requirements of the CCSS when they were published in June 2010. Since then, we
have  been  in  the  process  of  fully  aligning  our  existing  and  new  courses  to  the  CCSS  and  other  state
standards and assessments. As the CCSS landscape is continually changing, we will monitor the decisions
that states are making with regard to CCSS adoption and the associated assessments of the CCSS or other
standards the states may adopt, which in turn may require further adjustments. We have and will continue
to invest in and update our curriculum to stay current with emerging and developing standards like CCSS.

Online  Lessons. For  school  year  2015-16,  our  K12  online  lessons  were  accessed  by  K-8  students
through a proprietary learning management platform, which we call our Online School (‘‘OLS’’). Lessons
are accessed through a third-party platform by high school students, as well as a number of other common
industry  platforms  for  students  who  access  our  FuelEd  Online  Courses.  Each  online  lesson  provides  the
roadmap  for  the  entire  lesson,  including  direction  to  specific  online  and  offline  materials,  summaries  of
major  objectives  for  the  lesson  and  the  actual  lesson  content  with  assessments.  Digital  versions  of
documents,  readings,  labs  and  other  activities  may  also  be  included.  Lessons  utilize  a  combination  of
innovative  technologies,  including  animations,  demonstrations,  audio,  video  and  other  graphic/digital
interactivity,  educational  games  and  individualized  feedback,  all  coordinated  with  offline  textbooks  and
hands-on materials, to create an engaging, responsive and highly-effective curriculum. The formative and
periodic summative, online assessments ensure that students have mastered the material and are ready to
proceed to the next lesson, allowing them to work at their own pace. Pronunciation guides for key words
and  references  to  suggested  additional  resources,  specific  to  each  lesson  and  each  student’s  assignments
and  assessments,  are  also  included.

Learning  Kits. Many  of  our  courses  utilize  learning  kits  in  conjunction  with  the  online  lessons  to
maximize  the  effectiveness  of  our  learning  systems.  In  addition  to  receiving  access  to  our  online  lessons
through the Internet, each K-8 student receives a shipment of materials, including textbooks, art supplies,
laboratory supplies (e.g., microscopes, scales, science specimens) and other reference materials which are
referred  to  and  incorporated  in  instruction  throughout  our  curriculum.  This  approach  is  consistent  with
our guiding principle to utilize technology where appropriate for our learning systems, and combine it with
other effective instructional methods. We have also created and/or converted additional K12 textbooks and

17

resources  used  across  our  courses  into  an  electronic  format,  enabling  us  to  offer  options  to  enhance  the
student  experience  without  physical  books.

Lesson Guides. Our courses are generally paired with a lesson guide and/or teacher resources. These
resources are designed to work in coordination with the online lessons and include the following: overview
information  for  learning  coaches,  lesson  objectives,  lesson  outlines  and  activities,  answer  keys  to  student
exercises  and  suggestions  for  explaining  difficult  concepts  to  students.

Pre-K  and  K-8  Courses

From  pre-kindergarten  through  8th  grade,  our  courses  are  generally  categorized  into  seven  major
subject  areas:  English  language  arts,  mathematics,  science,  history,  art,  music  and  world  languages.  Our
proprietary curriculum includes all of the courses that students need to complete their core kindergarten
through  8th  grade  education;  our  pre-K  offering,  which  we  refer  to  as  EmbarK12,  introduces  students  to
core subjects through cross-curricular thematic units, building initial and fundamental relationships among
concepts. Courses focus on developing fundamental skills and teaching the key knowledge building blocks
or  schemas—the  ‘‘big  ideas’’  that  each  student  will  need  to  master  the  major  subject  areas,  meet  state
standards,  including  those  formulated  as  the  CCSS,  and  complete  more  advanced  coursework.  Unlike  a
traditional  classroom  education,  and  in  conjunction  with  school  teachers  and  counselors,  our  learning
systems offer the flexibility for each student to take courses at different grade levels in a single academic
year,  providing  flexibility  for  students  to  progress  at  their  own  level  and  pace  within  each  subject  area.

Our  K12  elementary  language  arts  program  is  designed  to  deliver  increased  interactivity  and  make
instruction  even  more  engaging  and  efficient  while  integrating  rewards,  interactive  practice  and  a  virtual
world.  These  courses  support  students  at  various  skill  levels  via  targeted,  timely  remediation,  embody
CCSS and include significant media integration. In addition, the flexibility of our learning systems allows
us  to  tailor  our  curriculum  to  state  specific  requirements.  For  example,  we  have  developed  171  courses
specifically created for the public school standards in 18 states; we are aligning our courses to the CCSS
and the Common Core Assessments; and in addition to the ongoing evolution of our K-5 Math+ program,
we  have  also  created  over  85  custom  Math+  sequences  to  serve  specific  state  needs.

High  School  Courses

The curriculum available to high school students is much broader and varies from student to student,
largely as a result of the increased flexibility in course selection available to high school students. Students
also are able to select from a wide range of electives. We have augmented our lab program for lab science
courses  with  the  creation  of  alternate  kit-free  science  labs  as  an  augmentation  or  alternative  for  our
formerly  kit-based  high  school  science  labs  in  order  to  provide  a  more  flexible  and  robust  lab  program
across our physical science, earth science, biology, chemistry and physics courses. Our overall lab program
now  includes  traditional  kit-based  labs  based  on  either  shipped-in  or  household  materials,  virtual  labs,
video-based labs, data- collection and data-manipulation labs, and field studies. This array provides schools
with additional materials flexibility, and integrates diverse modalities directly into our science curriculum
to promote conceptual mastery. Across all subject areas, the K12 proprietary core curriculum accounts for
more than three quarters of our high school course enrollments. We are aligning our courses to the CCSS
and the Common Core Assessments as well as various state standards. We also will be launching over 40
new  courses  to  help  support  our  focus  on  career  and  technical  education.

FuelEd  Online  Courses. We  also  offer  curriculum  to  schools  and  school  districts  marketed  as  our
FuelEd Online Courses product line. FuelEd Online Courses are aligned to state and national standards,
including  many  to  the  CCSS,  and  include  more  than  180  courses  for  middle  and  high  school  students,
featuring core, AP, elective and credit recovery courses. FuelEd’s Online Courses are developed by subject
matter experts, designed by multimedia teams and may be taught by Company-provided instructors at the
customers’  option.  FuelEd  classes  are  primarily  delivered  over  the  Internet  in  a  classroom  or  virtual

18

setting, and use a variety of interactive elements to keep students engaged. A deep understanding of K-12
pedagogy,  as  well  as  the  human  factors  associated  with  online  technology,  is  integrated  into  FuelEd’s
courses.

Middlebury  Interactive  Languages  (‘‘MIL’’). We  offer  digital  world  language  courses  and  residential
summer language academies through MIL. These offerings include immersive language courses for K-12
students based on Middlebury College’s pedagogy to help students gain a stronger base of comprehension
and  accelerate  language  acquisition.  The  age-appropriate  language  courses,  which  can  be  implemented
fully online, in a blended learning environment or as supplemental material, use instructional tools such as
animation, music, videos and other authentic materials to immerse students in the language and culture of
study.  We  offer  Chinese,  French,  German  and  Spanish  courses  for  elementary,  middle  and  high  school
students.  In  addition,  MIL  has  developed  a  summer  English  language  learner  (‘‘ELL’’)  curriculum  and
new, digital, supplemental ELL courses for middles school student to be used in a blended environment.
MIL  also  operates  summer  residential  language  academies,  an  immersive  program  for  middle  and  high
school  students.  Academy  students  live  in  language  by  taking  the  Language  Pledge,  a  promise  to
communicate  solely  in  their  language  of  study  for  four  weeks.  Instruction  is  offered  in  Arabic,  Chinese,
French,  German  and  Spanish  at  multiple  college  campuses  in  Vermont  and  internationally  in  Quebec,
Spain  and  China.

Innovative  Learning  Applications

In  order  to  continue  to  enhance  the  user  experience  and  instructional  methods  of  our  learning

systems,  we  strive  to  develop  new  technologies  to  adapt  our  curriculum  to  new  devices  and  platforms.

(cid:127) Mobile Device Learning: We have created numerous tools and applications for mobile devices. We
expect our mobile applications will create the ability for a student to learn ‘‘on-the-go,’’ allowing for
more continuous learning, engagement and mastery of content. In addition, we rolled out our first
fully  mobile-enabled  courseware  in  the  fall  of  2014  and  have  developed  a  core  mobile  catalog  of
50  courses.

(cid:127) Interactive  Games: An  active  educational  games  initiative  is  delivering  new  methods  for
engagement,  practice  and  review  of  K-12  concepts,  including:  narrative/immersive  styles,  rewards,
persistent data, and complex algorithms. In fiscal year 2016, we acquired a personalized game based
learning system that is designed to help students accelerate learning and practice on state standards.
These  games  make  use  of  extensive  research  and  educational  best  practices  and  address  targeted
learning  objectives.

(cid:127) Virtual Labs: We have delivered alternatives for our educational partners who desire materials-free
curriculum. This includes converting many of our existing materials-based high school science labs
into  highly  interactive  virtual  labs  and  video  lab  simulations  that  meet  state  standards  and  still
maintain  teaching  the  original  learning  objectives.  For  example,  in  high  school  chemistry  we  have
developed a virtual laboratory on chromatography, in which students separate a number of inks into
their component pigments. This laboratory is performed at a virtual lab bench with all the materials
and  with  the  same  procedures  high  school  students  would  use  in  a  physical  chemistry  laboratory.

(cid:127) eBook  and  Digital  Book  Distribution: Through  fiscal  year  2016,  we  have  created  or  converted
additional  K12  textbooks  used  across  our  courses  into  an  electronic  format,  including  textbooks,
reference guides, literature readers and lab manuals. This digital delivery ability enables us to offer
options to our customers via interactive online books that enhance the student’s reading experience,
reinforce  the  student’s  learning  approach  and  create  a  new  method  for  delivering  book  and  print
materials.  Each  offline  book  is  converted  into  an  electronic  book  format  with  a  custom  user
interface  to  be  viewed  via  a  standard  web  browser  or  a  commercially  available  electronic  reader
(e.g.  Kindle,  Nook).

19

(cid:127) Adaptive Learning: We offer certain courses that are adaptive, which enable individualized learning
experiences  as  the  course  ‘‘adapts’’  at  key  points  to  student  behavior  and  input.  Based  on
assessment  results  or  individual  activity,  these  courses  can  automatically  route  students  to  an
alternate explanation, additional practice or remediation on a prerequisite skill or crucial concept.
In  addition  to  remediation,  the  capability  allows  students  to  accelerate  past  previously  mastered
concepts,  giving  skillful  students  time  for  more  challenging  work.  Our  MARK12  reading
remediation  product  captures  individual  students’  successes  and  challenges  as  they  practice
phonemic  awareness,  alphabetic  principles,  accuracy  and  fluency,  vocabulary  and  comprehension.
The program serves the individual student more exercises, practice and review in areas of difficulty.
Adaptation  in  this  way  tailors  the  instruction  automatically  for  each  student,  making  learning
experiences more efficient and effective by building into the course the logic an expert teacher or
tutor  uses  to  differentiate  instruction.

(cid:127) National Math Lab: For use by a number of managed schools in certain states, the National Math
Lab program is intended to help students develop the necessary skills to succeed in math. For fiscal
year 2016, the program was redesigned to focus on students in Grades 3-8 who do not exhibit grade
level proficiency in math, as determined by state assessments. National Math Lab provides nearly
twice  the  usual  amount  of  math  instruction  to  students  because  it  is  taken  in  addition  to  their
regular  online  math  coursework.  Students  attend  targeted  synchronous  mathematical  instruction
sessions provided by highly-trained math teachers four days per week to work specifically on skills
needed  to  gain  math  proficiency  on  state  exams.

(cid:127) Engaging  Videos: We  continue  to  explore  opportunities  to  enhance  student  engagement  through
strategic use of relevant multimedia. Multimedia is specifically used as appropriate for the subject
matter. For example, our video on photosynthesis for high school biology allows students to witness
the setup, procedure and data in a classic experiment in which an aquatic plant is exposed to light
and produces oxygen bubbles. The high definition video and the presentation to the student of real
data  (which  they  then  use  in  their  analysis)  make  this  video  lab  a  multimedia  experience  that  is
coupled  with  a  scientific  method.

Learning  Management  Systems

For our K12 curriculum users in grades K-8 in school year 2015-16, we provided a proprietary learning
management  system,  our  online  school  (‘‘OLS’’)  platform.  The  OLS  is  a  significant  part  of  our  ongoing
effort to provide the most engaging and productive learning experience for students. The OLS platform is
a  web-based  software  platform  that  provides  access  to  our  online  lessons,  our  lesson  planning  and
scheduling tools, and our progress tracking tool which serves a key role in assisting parents and teachers in
managing  each  student’s  progress.  The  OLS  is  also  the  central  system  through  which  students,  parents,
teachers  and  administrators  interact  using  email  and  Class  Connect  (our  integrated  synchronous  session
scheduler).

(cid:127) Lesson  Planning  and  Scheduling  Tools. During  a  school  year,  a  typical  student  will  complete
hundreds of lessons across six or more subject areas. In the OLS platform, our lesson planning and
scheduling tools enable teachers and parents to establish an individualized plan for each student to
complete  his  or  her  lessons.  These  tools  are  designed  to  dynamically  update  the  lesson  plan  as  a
student progresses through each lesson and course, allowing flexibility to increase or decrease the
pace  at  which  the  student  advances  through  the  curriculum  while  ensuring  that  the  student
progresses  towards  completion  in  the  desired  time  frame.  Moreover,  changes  can  be  made  to  the
schedule  at  any  point  during  the  school  year  and  the  remainder  of  the  student’s  schedule  will
automatically  be  adjusted  in  the  OLS.  Unlike  a  traditional  classroom  education,  our  learning
systems  offer  the  flexibility  for  each  student  to  take  courses  at  different  grade  levels  in  a  single
academic year, providing flexibility for students to progress at their own level and pace within each

20

subject  area.  The  curriculum  includes  assessments  built  into  every  lesson  to  guide  and  tailor  the
pace  of  progress  to  each  child’s  needs.

(cid:127) Progress Tracking Tools. Once a schedule has been established, the OLS delivers lessons based upon
the specified parameters of the school and the teacher. Each day, a student is initially directed to a
home page listing the schedule for that particular day and begins the school day by selecting one of
the listed lessons. As each lesson is completed, the student returns to the day’s schedule to proceed
to the next subject. If a student does not complete a lesson by the end of the day on which it was
originally  scheduled,  the  lesson  will  be  rescheduled  to  the  next  day  and  will  resume  at  the  point
where the student left off. Our progress tracking tool allows students, parents, learning coaches and
teachers  to  monitor  student  progress.  In  addition,  information  collected  by  our  tracking  tool
regarding attendance and other pertinent data are transferred to our proprietary TotalView system
for  use  in  providing  administrative  support  services.  This  instructional  program  includes  several
processes  and  educational  techniques  that  embrace  proactive  intervention.  As  a  result,  we  can
provide  high  quality  instruction  and  intervention  aligned  to  student  needs.

In  fiscal  year  2014,  we  entered  into  a  strategic  license  agreement  with  Desire2Learn,  a  pioneer  in
next-generation digital education systems and learning platforms. At the beginning of school year 2015-16,
we implemented this new virtual learning platform at the high schools we serve. Similar to our OLS, this
new platform enables lesson planning, scheduling, tracking student progress and conducting assessments.
The platform is used by over 50 K-12 organizations, and provides an industry-leading student experience
which should help us improve student engagement, retention and outcomes for the Managed Public School
Programs  we  serve.

The new platform helps us deliver a more personalized experience to our students and teachers. The
intuitive  experience  enables  students  to  access  pertinent  information  more  easily.  This  platform  also
includes an assessment tracking tool that enables teachers to easily view assessment data for their students
so that they can proactively provide additional instruction to students as needed. Our assessment tools help
us improve learning programs by providing information on the effectiveness of instructional activities and
curriculum.  Furthermore,  our  learning  programs  make  use  of  a  variety  of  formative  and  summative
assessment  instruments:

(cid:127) Lesson assessments that verify mastery of the objectives for that lesson and to determine whether

further  study  of  the  lesson  is  necessary.

(cid:127) Unit assessments that show whether or not the student has retained key learning objectives for the

unit,  and  identify  specific  objectives  students  may  need  to  review  before  progressing.

(cid:127) Semester  assessments  that  verify  student  mastery  of  key  learning  objectives  for  the  semester.

The  platform  also  provides  additional  tools  and  reports  that  enable  teachers  to  have  better  insights

into  students’  progress  as  well  as  enable  students  to  manage  their  day  more  effectively.

TotalView

TotalView  is  our  proprietary  student  information  system.  TotalView  is  integrated  with  the  OLS  and
several other proprietary systems including our online enrollment system that allows parents to complete
school enrollment forms online and our Order Management System that generates orders for learning kits
and computers to be delivered to students. TotalView stores student specific data and is used for a variety
of functions, including enrolling students in courses, assigning progress marks and grades, tracking student
demographic data, and generating student transcripts. The TotalView suite of online applications provides
administrators, teachers, parents and students a unified view of student attendance, communications, and
learning  kit  shipment  tracking.

21

TotalView also includes an enrollment processing and tracking tool that allows us to closely monitor
and  manage  the  enrollment  process  for  new  students.  Over  the  past  several  years,  we  have  enhanced
TotalView  with  additional  functionality  to  better  support  the  operation  of  the  virtual  and  blended  public
schools.

PEAK

Institutional business offers an innovative platform called PEAK and the PEAK Library. PEAK is a
proprietary software system designed to centrally manage in a single-user interface multiple, independent
online school-based functions. Schools can enroll and activate students, assign courses and teachers, and
then  manage  the  learning  experience  with  easy  to  use  reporting  and  analytics  on  student  progress.  In
addition, through the PEAK Library, teachers can build and modify assignments, assessments and courses
and  can  augment  classroom  instruction  and  develop  lessons  for  sharing  across  the  school  district.  PEAK
also has the capability to support other third-party solutions, open educational resources and district and
teacher-created content. In fiscal year 2016, PEAK served nearly 900 school districts and school partners
and nearly 400,000 students. As more districts adopt online learning, they are demanding more control and
flexibility  in  managing  their  programs.  PEAK  provides  extensive  capabilities  for  districts  wanting  to
operate  multiple  solutions  or  catalogs  from  a  single  application  and  offers  rich  personalization  features
that  can  be  managed  at  the  district,  school  or  teacher  level.

Our  Services

We offer a comprehensive suite of services to students and their families as well as directly to virtual
and  blended  public  schools,  traditional  schools  and  school  districts.  Our  services  can  be  categorized
broadly  into  academic  support  services  and  management  and  technology  services.

Academic  Support  Services

Teachers and Related Services. Teachers are critical to students’ educational success. Many teachers in
the  virtual  and  blended  public  schools  that  we  manage  are  employed  by  the  school,  with  the  ultimate
authority  over  these  teachers  residing  with  the  school’s  governing  body,  including  final  hiring  and
termination decisions. As part of our service agreements, we typically contract to recruit, train and provide
management  support  for  these  school-employed  teachers.  For  our  Institutional  business  customers,  we
provide  instructors  as  needed  using  our  staff  of  state-certified  teachers  and  trainers.

We use a rigorous evaluation process for making teacher hiring recommendations to the schools we
manage.  We  generally  recruit  teachers  who,  at  a  minimum,  are  state  certified  and  meet  each  state’s
requirements for designation as a ‘‘Highly Qualified Teacher.’’ We also seek to recruit teachers who have
the  skill  set  necessary  to  be  successful  in  a  virtual  environment.  Teaching  in  a  virtual  or  blended  public
school is characterized by enhanced one-on-one student-teacher and parent-teacher interaction, so these
teachers  must  have  strong  interpersonal  communications  skills.  Additionally,  a  virtual  or  blended  public
school  teacher  must  be  creative  in  finding  ways  to  effectively  connect  with  their  students  and  integrate
themselves into the daily lives of the students’ families. We assess these teacher characteristics by requiring
teachers to deliver and record a sample lesson on our online platform and answer questions both via video
and  essay  as  part  of  the  hiring  screening  process.  Throughout  a  teacher’s  employment  in  a  managed
program,  we  provide  tools  for  teacher  management  and  evaluation.

New  teachers  participate  in  our  comprehensive  training  program  during  which,  among  other  things,
they  are  introduced  to  our  educational  philosophy,  our  curriculum  and  technology  applications,  and  are
provided  strategies  for  communicating  and  connecting  with  students  and  their  families  in  a  virtual
environment.  We  also  provide  ongoing  professional  development  opportunities  for  teachers  so  that  they
may stay abreast of changing educational standards, key learning trends, and sound pedagogical strategies
which  we  believe  enhance  their  teaching  abilities  and  effectiveness.

22

Advanced and Special Education Services. We believe that our learning systems can be appropriate to
address  the  educational  needs  of  both  advanced  and  special  education  students  because  they  employ
flexible  teaching  methods  and  students  can  use  them  at  their  own  pace.  For  students  requiring  special
attention, we employ a national director who is an expert on the delivery of special education services in a
virtual  or  blended  public  school  environment  and  who  supports  the  special  education  programs  at  the
schools we serve. We periodically review and, in cooperation with the schools, may assist and facilitate the
development and implementation of Individualized Education Plans for students with special needs. Each
school’s  special  education  program  is  designed  to  be  compliant  with  the  federal  Individuals  with
Disabilities  Education  Act  and  state  special  education  requirements.  Each  student  with  special  needs  is
assigned a certified special education teacher and the school arranges for any required ancillary services,
including  speech  and  occupational  therapy,  and  any  required  assistive  technologies,  such  as  special
computer displays or speech recognition software. We support advanced and talented students through our
advanced  learner  program.  Advanced  learners  are  able  to  participate  in  a  wide  variety  of  enrichment
opportunities and clubs. Advanced students are connected to each other across state boundaries through
learning circles, book clubs, and other special- interest activities. In addition, for students needing English
language learning assistance (‘‘ELL Students’’), we work with the schools and parents to advise on these
programs,  including  with  translation  services  in  our  enrollment  centers.

Supporting Academically At-Risk Learners. Our objective is to narrow the achievement gap for those
students who enter our virtual or blended public schools behind their same-age peers. To that end, students
are  given  both  formative  and  summative  assessments  during  the  course  of  the  school  year  in  order  to
identify  those  students  needing  specific  remedial  support  as  well  as  measure  the  effectiveness  of  the
support.  We  also  offer  the  Passport  school  program,  which  is  designed  for  academically  at-risk  students,
particularly  those  who  have  previously  dropped  out  of  high  school,  and  which  includes  more  counseling
and  support  services.

Student  Support  Services. We  provide  students  attending  virtual  or  blended  public  schools  that  we
manage and their families with a variety of support services as a means to help them meet their educational
needs and goals, and to address any questions or concerns that students and their parents have during the
course of their education. We plan and coordinate social events to offer students opportunities to meet and
socialize with their school peers where practical. Finally, in connection with our high school offering, each
student is assigned a homeroom teacher, and/or an advisor and a guidance counselor who assists them with
academic  issues,  college  and  career  planning  and  other  support  as  needed.

Management  and  Technology  Services

Turn-key Services. For most Managed Public School programs, we provide a turn-key suite of services
whereby we take responsibility for all aspects of the management of the schools, including the provision of
online  curriculum  and 
teacher  hiring
recommendations  and  training,  financial  management  and  regulatory  compliance,  marketing  and
enrollment  support,  and  provision  of  computers  and  other  required  products  and  services.

lesson  materials,  monitoring  academic  achievement, 

Accreditation.

In 2013, AdvancED renewed our accreditation for another five years. AdvancED is a
non-profit  organization  that  serves  more  than  30,000  public  and  private  schools  and  districts  across  the
United  States.  It  was  created  by  the  merger  of  the  preK-12  divisions  of  the  North  Central  Accreditation
Association  Commission  on  Accreditation  and  School  Improvement  and  the  Southern  Association  of
Colleges and Schools Council on Accreditation and School Improvement, and the subsequent addition of
the  Northwest  Accreditation  Commission.  Many  of  the  schools  we  manage  also  maintain  regional
accreditations  with  other  accrediting  associations.

Compliance and Tracking Services. Operating a virtual or blended public school entails many of the
compliance  and  regulatory  requirements  of  a  traditional  public  school,  as  well  as  applicable  charter
provisions  or  other  requirements  specifically  adopted  for  online  public  schools.  We  have  developed

23

management  systems  and  processes  designed  to  track  compliance  with  those  requirements,  including
tracking appropriate student information and meeting various state and federal reporting, record keeping
and privacy requirements for the schools we serve. For example, we collect enrollment related information,
monitor  attendance  and  administer  proctored  state  tests.  Further,  as  we  have  expanded  into  new  states,
our processes have grown increasingly robust. In fiscal year 2014, we created the position of Chief School
Compliance  Officer  (‘‘CSCO’’)  to  supplement  and  oversee  school  compliance.  Among  other
responsibilities,  our  CSCO  complements  our  corporate  compliance  and  ethics  function  and  reviews  and
advises our managed public schools on applicable regulatory policies, practices and procedures. The CSCO
reports  semi-annually  to  the  Audit  Committee.

Financial  Management  Services. For  the  schools  we  manage,  we  oversee  the  preparation  of  the
annual  budget  and  coordinate  with  the  school’s  governing  body  to  determine  its  annual  objectives.  In
addition,  we  implement  an  internal  control  framework,  develop  policies  and  procedures,  provide
accounting  services  and  payroll  administration,  oversee  all  federal  entitlement  programs,  arrange  for
external  audits  and  support  state  and  local  financial  compliance  reporting  by  the  schools.

Facility, Operations and Technology Support Services. We generally operate administrative offices and
all  other  facilities  on  behalf  of  the  schools  we  manage.  We  provide  these  schools  with  technology
infrastructure. In addition, we provide a comprehensive help desk solution for students and school staff to
address  their  computer  or  other  technical  issues.

Human Resources Support Services. We are actively involved in recruiting virtual and blended public
school administrators, teachers and staff, through a thorough interview and orientation process. To better
facilitate the hiring process, we review and analyze the profiles of teachers that have been highly effective
in our managed public and blended schools learning systems to identify the attributes desired in future new
hires.  While  many  schools  employ  teachers  directly,  we  also  help  negotiate  and  secure  employment
benefits  and  payroll  services  for  school  staff  on  behalf  of  the  schools  and  administer  employee  benefit
plans  for  school  employees.  Additionally,  we  assist  the  schools  we  serve  in  drafting  and  implementing
administrative  policies  and  procedures.

Competition

As  a  general  matter,  we  face  varying  degrees  of  competition  from  a  variety  of  education  companies
because  the  scope  of  our  offerings  and  the  customers  we  serve  encompass  many  separate  and  distinct
segments of the education business. We compete primarily with companies that provide online curriculum
and  school  support  services  to  K-12  virtual  and  blended  public  schools,  and  school  districts.  These
companies  include  Pearson  PLC  (Connections  Academy  and  Advanced  Academics),  White  Hat
Management, LLC, and National Network of Digital Schools Management Foundation Inc., among others.
We  also  face  competition  from  online  and  print  curriculum  developers.  The  online  curriculum  providers
include  Apex  Learning  Inc.,  Compass  Learning  Inc.,  Edgenuity  Inc.,  Glynlyon,  Inc.,  Edmentum  Inc.,
Renaissance  Learning,  Inc.,  Rosetta  Stone  Inc.  and  traditional  textbook  publishers  including  Houghton
Mifflin  Harcourt,  McGraw-Hill  Companies  and  Pearson  PLC.  Other  competing  online  curriculum
providers, including IXL Learning, Inc. and LearnZillion, Inc., offer a ‘‘freemium’’ model which provides
curriculum  at  no  charge  but  charges  for  additional  products  or  services  and  certain  other  providers.  We
also compete with institutions such as The Laurel Springs School (Nobel Learning Communities, Inc.) and
Penn  Foster  Inc.  for  online  private  school  students.  Additionally,  we  compete  with  state-administered
online  programs  such  as  Florida  Virtual  School.

We  believe  that  the  primary  factors  on  which  we  compete  are:

(cid:127) extensive  experience  in,  and  understanding  of,  K-12  virtual  schooling;

(cid:127) track  record  of  student  academic  gains  and  customer  satisfaction;

24

(cid:127) quality  of  integrated  curriculum  and  materials  with  an  online  delivery  platform;

(cid:127) qualifications,  experience  and  training  teachers  for  online  instruction;

(cid:127) comprehensiveness  of  school  management  and  student  support  services;

(cid:127) platform  designed  to  allow  school  district  partners  to  centrally  manage  multiple  online  solutions;

(cid:127) integrated  K-12  solutions,  with  components  designed  and  built  to  work  together;

(cid:127) ability  to  scale  across  our  lines  of  business;  and

(cid:127) sophisticated  government  affairs  knowledge  and  experience 

in  virtual  school  regulatory

environments.

Broadly  speaking,  we  participate  in  the  market  for  K-12  education.  In  states  where  we  enter  into
long-term service agreements to manage virtual and blended public schools, we believe that we generally
serve less than 1% of the public school students in that state. The customers for Institutional business are
schools  and  school  districts  seeking  individual  courses  to  supplement  their  course  catalogs  or  school
districts seeking to offer an online education program to serve the needs of a small subset of their overall
student population. Defining a more precise relevant market upon which to base a share estimate would
not  be  meaningful  due  to  significant  limitations  on  the  comparability  of  data  among  jurisdictions.  For
example,  some  providers  to  K-12  virtual  public  schools  serve  only  high  school  students;  others  serve  the
elementary  and  middle  school  students,  and  some  serve  both.  There  are  also  providers  of  online  virtual
K-12 education that operate solely within individual states or geographic regions rather than globally as we
do. Furthermore, some school districts offer their own virtual programs with which we compete. Parents in
search  of  an  alternative  to  their  local  public  school  have  a  number  of  alternatives  beyond  virtual  and
blended  public  schools,  including  private  schools,  public  charter  schools  and  home  schooling.  In  our
International and Private Pay schools, we compete for students seeking an English-based K-12 education
worldwide,  and  we  currently  draw  students  from  more  than  100  countries.  In  addition,  our  integrated
learning  systems  consist  of  components  that  face  competition  from  many  different  types  of  education
companies,  such  as  traditional  textbook  publishers,  test  and  assessment  firms  and  private  education
management  companies.  Finally,  our  learning  systems  are  designed  to  operate  domestically  and
internationally over the Internet, and thus the geographic market for many of our products and services is
global  and  indeterminate  in  size.

Key  Functional  Areas

Public  Affairs,  School  Development,  Student  Recruitment  and  Marketing

We  seek  to  increase  public  awareness  of  the  educational  and  fiscal  benefits  of  our  online  learning
options  through  full-time  virtual  and  blended  instructional  models  as  well  as  supplementary  course
options.  We  receive  numerous  inquiries  from  school  districts,  legislators,  public  charter  school  boards,
community leaders, state departments of education, educators and parents who express the desire to have
a  choice  in  public  school  options.  Our  public  affairs  and  school  development  teams  work  together  with
these interested parties to identify and pursue opportunities to expand the use of our products and services
in  new  and  existing  jurisdictions.

Our  student  recruitment  and  marketing  team  is  responsible  for  generating  interest  in  new  student
enrollments,  developing  websites  and  media  assets,  conducting  market  and  customer  research,  and
enhancing  the  onboarding  experience  of  students.  This  team  employs  a  variety  of  strategies  designed  to
better  understand  and  address  the  requirements  of  our  target  markets.

25

Operations

The physical learning kits that accompany our online lessons are an essential component of many of
our  courses.  A  student  enrolling  in  one  of  our  courses  may  receive  multiple  textbooks,  art  supplies,
laboratory  supplies  (e.g.  microscopes  and  scales)  and  other  reference  materials  designed  to  enhance  the
learning experience. We package these books and materials into course-specific learning kits. Because each
student’s curriculum is customized, the combination of kits for each student must also be customized. In
fiscal  year  2016,  we  assembled  approximately  seven  million  items  into  more  than  640,000  kits.

Over our 16 years of operation, we believe that we have gained significant experience in the sourcing,
assembly  and  delivery  of  school  supplies  and  materials.  We  have  developed  strong  relationships  with
partners allowing us to source goods at favorable price, quality and service levels. Our fulfillment partner
stores  our  inventory,  assembles  our  learning  kits  and  ships  the  kits  to  students.  We  have  invested  in
systems,  including  our  Order  Management  System,  to  automatically  translate  the  curriculum  selected  by
each enrolled student into an order to build the corresponding individualized learning kit. As a result, we
believe we have an end-to-end warehousing and fulfillment operation that will cost-effectively scale as the
business  grows  in  scope  and  complexity.

For many of our virtual and blended public school customers, we attempt to reclaim any materials that
could be cost-effectively re-utilized in the next school year. These items, once returned to our fulfillment
centers,  are  refurbished  and  included  in  future  learning  kits.  This  reclamation  process  allows  us  to
maintain lower materials costs. Our fulfillment activities are highly seasonal, and are centered on the start
of  school  in  August  or  September.  Accordingly,  approximately  65%  of  our  annual  materials  inventory  is
received between March and May and approximately 65% of shipments to customers occur between June
and September. In order to ensure that students in virtual and blended public schools have access to our
OLS, we often provide students with a computer and all necessary support. We source computers and ship
them  to  students  when  they  enroll  and  reclaim  the  computers  at  the  end  of  a  school  year  or  upon
termination  of  their  enrollment  or  withdrawal  from  the  school  in  which  they  are  enrolled.

Technology

Our online learning systems, along with our back office support systems, are built on our proprietary
Service  Oriented  Architecture  (‘‘SOA’’)  to  ensure  high  availability  and  redundancy.  The  flexibility  and
security  enabled  by  our  SOA  are  the  core  principles  of  our  systems’  foundation.

Service Oriented Architecture. All of our systems leverage our SOA that is built on top of Enterprise
Java.  The  SOA  allows  us  to  develop  iterative  solutions  expeditiously  to  meet  both  present  and  future
market needs. Our high availability and scalability are also facilitated by this architecture. The SOA also
enables  integration  with  third-party  solutions  in  our  platform  with  ease  and  efficiency.

Availability and Redundancy. Our SOA allows for primary and secondary equipment to be utilized at
all  network  and  application  tiers.  Each  application  layer  is  load  balanced  across  multiple  servers,  which,
along  with  our  network  management  capabilities,  allows  for  additional  hardware  to  be  inserted  into  our
network  providing  us  with  optimal  scalability  and  availability  as  evidenced  by  our  typically  greater  than
99% uptime over a growing user base. We regularly backup critical data and store this backup data at an
offsite  location.

Security. Our  security  measures  and  policies  include  dividing  application  layers  into  multiple  zones
controlled by firewall technology. Sensitive communications are encrypted between client and server and
our server-to-server accessibility is strictly controlled and monitored. We also have engaged an outside firm
to manage unwanted traffic that may target our services and systems. We protect sensitive information and
meet regulatory and contractual commitments through policy and control governance that is validated on a
semi-annual basis. We maintain a layered security architecture and regularly retain third parties to test our
networks,  servers  and  applications  for  vulnerabilities.  We  manage  a  business-centric  information  security

26

program  that  is  appropriate  for  our  constantly  changing  IT  compliance  and  information  security  threat
landscape.

Physical Infrastructure. We utilize leading vendors to provide a foundation for our SOA. Our systems
are  housed  offsite  in  data  centers  that  provide  a  robust,  redundant  network  backbone,  power  and
geographically  separated  disaster  recovery.  Our  second  data  center,  geographically  separated  from  our
primary  center,  operates  as  a  ready  business  continuity  site  with  secured,  near-real  time  data  replication
from our primary data center. We routinely monitor our physical infrastructure for security, availability and
performance.

Other  Information

Intellectual  Property

We  continue  to  invest  in  our  intellectual  property  as  we  develop  more  courses  for  new  grades  and
expand into adjacent education markets, both in the United States and overseas. Through acquisitions, we
have also acquired curriculum, patents and trademarks that expand our portfolio of educational products
and  services.  We  continue  to  add  features  and  tools  to  our  proprietary  learning  platform  and  support
systems  to  assist  teachers  and  students  and  improve  educational  outcomes,  such  as  adaptive  learning
technologies. These intellectual property assets are critical to our success and we avail ourselves of the full
protections  provided  under  the  patent,  copyright,  trademark  and  trade  secrets  laws.  We  also  routinely
utilize confidentiality and licensing agreements with our employees, the virtual and blended public schools,
traditional schools, school districts and private schools that we serve, individual consumers, contractors and
other  businesses  and  persons  with  which  we  have  commercial  relationships.

Our  patent  portfolio  includes  issued  patents  and  pending  applications  directed  towards  various
aspects of our educational products and offerings. In particular, the first family of patent applications we
filed  in  the  U.S.  and  in  foreign  countries  was  directed  towards  the  first  generation  of  our  system  and
method of virtual schooling and includes two issued patents. Further, two U.S. patents were issued for our
systems  and  methods  of  online  foreign  language  instruction.  We  have  been  issued  patents  in  the  United
States  and  in  a  foreign  country  for  aspects  of  the  second  generation  of  our  virtual  school  application.

We  own  and  register  the  copyrights  to  the  lessons  contained  in  the  courses  that  comprise  our
proprietary  curriculum.  We  also  have  obtained  federal  and  state  registrations  for  numerous  trademarks
that are related to our offerings and we have applied to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office to register
certain  new  trademarks.  As  a  result  of  the  acquisitions  we  have  made,  we  also  own  U.S.  and  foreign
trademarks  and  a  portfolio  of  domain  names.

We  grant  access  to  individuals  to  use  our  software  in  order  to  utilize  our  online  learning  systems.
Similarly, schools are granted access to utilize our online learning systems in order to access TotalView and
our  other  systems.  These  licenses  are  intended  to  protect  our  ownership  and  the  confidentiality  of  the
embedded information and technology contained in our software and systems. We also own many of the
trademarks  and  service  marks  that  we  use  as  part  of  the  student  recruitment  and  branding  services  we
provide  to  schools.  Those  marks  are  licensed  to  the  schools  for  use  during  the  term  of  the  products  and
services  agreements.

Our  employees,  contractors  and  other  parties  with  access  to  our  confidential  information  sign
agreements  that  prohibit  the  unauthorized  use  or  disclosure  of  our  proprietary  rights,  information  and
technology.

Employees

As of June 30, 2016, we had approximately 4,800 employees, including approximately 2,500 teachers.
A majority of these employees are located in the United States. In addition, there are approximately 2,000
teachers who are employed by virtual or blended public schools that we manage under turn-key solution

27

contracts with those schools but are not direct employees of K12. None of our employees are represented
by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement; however, certain managed public schools
we  serve  employ  unionized  teachers.  We  believe  that  our  employee  relations  are  good.

Corporate  Information

Our principal executive office is located at 2300 Corporate Park Drive, Herndon, Virginia 20171 and

our  telephone  number  is  (703)  483-7000.  Our  website  address  is  www.K12.com.

Available  Information

We make available, free of charge through our website, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly
reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed pursuant to
Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  ‘‘Exchange  Act’’),
promptly  after  they  are  electronically  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  ‘‘SEC’’).
Our earnings conference calls are web cast live via our website. In addition to visiting our website, you may
read and copy public reports we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street,
N.E.,  Washington  D.C.  20549,  or  at  www.sec.gov.  You  may  obtain  information  on  the  operation  of  the
Public  Reference  Room  by  calling  the  SEC  at  1-800-SEC-0330.  Information  contained  on  our  website  is
expressly  not  incorporated  by  reference  into  this  Annual  Report.

REGULATION

We and the virtual and blended public schools that we serve are subject to regulation by each of the
states in which we operate. The state laws and regulations that impact our business are primarily those that
authorize or restrict our ability to operate these schools, as well as the applicable funding mechanisms for
the schools. To the extent these schools receive federal funds, such as through a grant program or financial
support  dedicated  for  the  education  of  low-income  families,  these  schools  also  become  subject  to
additional  federal  regulation.

State Laws Authorizing or Restricting Virtual and Blended Public Schools. The authority to operate a
virtual  or  blended  public  school  is  dependent  on  the  laws  and  regulations  of  each  state.  Laws  and
regulations  vary  significantly  from  one  state  to  the  next  and  are  constantly  evolving.  In  states  that  have
implemented  specific  legislation  to  support  virtual  and  blended  public  schools,  the  schools  are  able  to
operate  under  these  statutes.  Other  states  provide  for  virtual  and  blended  public  schools  under  existing
public  charter  school  legislation  or  provide  that  school  districts  and/or  state  education  agencies  may
authorize them. Some states do not currently have legislation that provides for virtual and blended public
schools  or  have  requirements  that  effectively  prohibit  such  schools  and,  as  a  result,  may  require  new
legislation before virtual and blended public schools can open in the state. We currently serve virtual and
blended  public  schools  or  school  district-led  programs  in  33  states  plus  the  District  of  Columbia.

Obtaining  new  legislation  in  the  remaining  states  can  be  a  protracted  and  uncertain  process.  When
determining whether to pursue expansion into new states in which the laws are ambiguous, we research the
relevant  legislation  and  political  climate  and  then  make  an  assessment  of  the  perceived  likelihood  of
success before deciding to commit resources. Specifically, we take into account numerous factors including,
but  not  limited  to,  the  regulations  of  the  state  educational  authorities,  whether  the  overall  political
environment is amenable to school choice, whether current funding levels for virtual school and blended
schools enrollments are adequate and accessible, and the presence of non-profit and for-profit competitors
in  the  state.

State  Laws  and  Regulations  Applicable  to  Virtual  and  Blended  Public  Schools. Virtual  and  blended
public schools that purchase our curriculum and management services are often governed and overseen by
a non-profit or a local or state education agency, such as an independent public charter school board, local
school district or state education authority. We generally receive funds for products and services rendered

28

to operate virtual public schools or blended schools under detailed service agreements with that governing
authority. Virtual and blended public schools are typically funded by state or local governments on a per
student  basis.  A  virtual  or  blended  public  school  that  fails  to  comply  with  the  state  laws  and  regulations
applicable to it may be required to repay these funds and could become ineligible for receipt of future state
funds.

To  be  eligible  for  state  funding,  some  states  require  that  virtual  and  blended  public  schools  be
organized as not-for-profit charters exempt from taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue
Code  of  1986,  as  amended  (the  ‘‘Code’’).  The  schools  must  then  be  organized  exclusively  for  charitable
educational purposes, and not for the benefit of private, for-profit management companies. The board or
governing  authority  of  the  not-for-profit  virtual  or  blended  public  school  must  retain  ultimate
accountability and control for the school’s operations to retain its tax-exempt status. It may not delegate its
responsibility and accountability for the school’s operations. Our service agreements with these virtual and
blended public schools are therefore structured to ensure the full independence of the not-for-profit board
and  preserve  its  arms-length  ability  to  exercise  its  fiduciary  obligations  to  operate  a  virtual  or  blended
public  school.

Laws  and  regulations  affect  many  aspects  of  operating  a  virtual  or  blended  public  school.  They  can
dictate  the  content  and  sequence  of  the  curriculum,  the  methods  for  counting  student  enrollments  for
funding purposes, graduation requirements, use of approved textbooks, the length of the school year and
the school day, the accessibility of curriculum and technology to students with disabilities, teacher:student
ratios, the assessment of student performance and any accountability requirements. In addition, a virtual
or  blended  public  school  may  be  obligated  to  comply  with  states’  requirements  to  offer  programs  for
specific  populations,  such  as  students  at  risk  of  dropping  out  of  school,  advanced  and  talented  students,
non-English speaking students, pre-kindergarten students and students with disabilities. Tutoring services
and the use of technology may also be regulated. Other state laws and regulations may affect the school’s
compulsory attendance requirements, treatment of absences and make-up work, and access by parents to
student  records  and  teaching  and  testing  materials.

In addition to federal laws protecting the privacy of student education records, a growing number of
states are enacting laws to protect the privacy of student data and to guard against its misuse. As a general
matter  these  laws  are  designed  to  prevent  third-party  vendors  to  schools  from  using  student  data  for
non-educational  purposes  and  ensuring  the  security  of  personally  identifiable  information.  In  addition,
virtual or blended public schools may have to comply with state requirements that school campuses report
various  types  of  data  as  performance  indicators  of  the  success  of  the  program.

States  have  laws  and  regulations  concerning  certification,  training,  experience  and  continued
professional  development  of  teachers  and  staff  with  which  a  virtual  or  blended  public  school  may  be
required to comply. There are also numerous laws pertaining to employee salaries and benefits, statewide
teacher  retirement  systems,  workers’  compensation,  unemployment  benefits  and  matters  related  to
employment agreements and procedures for termination of school employees. A virtual or blended public
school  must  also  comply  with  requirements  for  performing  criminal  background  checks  on  school  staff,
reporting  criminal  activity  by  school  staff  and  reporting  suspected  child  abuse.

As  with  any  public  school,  virtual  and  blended  public  schools  must  comply  with  state  laws  and
regulations applicable to governmental entities, such as open meetings or sunshine laws, which may require
the board of trustees of a virtual or blended public school to provide advance public notice of and hold its
meetings open to the public unless an exception in the law allows an executive session. Failure to comply
with these requirements may lead to personal civil and/or criminal penalties for board members or officers
or the invalidation of actions taken during meetings that were not properly noticed and open to the public.
Virtual and blended public schools must also comply with public information or open records laws, which
require them to make school records available for public inspection, review and copying unless a specific

29

exemption  in  the  law  applies.  Additionally  laws  pertaining  to  records  privacy  and  retention  and  to
standards  for  maintenance  of  records  apply  to  virtual  and  blended  public  schools.

Other types of regulation applicable to virtual and blended public schools include restrictions on the
use of public funds, the types of investments made with public funds, the collection of and use of student
fees  and  controlling  accounting  and  financial  management  practices.

There remains uncertainty about the extent to which virtual and blended public schools we serve may
be required to comply with state laws and regulations applicable to traditional public schools because the
concept of virtual and blended public schools is still evolving, especially as technology advances. Although
we  receive  state  funds  indirectly,  according  to  the  terms  of  each  service  agreement  with  the  local  public
school  entity,  our  receipt  of  state  funds  subjects  us  to  extensive  state  regulation  and  scrutiny.  States
routinely  conduct  audits  of  these  schools,  to  verify  enrollment,  attendance,  information  technology
security, fiscal accountability, special education services and other regulatory issues. While we may believe
that  a  virtual  public  school  or  blended  school  we  serve  is  compliant  with  state  law,  an  agency’s  different
interpretation of law in a particular state, or the application of facts to such law, could result in findings of
non-compliance,  potentially  affecting  future  funding  or  repayment  of  past  funding.

Regulations Restricting Virtual and Blended Public School Growth and Funding. As a public schooling
alternative,  some  state  and  regulatory  authorities  have  elected  to  proceed  cautiously  with  virtual  and
blended  public  schools  while  providing  opportunities  for  taxpayer  families  seeking  this  alternative.
Statutes, regulations or policies that control the growth of virtual and blended public schools range from
setting caps on statewide student enrollments, to prescribing the number of schools in a state, to limiting
the  percentage  of  time  students  may  receive  instruction  online.  Funding  regulations  can  also  have  this
effect.

Statutes  or  regulations  that  hinder  our  ability  to  serve  certain  jurisdictions  include:  restrictions  on
student eligibility, such as mandating attendance at a traditional public school prior to enrolling in a virtual
or  blended  public  school;  caps  on  the  total  number  of  students  in  a  virtual  or  blended  public  school;
restrictions  on  grade  levels  served;  geographic  limitations  on  enrollments;  fixing  the  percentage  of  per
pupil  funding  that  must  be  paid  to  teachers;  state-specific  curriculum  requirements;  and  limits  on  the
number  of  charters  that  can  be  granted  in  a  state.

Funding regulations for virtual public schools and blended schools can take a variety of forms. These
regulations  include:  (i)  attendance—some  state  daily  attendance  rules  were  designed  for  traditional
classroom  procedures  and  applying  them  to  track  daily  attendance  and  truancy  in  an  online  setting  can
cause  disputes  to  arise  over  interpretation  and  funding;  (ii)  enrollment  eligibility—some  states  place
restrictions  on  the  students  seeking  to  enroll  in  virtual  and  blended  public  schools,  resulting  in  lower
aggregate  funding  levels;  and  (iii)  teacher  contact  time—some  states  have  regulations  that  specify
minimum levels of teacher-student face-to-face time. These regulations can create logistical challenges for
statewide  virtual  and  blended  public  schools,  reduce  funding  and  eliminate  some  of  the  economic,
academic  and  technological  advantages  of  virtual  learning.

Federal and State Grants. We have worked with some entities to secure public and grant funding that
flows to virtual and blended public schools that we serve. These grants are awarded to the not-for-profit
entity  that  holds  the  charter  of  the  virtual  or  blended  public  school  on  a  competitive  basis  in  some
instances and on an entitlement basis in other instances. Grants awarded to public schools and programs—
whether  by  a  federal  or  state  agency  or  nongovernmental  organization—often  include  reporting
requirements,  procedures  and  obligations.

Foreign  Laws  and  Regulations. Schools  we  operate  in  other  countries  are  subject  to  local  laws  and
regulations. We oversee and rely on the administrators in each school on a continuous basis and seek the
advice  of  local  legal  and  regulatory  experts  as-needed.

30

Federal  Laws  Applicable  to  Virtual  Public  Schools  and  Blended  Schools

Five primary federal laws are directly applicable to the day-to-day provision of educational services we

provide  to  virtual  and  blended  public  schools:

No  Child  Left  Behind  Act  (‘‘NCLB’’)  and  Every  Student  Succeeds  Act  (‘‘ESSA’’)

In  December  2015,  the  NCLB  amendments  to  the  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education  Act  were
replaced by a new federal law known as the Every Student Succeeds Act, which took effect on August 2,
2016, and is authorized for four years. The ESSA represents a major change in federal education law by
shifting education policy decision making back to the states and by providing most funding through block
grants, rather than through individual programs as prescribed under NCLB. Of particular significance to
the  Company  is  that  the  states  will  now  have  the  discretion  to  develop  and  design  their  own  assessment
systems in the coming years. In addition, states have been given the authority to adopt different types of
annual accountability standards for academic achievement, including proficiency and growth standards for
all  students  and  subgroups.  The  ESSA  makes  clear  that  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education  has  a  more
limited  role  to  impose  federal  mandates,  direction  or  control  over  the  authority  given  to  the  states  than
before under NCLB. Finally, there are provisions that provide significant grants to support the start up of
new  charter  schools  with  priority  to  states  that  serve  at-risk  students  through  dropout  prevention  and
recovery  and  other  grants  to  support  language  instruction  for  English  language  learners  and  immigrant
students.

Key changes under the newly reauthorized ESSA law include: (i) Adequate Yearly Progress (‘‘AYP’’)
has  been  eliminated;  (ii)  Highly  Qualified  teachers  provision  eliminated;  (iii)  Testing/Accountability
remains for grades 3-8 and once in high school but there are no prescribed sanctions; and (iv) computer
adaptive testing can now be used for accountability assessments but must include a ‘‘growth’’ component.
ESSA is to be fully implemented by school year 2017-18, and previous NCLB waivers become null and void
as  of  August  1,  2016.  School  year  2016-17  will  be  a  planning  year  as  local  education  agencies  and  state
education  agencies  are  required  to  submit  accountability  plans  to  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education  by
June  2017.

Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (‘‘IDEA’’). The IDEA is implemented through regulations
governing every aspect of the special education of a child with one or more of the specific disabilities listed
in the Act. The IDEA created a responsibility on the part of a school to identify students who may qualify
under  the  IDEA  and  to  perform  periodic  assessments  to  determine  the  students’  needs  for  services.  A
student who qualifies for services under the IDEA must have in place an individual education plan, which
must be updated at least annually, created by a team consisting of school personnel, the student, and the
parent.  This  plan  must  be  implemented  in  a  setting  where  the  child  with  a  disability  is  educated  with
non-disabled  peers  to  the  maximum  extent  appropriate.  The  Act  provides  the  student  and  parents  with
numerous due process rights relating to the student’s program and education, including the right to seek
mediation  of  disputes  and  make  complaints  to  the  state  education  agency.  The  schools  we  manage  are
responsible  for  ensuring  the  requirements  of  this  Act  are  met.  The  virtual  public  schools  and  blended
schools are required to comply with certain requirements in the Act concerning teacher certification and
training. We, the virtual public school or the blended school could be required to provide additional staff,
related  services  and  supplemental  aids  and  services  at  our  own  cost  to  comply  with  the  requirement  to
provide a free appropriate public education to each child covered under the IDEA. If we fail to meet this
requirement, we, the virtual public school or blended school could lose federal funding and could be liable
for  compensatory  educational  services,  reimbursement  to  the  parent  for  educational  service  the  parent
provided  and  payment  of  the  parent’s  attorney’s  fees.

Sections  504  and  508  of  the  Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973. A  virtual  public  school  or  blended  school
receiving federal funds is subject to Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (‘‘Section 504’’) insofar
as  the  regulations  implementing  the  Act  govern  the  education  of  students  with  disabilities  as  well  as

31

personnel  and  parents.  Section  504  prohibits  discrimination  against  a  person  on  the  basis  of  disability  in
any program receiving federal financial assistance if the person is otherwise qualified to participate in or
receive  benefit  from  the  program.  Students  with  disabilities  not  specifically  listed  in  the  IDEA  may  be
entitled to specialized instruction or related services pursuant to Section 504 if their disability substantially
limits  a  major  life  activity.  Beginning  in  2011,  the  Office  of  Civil  Rights  (‘‘OCR’’)  of  the  United  States
Department of Education interpreted both Section 504 and Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act
to  apply  to  elementary  and  secondary  schools  and  to  require  that  students  with  disabilities  be  afforded
substantially  equivalent  ease  of  use  as  students  without  disabilities.  As  applied  to  online  public  schools,
such  ‘‘web  accessibility’’  requires  technical  capabilities  similar  to  those  applied  to  procurements  of
information  technology  by  the  federal  government  under  Section  508  of  the  Rehabilitation  Act  or  1973
(‘‘Section 508’’) or standards adopted by the world-wide web consortium. If a school fails to comply with
the  requirements  and  the  procedural  safeguards  of  Section  504,  it  may  lose  federal  funds  even  though
these  funds  flow  indirectly  to  the  school  through  a  local  board.  In  the  case  of  bad  faith  or  intentional
wrongdoing, some courts have awarded monetary damages to prevailing parties in Section 504 lawsuits. In
May 2016, the U.S. Department of Justice issued a supplemental notice of proposed rulemaking soliciting
additional  public  comments  on  the  appropriate  standard  for  determining  Web  accessibility  compliance
under  Section  508  and  Title  II  of  the  ADA  and  allowed  two  years  for  covered  entities  to  come  into  full
compliance  after  issuance  of  its  final  rules.

Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act. Virtual  public  schools  and  blended  schools  are  also
subject  to  the  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  (‘‘FERPA’’)  which  protects  the  privacy  of  a
student’s educational records and generally prohibits a school from disclosing a student’s records to a third
party without the parent’s prior consent. The law also gives parents certain procedural rights with respect
to  their  minor  children’s  education  records.  A  school’s  failure  to  comply  with  this  law  may  result  in
termination  of  its  eligibility  to  receive  federal  education  funds.

Communications  Decency  Act. The  Communications  Decency  Act  of  1996  (‘‘CDA’’)  provides
protection  for  online  service  providers  against  legal  action  being  taken  against  them  because  of  certain
actions of others. For example, the CDA states that no provider or user of an interactive computer service
shall be treated as the publisher or speaker of any data given by another provider of information content.
Further, Section 230 of the CDA grants interactive online services of all types, broad immunity from tort
liability so long as the information at issue is provided or posted by a third party. As part of our technology
services offering, we provide an online school platform on which teachers and students may communicate.
We  also  conduct  live  classroom  sessions  using  Internet-based  collaboration  software  and  we  may  offer
certain  online  community  platforms  for  students  and  parents.  While  the  CDA  affords  us  with  some
protection from liability associated with the interactive online services we offer, there are exceptions to the
CDA  that  could  result  in  successful  actions  against  us  that  give  rise  to  financial  liability.

Other  Federal  Laws. Other  federal  laws  that  may  apply  to  virtual  managed  schools  depend  on  the
demographics associated with that school. For example, Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 has been
deemed to apply to ELL Students, as further defined in the joint guidance issued by the U.S. Departments
of  Justice  and  Education  in  January  2015.  There  are  also  other  federal  laws  and  regulations  that  affect
other aspects of our business such as the identify theft rules adopted by the Federal Trade Commission and
for which we have adopted policies to ensure compliance. The Children’s Internet Protection Act requires
that  school  districts  that  receive  certain  types  of  federal  funding  must  ensure  that  they  have  technology
which  blocks  or  filters  certain  material  from  being  accessed  through  the  Internet.  We  have  developed
procedures by which computers that we ship to students meet this requirement. If we fail to comply with
these and other federal laws, we could be determined ineligible to receive funds from federal programs or
face  penalties.

32

ITEM  1A. RISK  FACTORS

Risks  Related  to  Government  Funding  and  Regulation  of  Public  Education

The  majority  of  our  revenues  come  from  Managed  Public  School  Programs  and  depend  on  per  pupil  funding
amounts and payment formulas remaining near the levels existing at the time we execute service agreements with the
managed public schools we serve. If those funding levels or formulas are materially reduced or modified due to
economic conditions or political opposition, new restrictions adopted or payments delayed, our business, financial
condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  could  be  adversely  affected.

The  public  schools  we  contract  with  are  financed  with  government  funding  from  federal,  state  and
local  taxpayers.  Our  business  is  primarily  dependent  upon  those  funds.  Budget  appropriations  for
education at all levels of government are determined through the political process, which may be affected
by  negative  views  of  for-profit  education  companies  or  conditions  in  the  economy  at  large,  such  as  the
recessionary climate in the United States which led to budgetary pressures on state and local governments
from 2008-13 and significant declines in public school funding. The political process and general economic
conditions  create  a  number  of  risks  that  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business  including  the
following:

(cid:127) Legislative  proposals  can  and  have  resulted  in  budget  or  program  cuts  for  public  education,
including  the  virtual  and  blended  public  schools  and  school  districts  we  serve,  and  therefore  have
reduced  and  could  potentially  limit  or  eliminate  the  products  and  services  those  schools  purchase
from  us,  causing  our  revenues  to  decline.  From  time  to  time,  proposals  are  introduced  in  state
legislatures  that  single  out  virtual  and  blended  public  schools  for  disparate  treatment.

(cid:127) Economic  conditions  could  reduce  state  education  funding  for  all  public  schools,  and  could  be
disproportionate for the managed public schools we serve. Our annual revenue growth is impacted
by changes in federal, state and district per pupil funding levels. For example, due to the budgetary
problems  arising  from  the  recession,  many  states  reduced  per  pupil  funding  for  public  education
affecting many of the public schools we serve, including even abrupt mid- year cuts in certain states,
which in some cases were retroactively applied to the start of the school year as a result of formulaic
adjustments. In addition, as we enter into service agreements with multiple managed public schools
in  a  single  state,  the  aggregate  impact  of  funding  reductions  applicable  to  those  schools  could  be
material.  We  have  management  agreements  with  16  schools  in  California,  for  example,  and  while
each  school  is  independent  with  its  own  governing  authority  and  no  single  school  in  California
accounts  for  more  than  10%  of  our  revenue,  regulatory  actions  that  affect  the  level  or  timing  of
payments  for  all  similarly  situated  schools  in  that  state  could  adversely  affect  our  financial
condition.  The  specific  level  of  federal,  state  and  district  funding  for  the  coming  years  is  not  yet
known  for  specific  states  and,  taken  as  a  whole,  it  is  reasonable  to  believe  that  a  number  of  the
public  schools  we  serve  could  experience  lower  per  pupil  enrollment  funding,  while  others  may
increase  funding,  as  economic  conditions  or  political  conditions  change.

(cid:127) As a public company, we are required to file periodic financial and other disclosure reports with the
SEC.  This  information  may  be  referenced  in  the  legislative  process,  including  budgetary
considerations, related to the funding of alternative public school options, including virtual public
schools and blended schools. The disclosure of this information by a for-profit education company,
regardless of parent satisfaction and student performance, may nonetheless be used by opponents
of  virtual  and  blended  public  schools  to  propose  funding  reductions  or  restrictions.

(cid:127) From  time  to  time,  government  funding  to  schools  and  school  districts  is  not  provided  when  due,
which sometimes causes the affected schools to delay payments to us for our products and services.
These  payment  delays  have  occurred  in  the  past  and  can  deprive  us  of  significant  working  capital
until the matter is resolved, which could hinder our ability to implement our growth strategies and
conduct  our  business.  For  example,  in  fiscal  year  2016,  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  was

33

unable  to  approve  a  budget,  including  funding  for  public  school  education,  by  its  deadline  of
June  30,  2015,  and  thus  the  Agora  Cyber  Charter  School  received  no  funds  and  could  not  make
timely  contractual  payments  to  the  Company  for  our  products  and  services,  even  though  we
continued  to  incur  the  costs  to  keep  the  school  operating.  The  Commonwealth’s  budget  impasse
was  resolved  in  March  of  2016,  resulting  in  a  receivable  to  be  paid  back  in  installments  under  a
settlement  agreement  executed  in  June  2016.

Failure to comply with regulatory requirements, poor academic performance, or misconduct by us or operators of
other virtual public schools could tarnish the reputation of all the school operators in our industry, which could have
a  negative  impact  on  our  business.

As  a  non-traditional  form  of  public  education,  online  public  school  operators  will  be  subject  to
scrutiny,  perhaps  even  greater  than  that  applied  to  traditional  brick  and  mortar  public  schools  or  public
charter schools. Not all virtual public schools will have successful academic programs or operate efficiently,
and new entrants may not perform well either. Such underperformance could create the impression that
virtual schooling is not an effective way to educate students, whether or not our learning systems achieve
satisfactory  performance.  Consistently  poor  academic  performance  could  also  lead  to  termination  of  an
approved  provider  status  in  some  jurisdictions.

Beyond academic performance issues, some virtual school operators, including us, have been subject
to  governmental  investigations  alleging  the  misuse  of  public  funds  or  failures  in  regulatory  compliance.
These  allegations  have  attracted  significant  adverse  media  coverage  and  have  prompted  legislative
hearings  and  regulatory  responses.  These  investigations  have  focused  on  specific  companies  and
individuals,  or  even  entire  industries,  such  as  the  announced  industry-wide  investigation  of  for-profit
virtual schools by the Attorney General of California in 2015. The precise impact of these governmental
investigations on our current and future business is difficult to discern, in part because of the number of
states in which we operate, the range of purported malfeasance or performance issues involved, or interest
by  state  regulatory  authorities.  If  these  situations,  or  any  additional  alleged  misconduct,  cause  all  virtual
public  schools  to  be  viewed  by  the  public  and/or  policymakers  unfavorably,  we  may  find  it  difficult  to
expand  into  new  states  or  renew  our  contracts  to  manage  these  schools.  In  addition,  these  factors  could
serve  as  the  impetus  for  more  restrictive  legislation  which  could  limit  our  future  business  opportunities,
such  as  legislation  enacted  in  Tennessee  in  2015  that  extended  the  sunsetting  of  virtual  public  schools  in
2019.

Opponents of virtual and blended public schools have sought to challenge the establishment and expansion of such
schools through the judicial process. If these interests prevail, it could damage our ability to sustain or grow our
current  business  or  expand  in  certain  jurisdictions.

We have been, and will likely continue to be, subject to public policy lawsuits filed against virtual and
blended  schools  by  those  who  do  not  share  our  belief  in  the  value  of  this  form  of  public  education.
Whether  or  not  we  are  a  named  party  to  these  lawsuits,  legal  claims  have  involved  challenges  to  the
constitutionality  of  authorizing  statutes,  methods  of  instructional  delivery,  funding  provisions  and  the
respective roles of parents and teachers. For example, in 2014, the New Jersey Education Association, the
state  affiliate  of  a  national  teachers  union,  challenged  the  grant  of  a  charter  to  the  Newark  Preparatory
Charter  School  that  was  contracting  with  us  for  educational  products  and  services.  In  this  instance,  the
court  denied  the  union’s  challenge  and  sustained  the  grant  of  the  charter.

34

Should we fail to comply with the laws and regulations applicable to the Managed Public School Programs and the
Institutional business districts we serve, such failures could result in a loss of public funding and an obligation to
repay  funds  previously  received,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

Once  authorized  by  law,  virtual  and  blended  public  schools  are  generally  subject  to  extensive
regulation, as are the school districts served by our Institutional business. These regulations cover specific
program  standards  and  financial  requirements  including,  but  not  limited  to:  (i)  student  eligibility
standards;  (ii)  numeric  and  geographic  limitations  on  enrollments;  (iii)  state-specific  curriculum
requirements; (iv) restrictions on open-enrollment policies by and among districts; (v) prescribed teacher:
student  ratios  and  teacher  funding  allocations  from  per  pupil  funding;  and  (vi)  teacher  certification  and
reporting requirements. State and federal funding authorities conduct regular program and financial audits
of the public schools we serve to ensure compliance with applicable regulations. If a final determination of
non-compliance is made, additional funds may be withheld which could impair that school’s ability to pay
us  for  services  in  a  timely  manner,  or  the  school  could  be  required  to  repay  funds  received  during  the
period of non-compliance. Additionally, the indemnity provisions in our standard service agreements with
virtual  and  blended  public  schools  and  school  districts  may  require  us  to  return  any  contested  funds  on
behalf  of  the  school.

Virtual and blended public schools are relatively new, and enabling legislation therefore is often ambiguous and
subject to discrepancies in interpretation by regulatory authorities, which may lead to disputes over our ability to
invoice  and  receive  payments  for  services  rendered.

Statutory  language  providing  for  virtual  and  blended  public  schools  is  sometimes  interpreted  by
regulatory authorities in ways that may vary from year to year making compliance subject to uncertainty.
More  issues  normally  arise  during  our  first  few  school  years  of  doing  business  in  a  state  because  the
enabling legislation often does not address specific issues, such as what constitutes proper documentation
for  enrollment  eligibility  in  a  virtual  or  blended  school.  From  time  to  time  there  are  changes  to  the
regulators’  approach  to  determining  the  eligibility  of  virtual  or  blended  school  students  for  funding
purposes.  Another  issue  may  be  differing  interpretations  on  what  constitutes  a  student’s  substantial
completion of a semester in a public school. These regulatory uncertainties may lead to disputes over our
ability  to  invoice  and  receive  payments  for  services  rendered,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business,
financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.

The operation of virtual and blended public charter schools depends on the maintenance of the authorizing charter
and compliance with applicable laws. If these charters are not renewed, our contracts with these schools would be
terminated.

In many cases, virtual and blended public schools operate under a charter that is granted by a state or
local  authorizer  to  the  charter  holder,  such  as  a  community  group  or  an  established  not-for-profit
corporation,  which  typically  is  required  by  state  law  to  qualify  for  student  funding.  In  fiscal  year  2016,
approximately  82%  of  our  revenue  was  derived  from  Managed  Public  School  Programs,  the  majority  of
which were virtual and blended public schools operating under a charter. The service agreement for these
schools  is  with  the  charter  holder  or  the  charter  board.  Non-profit  public  charter  schools  qualifying  for
exemption  from  federal  taxation  under  Code  Section  501(c)(3)  as  charitable  organizations  must  also
operate  on  an  arms-length  basis  in  accordance  with  Internal  Revenue  Service  rules  and  policies  to
maintain that status and their funding eligibility. In addition, all state public charter school statutes require
periodic reauthorization. If a virtual or blended public school we manage fails to maintain its tax-exempt
status and funding eligibility, fails to renew its charter, or if its charter is revoked for non-performance or
other  reasons  that  may  be  due  to  actions  of  the  independent  charter  board  completely  outside  of  our
control,  our  contract  with  that  school  would  be  terminated.  For  example,  in  January  2015,  the  State  of

35

Delaware revoked the charter for the Maurice J. Moyer Academy Charter School due to non-performance
of  charter  requirements.

Actual or alleged misconduct by our senior management and directors or officials could make it more difficult for us
to  enter  into  new  contracts  or  renew  existing  contracts.

If  we  or  any  of  our  current  or  former  directors,  officers,  key  employees  or  officials  are  accused  or
found  to  be  guilty  of  serious  crimes  or  civil  violations,  including  the  mismanagement  or  improper
accounting of public funds, or violations of the federal securities laws, the schools we serve could be barred
or  discouraged  from  entering  into  or  renewing  service  agreements  with  us.  As  a  result,  our  business  and
revenues  would  be  adversely  affected.

New  laws  or  regulations  not  currently  applicable  to  for-profit  education  companies  in  the  K-12  sector  could  be
enacted  and  negatively  impact  our  operations  and  financial  results.

As the provision of online K-12 public education matures, novel issues may arise that could lead to the
enactment of new laws or regulations similar to, or in addition to, laws or regulations applicable to other
areas of education and education at different levels. For example, for-profit education companies that own
and operate post-secondary colleges depend in significant respect on student loans provided by the federal
government  to  cover  tuition  expenses,  and  federal  laws  prohibit  incentive  compensation  for  success  in
securing enrollments or financial aid to any person engaged in student recruiting or admission activities. In
contrast,  while  students  in  virtual  or  blended  public  K-12  schools  are  entitled  to  a  free  public  education
with  no  federal  or  state  loans  necessary  for  tuition,  laws  could  be  enacted  that  make  for-  profit
management  companies  serving  such  schools  subject  to  similar  or  other  restrictions.

Risks  Related  to  Our  Business  and  Our  Industry

The schools we contract with and serve are governed by independent governing bodies that may shift their priorities
or  change  objectives  in  ways  adverse  to  us,  or  react  negatively  to  acquisitions  or  other  transactions.

We  contract  with  and  provide  a  majority  of  our  products  and  services  to  virtual  and  blended  public
schools governed by independent boards or similar governing bodies. While we typically share a common
objective  at  the  outset  of  our  business  relationship,  over  time  our  interests  could  diverge  resulting  in
changes  adverse  to  our  business.  For  example,  in  fiscal  year  2014,  the  Agora  Cyber  Charter  School
expressed  its  intention  to  assume  management  of  the  school  beginning  in  the  2014-15  school  year  while
continuing  to  purchase  curriculum  and  other  services  from  us.  In  late  fiscal  year  2016,  the  Agora  board
determined  to  reinstate  portions  of  the  management  contract  it  had  unbundled  the  prior  year.  As  these
independent boards shift their priorities or change objectives, reduce or modify the scope of services and
products we provide, or terminate their relationship with us, our ability to generate revenues consistently
over  time  would  be  adversely  affected.

Our contracts with the managed public schools we serve are subject to periodic renewal, and each year some of these
agreements are set to expire. If we are unable to renew several such contracts or if a single significant contract
expires during a given year, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be adversely
affected.

In fiscal year 2016, we had contracts to provide our full range of products and services in 33 states and
the District of Columbia. Some of these contracts are scheduled to expire in any given year and may not be
renewed  or  may  be  renewed  on  terms  much  less  favorable  to  us.  Due  to  significant  advance  notice
provisions  or  on  the  request  of  a  school’s  charter  authority,  we  usually  begin  to  engage  in  renewal
negotiations before and during the final year of these contracts and any renewed contract could involve a
restructuring of our services and management arrangements that could lower our revenue or even change
how revenue and expenses are recognized. If we are unable to renew contracts or if contract renewals have

36

significantly  less  favorable  terms  or  unbundle  previously  provided  services,  our  business,  financial
condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flow  could  be  adversely  affected.

If the schools we serve fail to enroll or reenroll a sufficient number of students, our business, financial condition and
results  of  operations  will  be  adversely  affected.

Our revenues are a direct function of how many students are enrolled in our Managed Public School
Programs,  the  number  of  school  districts  and  students  who  subscribe  to  the  programs  offered  in  our
Institutional  business,  and  the  enrollments  in  our  three  international  and  private  pay  schools.

Because  families  have  alternative  choices  both  within  and  outside  the  public  school  system  for
educating  their  children,  it  is  typical  during  each  school  year  that  some  students  withdraw  from  schools
using our online education services and switch to their traditional local public schools, other charter school
alternatives  or  private  schools.  While  our  Managed  Public  School  Programs  also  accept  new  student
enrollment throughout the year where permitted, generally our average student enrollment declines as the
school  year  progresses  such  that  we  serve  on  average  fewer  students  at  the  end  of  any  given  school  year
than at the beginning of the year. If our Managed Public School Programs experience higher withdrawal
rates during the year and/or enroll fewer new students as the year progresses than we have experienced in
the  past,  our  revenues,  result  of  operations  and  financial  conditions  would  be  adversely  affected.

Similarly, at the start of each new school year students who had remained enrolled through the end of
the previous year may have graduated from eighth or twelfth grade or have left our Managed Public School
Programs  for  any  number  of  reasons.  To  the  extent  our  Managed  Public  School  Programs  do  not  retain
previously enrolled students from the prior year, they must attract new students at the start of the year to
sustain  their  average  student  enrollment  year  over  year,  as  well  as  to  grow  their  enrollment  each  year,
based upon enrollment objectives determined by the governing authority of those schools. If the schools we
serve  in  the  aggregate  are  able  only  to  sustain  prior  year  enrollment  levels,  our  revenues  may  not  grow
from the prior year, absent improved revenue capture or the addition of new schools. More fundamentally,
if  average  student  enrollment  at  the  schools  we  serve  declines  from  one  year  to  the  next,  our  revenues,
results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  will  be  adversely  affected.

We also contract with virtual public schools and schools districts to provide marketing and enrollment
services,  and  we  provide  similar  services  directly  to  our  international  and  private  pay  schools.  However,
many  of  our  customers  with  Non-managed  Public  School  Programs  are  responsible  for  their  own
marketing and enrollment activities. Efforts on our part to sustain or increase enrollments in the face of
higher student withdrawals or fewer returning students at the start of a school year may lead to higher costs
for  us,  and  may  adversely  affect  our  operating  margin.  If  we  or  our  Non-managed  Program  partners  are
unsuccessful in marketing plans or enrollment processes for the schools, the average student enrollment at
the schools may not grow or could even decline, and adversely affect our revenues, results of operations
and  financial  condition.

As we continue to refine our marketing efforts, and support the enrollment activities for our Managed Public School
Programs, changes in our marketing efforts and enrollment activities could lead to decline in overall enrollment at
the  schools  we  serve.

As parents evaluate public school choices for their children, we are segmenting our marketing efforts
to  better  attract  students  who  are  most  likely  to  benefit  from  and  succeed  in  virtual  education  programs
and  who  are  likely  to  remain  enrolled  with  a  virtual  school  over  several  years.  Our  research  leads  us  to
believe that students with parents who are active and regularly engaged in their education are more likely
to  be  successful  in  a  virtual  school,  although  there  is  no  formula  that  can  predict  the  success  of  any
particular  student.  Our  more  segmented  marketing  efforts,  therefore,  may  not  be  wholly  successful,  and
could  lead  to  an  overall  decline  in  enrollment  for  our  Managed  Public  School  Programs,  thus  adversely
affecting  our  revenue  and  results  from  operations.

37

The student demographics at the schools we serve have been changing, which can lead to higher costs and affect our
ability  to  sustain  or  grow  our  operating  income.

The schools we serve are publicly funded and are generally obligated to accept all students meeting
state  or  district  criteria  for  enrollment.  Because  an  online  education  environment  may  offer  a  better
educational opportunity for students falling behind grade level, our Managed Public School Programs have
experienced  in  recent  years  a  higher  academically  at-risk  student  population,  requiring  supplemental
services and closer one-on-one involvement by teachers and school personnel, leading to higher costs to us
in  providing  full  management  and  curriculum  services  to  the  schools.  We  consider  students  academically
at-risk  if  they  were  not  proficient  on  the  previous  year’s  state  assessment,  are  credit-deficient,  have
previously  dropped  out,  have  failed  courses,  or  score  lower  than  average  on  diagnostic  or  benchmark
assessments. These factors are used by the state to identify at-risk students in several states and have been
found  through  research  to  impact  future  student  performance.  Recent  studies  have  documented  that
full-time online charter school students are eligible for free/reduced lunch at higher rates than traditional
charter schools and students in online charter schools scored lower on state assessments prior to enrolling
in  the  online  school.  The  schools  we  serve  also  enroll  a  significant  percentage  of  special  needs  students
with  learning  and/or  physical  disabilities,  which  also  add  to  the  total  costs  incurred  by  the  schools.

Education  of  high  school  students  is  generally  more  costly  than  K-8  as  more  teachers  with  subject
matter expertise (e.g. chemistry, calculus) must be hired to support an expansive curriculum, electives, and
counseling services. As the relative percentage of high school students increases as part of the total average
enrollment  in  our  Managed  Public  School  Programs,  our  costs  are  likely  to  increase.

As our costs structure evolves due to the demographics, educational profile and mix of the students
enrolled  in  our  Managed  Public  School  Programs,  our  profit  margins  may  decline,  and  we  may  have
increasing  difficulty  in  sustaining  or  growing  our  operating  income  commensurate  with  our  revenues.

If student performance falls, state accountability standards are not achieved, teachers or administrators tamper
with state test scoring, or parent and student satisfaction declines, a significant number of students may not remain
enrolled in a virtual or blended public school that we serve, or charters may not be renewed or enrollment caps could
be  put  in  place,  or  enrollment  practices  could  be  limited  and  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations  will  be  adversely  affected.

The  success  of  our  business  depends  in  part  on  the  choice  of  a  family  to  have  their  child  begin  or
continue his or her education in a virtual or blended public school that we serve. This decision is based on
many  factors,  including  student  performance  and  parent  and  student  satisfaction.  Students  may  perform
significantly  below  state  averages  or  the  virtual  or  blended  public  school  may  fail  to  meet  state
accountability  standards.  Like  many  traditional  brick  and  mortar  public  schools,  not  all  of  the  managed
public  schools  we  serve  meet  the  requirements  of  their  applicable  accountability  frameworks,  as  large
numbers  of  new  enrollments  from  students  underperforming  in  traditional  schools  can  decrease  overall
results  or  the  underperformance  of  any  one  subgroup  can  lead  to  the  entire  school  failing  to  meet
accountability  expectations  and  potentially  lead  to  the  school’s  closure.  For  example,  in  Tennessee,  the
Commissioner of Education has statutory authority to close a virtual school if an accountability trigger is
met.  In  addition,  although  serving  academically  at-risk  students  is  an  important  aspect  of  our  mission  to
educate  any  child  regardless  of  circumstance,  the  performance  of  these  students  can  adversely  affect  a
school’s  standing  under  applicable  accountability  standards.  We  expect  that,  as  our  enrollments  increase
and  the  portion  of  students  that  have  not  used  our  learning  systems  for  multiple  years  increases,  the
average  performance  of  all  students  using  our  learning  systems  may  decrease,  even  if  the  individual
performance of other students improves over time. This effect may also be exacerbated if students enrolled
in  schools  that  we  provide  services  to  or  acquire  are  predominately  below  state  proficiency  standards  or
experience low graduation rates. Moreover, under the new Every Student Succeeds Act, state authorities
may  change  their  testing  benchmarks  in  ways  that  negatively  impact  the  schools  we  serve.

38

Students in the managed public schools we serve are required to periodically complete standardized
state  testing  and  the  results  of  this  testing  may  have  an  impact  on  school  funding.  Further,  to  avoid  the
consequences  of  failing  to  meet  applicable  required  proficiency  or  accountability  standards,  teachers  or
school  administrators  may  engage  in  improperly  altering  student  test  scores,  especially  if  teacher
performance and compensation is evaluated on these results. Finally, parent and student satisfaction may
decline  as  not  all  parents  and  students  are  able  to  devote  the  substantial  time  and  effort  necessary  to
complete our curriculum. A student’s satisfaction may also suffer if his or her relationship with the virtual
or  blended  public  school  teacher  does  not  meet  expectations.  If  student  performance  or  satisfaction
declines, students may decide not to remain enrolled in a virtual or blended public school that we serve and
our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  be  adversely  affected.

The changing nature of state curriculum standards and new state assessments could result in a decline in state test
scores  that  might  adversely  affect  our  enrollment  and  financial  conditions,  and  cause  academic  performance  to
decline.

Several  states  have  adopted  the  CCSS,  also  known  as  the  College  and  Career  Readiness  Standards,
but are not choosing to use the assessments developed by two national testing consortia that align with the
CCSS curriculum. Instead, these states are electing to use existing or new state-developed or commercially-
available assessments to evaluate student performance. As a result, teachers are teaching to new standards
and  students  are  tested  with  new  assessments  which  may  make  initial  test  results  lower  than  in  previous
years  and  require  additional  investments.  As  the  managed  public  schools  we  serve  undertake  these
transitions,  and  given  the  growing  number  of  at-risk  students  enrolling  in  these  schools,  academic
performance could temporarily or permanently suffer such that these schools may become a less attractive
alternative,  enrollments  could  decline,  and  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  be
negatively  impacted.

Mergers, acquisitions and joint ventures present many risks, and we may not realize the financial and strategic goals
that  formed  the  basis  for  the  transaction.

When  strategic  opportunities  arise  to  expand  our  business,  we  may  acquire  or  invest  in  other
companies  using  cash,  stock,  debt,  asset  contributions  or  any  combination  thereof.  We  may  face  risks  in
connection  with  these  or  other  future  transactions,  including  the  possibility  that  we  may  not  realize  the
anticipated cost and revenue synergies or further the strategic purpose of any acquisition if our forecasts
do  not  materialize.  The  pursuit  of  acquisitions  may  divert  the  resources  that  could  otherwise  be  used  to
support  and  grow  our  existing  lines  of  business.  Acquisitions  may  also  create  multiple  and  overlapping
product lines that are offered, priced and supported differently, which could cause customer confusion and
delays in service. Customers may decline to renew their contracts or the contracts of acquired businesses
might  not  allow  us  to  recognize  revenues  on  the  same  basis.  These  transactions  may  also  divert  our
management’s  attention  and  our  ongoing  business  may  be  disrupted  by  acquisition,  transition  or
integration  activities.  In  addition,  we  may  have  difficulty  separating,  transitioning  and  integrating  an
acquired  company’s  systems  and  the  associated  costs  in  doing  so  may  be  higher  than  we  anticipate.

There  may  also  be  other  adverse  effects  on  our  business,  operating  results  or  financial  condition
associated  with  the  expansion  of  our  business  through  acquisitions.  We  may  fail  to  identify  or  assess  the
magnitude  of  certain  liabilities,  shortcomings  or  other  circumstances  prior  to  acquiring  a  company  or
technology, which could result in unexpected accounting treatment, unexpected increases in taxes due or a
loss of anticipated tax benefits. Our use of cash to pay for acquisitions may limit other potential uses of our
cash,  including  investment  in  other  areas  of  our  business,  stock  repurchases,  dividend  payments  and
retirement of outstanding indebtedness. If we issue a significant amount of equity for future acquisitions,
existing  stockholders  may  be  diluted  and  earnings  per  share  may  decrease.  We  may  pay  more  than  the
acquired company or assets are ultimately worth and we may have underestimated our costs in continuing
the support and development of an acquired company’s products. Our operating results may be adversely

39

impacted  by  liabilities  resulting  from  a  stock  or  asset  acquisition,  which  may  be  costly,  disruptive  to  our
business,  or  lead  to  litigation.

We may be unable to obtain required approvals from governmental authorities on a timely basis, if it
all, which could, among other things, delay or prevent us from completing a transaction, otherwise restrict
our ability to realize the expected financial or strategic goals of an acquisition or have other adverse effects
on  our  current  business  and  operations.  We  may  face  contingencies  related  to  intellectual  property,
financial  disclosures,  and  accounting  practices  or  internal  controls.  Finally,  we  may  not  be  able  to  retain
key  executives  of  an  acquired  company.

The occurrence of any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations,  financial  condition  or  cash  flows,  particularly  in  the  case  of  a  larger  acquisition  or  several
concurrent  acquisitions.

If market demand for online options in public schooling does not increase or continue or if additional states do not
authorize  or  adequately  fund  virtual  or  blended  public  schools,  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations  could  be  adversely  affected.

Over  the  previous  five  fiscal  years,  we  entered  into  service  agreements  for  managed  virtual  public
schools and blended schools in many new states bringing our total to 33 states and the District of Columbia
for  the  2016-17  school  year.  Without  adding  additional  states,  our  Public  School  Program  revenues  may
become increasing dependent on serving more virtual schools in existing states. We also may not be able to
fill available enrollment slots as forecasted. If the market demand for virtual and blended public schools
does  not  increase  or  declines,  if  the  remaining  states  are  hesitant  to  authorize  virtual  or  blended  public
schools, if enrollment caps are not removed or raised, or if the funding of such schools is inadequate, our
opportunities  for  growth  and  our  ability  to  sustain  our  revenues,  results  from  operations  and  financial
conditions  would  be  adversely  affected.  For  example,  in  FY  2016,  while  we  entered  into  management
agreements with newly-authorized virtual charter schools in North Carolina and Maine, they both imposed
strict  enrollment  caps.

Increasing  competition  in  the  education  industry  sectors  that  we  serve  could  lead  to  pricing  pressures,  reduced
operating  margins,  loss  of  market  share,  departure  of  key  employees  and  increased  capital  expenditures.

As  a  general  matter,  we  face  varying  degrees  of  competition  from  a  variety  of  education  providers
because our learning systems integrate all the elements of the education development and delivery process,
including  curriculum  development,  textbook  publishing,  teacher  training  and  support,  lesson  planning,
testing and assessment and school performance and compliance management. In both our Managed Public
School Programs and Institutional businesses, we compete with companies that provide online curriculum
and support services. We also compete with public school districts that offer K-12 online programs of their
own or in partnership with other online curriculum vendors. We anticipate intensifying competition from
such  competitors  and  by  new  entrants.  Our  competitors  may  adopt  similar  curriculum  delivery,  school
support  and  marketing  approaches,  with  different  pricing  and  service  packages  that  may  have  greater
appeal  than  our  offerings.  For  example,  price  competition  in  the  Institutional  business  is  vigorous.  In
addition,  some  of  our  Managed  Public  School  Programs  could  seek  to  transition  to  a  self-administered
school by seeking competitive alternatives to portions of the products and services now provided entirely
by us under our integrated fully managed service agreements. If we are unable to successfully compete for
new business, win and renew contracts, including fully managed public school contracts, or students fail to
realize  sufficient  gains  in  academic  performance,  our  revenues,  opportunities  for  growth  and  operating
margins  may  decline.  Price  competition  from  our  current  and  future  competitors  could  also  result  in
reduced  revenues,  reduced  margins  or  the  failure  of  our  product  and  service  offerings  to  achieve  or
maintain  more  widespread  market  acceptance.

40

We  may  also  face  competition  from  publishers  of  traditional  educational  materials  that  are
substantially larger than we are and have significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources,
and  may  enter  the  field  through  acquisitions  and  mergers.  Many  of  these  traditional  publishers  have
developed  their  own  online  curriculum  products  and  teaching  materials  that  compete  directly  with  our
Institutional business products. As a result, they may be able to devote more resources and move quickly to
develop  products  and  services  that  are  superior  to  our  platform  and  technologies.  We  may  not  have  the
resources  necessary  to  acquire  or  compete  with  technologies  being  developed  by  our  competitors,  which
may render our online delivery format less competitive or obsolete. These new and well-funded entrants
may  also  seek  to  attract  our  key  executives  as  employees  based  on  their  acquired  expertise  in  virtual
education  where  such  specialized  skills  are  not  widely  available.

Our future success will depend in large part on our ability to maintain a competitive position with our
curriculum  and  our  technology,  as  well  as  our  ability  to  increase  capital  expenditures  to  sustain  the
competitive  position  of  our  product  and  retain  our  talent  base.  We  cannot  assure  that  we  will  have  the
financial  resources,  technical  expertise,  marketing,  distribution  or  support  capabilities  to  compete
effectively.

Regulatory frameworks on the accessibility of technology and curriculum are continually evolving due to legislative
and administrative developments and the rapid evolution of technology, which could result in increased product
development  costs  and  compliance  risks.

Our  online  curriculum  is  made  available  to  students  through  computers  and  other  display  devices
connected  to  the  Internet.  This  curriculum  includes  a  combination  of  software  applications  that  include
graphics,  pictures,  videos,  animations,  sounds  and  interactive  content  that  present  challenges  to  people
with  disabilities.  A  number  of  states  and  federal  authorities  have  considered  or  are  considering  how
electronic and information technology procured with state funds should be made accessible to persons with
such disabilities. To the extent they enact or interpret laws and regulations to require greater accessibility,
we will have to modify our curriculum offerings to satisfy those requirements. For example, in March 2014,
the OCR entered into an agreement with the South Carolina Charter School District (‘‘District’’) to ensure
that the seven Internet-based public charter schools in the state provide students with disabilities an equal
opportunity  to  access  each  school’s  website  and  online  learning  environment  by  December  31,  2015,  in
compliance with Section 504 and Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act. However, in May 2016,
the U.S. Department of Justice issued a supplemental notice of proposed rulemaking soliciting additional
public  comments  on  the  appropriate  standard  for  determining  Web  accessibility  compliance  under
Section 508 and Title II of the ADA and extended by two years the deadline for covered entities to come
into  full  compliance  after  issuance  of  its  final  rules.  In  addition,  to  the  extent  that  we  enter  into  federal
government contracts or Section 508 standards are adopted by regulators, similar requirements could be
imposed  on  us  under  Section  508  of  the  Rehabilitation  Act  of  1974.  Beyond  the  significant  product
development  costs  associated  with  these  evolving  regulations,  a  failure  to  meet  such  requirements  could
also  result  in  loss  or  termination  of  material  contracts  or  in  potential  legal  liability.

Our Managed Public School Programs business revenues are based in part on our estimate of the total funds each
school will receive in a particular school year and our estimate of the full year expenses to be incurred by each
school. As a result, differences between our quarterly estimates and the actual funds received and expenses incurred
could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows.

We recognize revenues ratably from certain of our fees charged to Managed Public School Programs
over the course of our fiscal year. To determine the pro rata amount of revenues to recognize in a fiscal
quarter, we estimate the total funds each school will receive in a particular school year. Additionally, we
take responsibility for any operating deficits incurred at most of the Managed Public School Programs we
serve.  Because  this  may  impair  our  ability  to  collect  the  full  amount  invoiced  in  a  period  and  therefore
collection  cannot  reasonably  be  assured,  we  reduce  revenues  by  the  estimated  pro  rata  amount  of  the

41

school’s operating loss. We review our estimates of total funds and operating expenses periodically, and we
revise as necessary, amortizing any adjustments over the remaining portion of the fiscal year. Actual school
funding  received  and  school  operating  expenses  incurred  may  vary  from  our  estimates  or  revisions  and
could  adversely  impact  our  revenues,  results  from  operations  and  cash  flows.

Our  business  is  subject  to  seasonal  fluctuations,  which  may  cause  our  operating  results  to  fluctuate  from
quarter-to-quarter  and  adversely  impact  our  working  capital  and  liquidity  throughout  the  year.

Our  revenues  and  operating  results  normally  fluctuate  as  a  result  of  seasonal  variations  in  our
business,  principally  due  to  the  number  of  months  in  a  fiscal  quarter  that  our  school  customers  are  fully
operational  and  serving  students.  In  the  typical  academic  year,  our  first  and  fourth  fiscal  quarters  have
fewer  than  three  full  months  of  operations,  whereas  our  second  and  third  fiscal  quarters  will  have  three
complete months of operations. We ship learning kits to students in the beginning of the school year, our
first fiscal quarter, generally resulting in higher learning kit revenues and margins in the first fiscal quarter
relative to the other quarters. In aggregate, the seasonality of our revenues has generally produced higher
revenues  in  the  first  quarter  of  our  fiscal  year.

Our  operating  expenses  are  also  seasonal.  Instructional  costs  and  services  increase  in  the  first  fiscal
quarter primarily due to the costs incurred to ship learning kits at the beginning of the school year. These
instructional costs may increase significantly quarter-to-quarter as school operating expenses increase. The
majority of our selling and marketing expenses are incurred in the first and fourth fiscal quarters, as our
primary  enrollment  season  is  July  through  September.

We expect quarterly fluctuations in our revenues and operating results to continue. These fluctuations
could  result  in  volatility  and  adversely  affect  our  cash  flow.  As  our  business  grows,  these  seasonal
fluctuations may become more pronounced. As a result, we believe that sequential quarterly comparisons
of  our  financial  results  may  not  provide  an  accurate  assessment  of  our  financial  position.

Risks  Related  to  Our  Operations

We plan to continue to create new products, expand distribution channels and pilot innovative educational programs
to  enhance  academic  performance.  If  we  are  unable  to  effectively  manage  these  initiatives  or  they  fail  to  gain
acceptance,  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  would  be  adversely  affected.

As we create and acquire new products, expand our existing customer base and pilot new educational

programs,  we  expect  to  face  challenges  distinct  from  those  we  currently  encounter,  including:

(cid:127) our  development  of  public  blended  schools  has  produced  different  operational  challenges  than
those  we  previously  encountered.  In  addition  to  the  online  component,  these  schools  sometimes
require  us  to  lease  facilities  for  classrooms,  staff  classrooms  with  teachers,  provide  meals  and
kitchen  facilities,  adhere  to  local  safety  and  fire  codes,  purchase  additional  insurance  and  fulfill
many  other  responsibilities;

(cid:127) the acquisition or opening of additional managed public schools in states where we already have a
contract with such schools can potentially create customer dissatisfaction, complicating the school
selection  process  for  prospective  parents,  and  present  marketing  differentiation  challenges
depending  on  the  facts  and  circumstances  in  that  state;

(cid:127) operating in international markets may require us to conduct our business differently than we do in
the  United  States  or  in  existing  countries.  Additionally,  we  may  have  difficulty  training  and
retaining  qualified  teachers  or  generating  sufficient  demand  for  our  products  and  services  in
international  markets.  International  opportunities  will  also  present  us  with  different  legal,
operational,  tax  and  currency  challenges;

42

(cid:127) the  use  of  our  curriculum  in  classrooms  will  produce  challenges  with  respect  to  adapting  our

curriculum  for  effective  use  in  a  traditional  classroom  setting;

(cid:127) our online private school business is dependent on a tuition-based financial model and may not be
able to enroll a sufficient number of students over time to achieve long-run profitability or deliver a
high  level  of  customer  satisfaction;

(cid:127) our participation in summer foreign language instruction camps through MIL could generate new
legal liabilities and financial consequences associated with our responsibility for students housed on
leased  college  campuses  on  a  24-hour  basis  over  the  duration  of  the  camp;  and

(cid:127) our  continual  efforts  to  innovate  and  pilot  new  programs  to  enhance  student  learning  may  not

always  succeed  or  may  encounter  unanticipated  opposition.

Our failure to manage these business expansion programs, or any new business expansion program or
new  distribution  channel  we  pursue,  may  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,
results  of  operations  and  cash  flows.

High quality teachers are critical to the success of our learning systems. If we are not able to continue to recruit,
train  and  retain  quality  certified  teachers,  our  curriculum  might  not  be  effectively  delivered  to  students,
compromising  their  academic  performance  and  our  reputation.  As  a  result,  our  brand,  business  and  operating
results  may  be  adversely  affected.

High  quality  teachers  are  critical  to  maintaining  the  value  of  our  learning  systems  and  assisting
students  with  their  daily  lessons.  In  addition,  teachers  in  the  public  schools  we  manage  or  who  provide
instruction in connection with the online programs we offer to school districts, must be state certified (with
limited  exceptions  or  temporary  waiver  provisions  in  various  states),  and  we  must  implement  effective
internal controls in each jurisdiction to ensure valid teacher certifications, as well as the proper matching
of  certifications  with  student  grade  levels  and  subjects  to  be  taught.  Teachers  must  also  possess  strong
interpersonal  communications  skills  to  be  able  to  effectively  instruct  students  in  a  virtual  school  setting,
and the technical skills to use our technology-based learning systems. There is a limited pool of teachers
with these specialized attributes and the managed public schools and school districts we serve must provide
competitive  compensation  packages  to  attract  and  retain  such  qualified  teachers.

The  teachers  in  many  managed  public  schools  we  serve  are  not  our  employees  and  the  ultimate
authority relating to those teachers resides with an independent not-for-profit the governing body, which
oversees  the  schools.  However,  under  many  of  our  service  agreements  with  virtual  and  blended  public
schools,  we  have  responsibility  to  recruit,  train  and  manage  these  teachers.  The  teacher  recruitment  and
student assignment procedures and processes for our Managed Public School Programs must also comply
with individual state certification and reporting requirements. We must also provide continuous training to
virtual  and  blended  public  school  teachers  so  they  can  stay  abreast  of  changes  in  student  demands,
academic  standards  and  other  key  trends  necessary  to  teach  online  effectively,  including  measures  of
effectiveness. We may not be able to recruit, train and retain enough qualified teachers to keep pace with
school  demand  while  maintaining  consistent  teaching  quality  in  the  various  managed  public  schools  we
serve.  Shortages  of  qualified  teachers,  failures  to  ensure  proper  teacher  certifications  in  each  state,  or
decreases in the quality of our instruction, whether actual or perceived, could have an adverse effect on our
Managed  Public  School  Programs  and  Institutional  businesses.

43

School teachers are subject to union organizing campaigns, and if the teachers employed by us or at the managed
public schools we serve join a union, collective bargaining agreements negotiated with union representatives could
result in higher operating expenses and the loss of management flexibility and innovation for which charter schools
were  created.

If the teachers at any one of the public schools we serve were to join a union, the school authority or
we  would  be  obliged  to  negotiate  a  collective  bargaining  agreement  with  union  representatives.  A
collective  bargaining  agreement  could  impact  teacher  salaries,  benefits,  work  rules,  restrictions  on  the
teaching  work-day  and  the  time  devoted  to  online  communications  with  students,  teacher  tenure,  and
limitations on our flexibility to reassign or remove teachers for inadequate performance. This could result
in  higher  expenses  for  school  operations  and  could  impede  the  sustainability  of  or  any  growth  in
enrollment  at  the  school  due  to  the  loss  of  management  flexibility  and  innovation.  This  could  result  in
higher costs to us in providing management and curriculum services to the school, and adversely affect our
operating  margins  and  overall  revenues.  For  example,  in  June  2016,  the  California  Teachers  Association
was recognized by the California Public Employee Relations Board to be the exclusive representative for
all  of  the  teachers  employed  by  the  California  Virtual  Academies  to  negotiate  a  collective  bargaining
agreement  with  those  schools.

We rely on third-party service providers to host some of our solutions and any interruptions or delays in services
from  these  third  parties  could  impair  the  delivery  of  our  products  and  harm  our  business.

We currently outsource some of our hosting services to third parties. We do not control the operation
of any third party facilities. These facilities are vulnerable to damage or interruption from natural disasters,
fires,  power  loss,  telecommunications  failures  and  similar  events.  They  are  also  subject  to  break-ins,
computer viruses, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and other misconduct. The occurrence of any of
these  disasters  or  other  unanticipated  problems  could  result  in  lengthy  interruptions  in  our  service.
Furthermore, the availability of our proprietary and third-party LMSs could be interrupted by a number of
additional factors, including our customers’ inability to access the Internet, the failure of our network or
software systems due to human or other error, security breaches or ability of the infrastructure to handle
spikes in customer usage. Interruptions in our service may reduce our revenue, cause us to issue credits or
pay penalties, cause customers to terminate their subscriptions and adversely affect our renewal rates and
our  ability  to  attract  new  customers.  Our  business  will  also  be  harmed  if  our  customers  and  potential
customers  believe  our  service  is  unreliable.

We  operate  a  complex  company-wide  enterprise  resource  planning  (‘‘ERP’’)  system  and  if  it  were  to  experience
significant  operating  problems,  it  could  adversely  affect  our  business  and  results  of  operations.

We  operate  a  complex  company-wide,  integrated  ERP  system  to  handle  various  business,  operating
and  financial  processes  which  handles  a  variety  of  important  functions,  such  as  order  entry,  invoicing,
accounts  receivable,  accounts  payable,  financial  consolidation  and  internal  and  external  financial  and
management  reporting  matters.  If  the  ERP  system  experiences  significant  problems  it  could  result  in
operational issues including delayed billing and accounting errors and other operational issues which could
adversely affect our business and results of operations. System delays or malfunctioning could also disrupt
our ability to timely and accurately process and report results of our operations, financial position and cash
flows,  which  could  impact  our  ability  to  timely  complete  important  business  processes.

The continued development of our product and service brands is important to our business. If we are not able to
maintain  and  enhance  these  brands,  our  business  and  operating  results  may  suffer.

Enhancing brand awareness is critical to attracting and retaining students, and for serving additional
virtual  and  blended  public  schools,  school  districts  and  online  private  schools  and  we  intend  to  spend
significant  resources  to  accomplish  that  objective.  These  efforts  include  sales  and  marketing  directed  to
targeted  locations  as  well  as  the  national  marketplace,  discreet  student  populations,  the  educational

44

community at large, key political groups, image-makers and the media. As we continue to seek to increase
enrollments and extend our geographic reach and product and service offerings, maintaining quality and
consistency  across  all  of  our  services  and  products  may  become  more  difficult  to  achieve,  and  any
significant and well-publicized failure to maintain this quality and consistency will have a detrimental effect
on our brands. We cannot provide assurances that our new sales and marketing efforts will be successful in
further promoting our brands in a competitive and cost-effective manner. For example, in fiscal year 2014
we  discontinued  the  use  of  our  Aventa  Learning  and  A+  brands  and  introduced  a  new  brand  for
marketing all of the curriculum and programs we offer to school districts under the FuelEd brand. If we
are unable to further enhance our brand recognition and increase awareness of our products and services,
or  if  we  incur  excessive  sales  and  marketing  expenses,  our  business  and  results  of  operations  could  be
adversely  affected.

Our  intellectual  property  rights  are  valuable,  and  any  inability  to  protect  them  could  reduce  the  value  of  our
products,  services  and  brand.

Our patent, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights, domain names and other intellectual property rights
are important assets. For example, we have been granted five patents relating to the hardware and network
infrastructure  of  our  OLS,  including  the  system  components  for  creating  and  administering  assessment
tests and our lesson progress tracker and two patents related to foreign language instruction. Additionally,
we  are  the  copyright  owner  of  the  courses  comprising  our  proprietary  curriculum.

Various  events  outside  of  our  control  pose  a  threat  to  our  intellectual  property  rights.  For  instance,
effective intellectual property protection may not be available in every country in which our products and
services are distributed or made available through the Internet. Also, the efforts we have taken to protect
our  proprietary  rights  may  not  be  sufficient  or  effective.  Any  significant  impairment  of  our  intellectual
property  rights  could  harm  our  business  or  our  ability  to  compete.  Also,  protecting  our  intellectual
property rights is costly and time consuming. Any unauthorized use of our intellectual property could make
it  more  expensive  to  do  business  and  harm  our  operating  results.

It  is  possible  that  we  may  not  be  able  to  sufficiently  protect  our  innovations.  In  addition,  given  the
costs of obtaining patent protection, we may choose not to protect certain innovations that later turn out to
be  important.  Further,  there  is  always  the  possibility  that  the  scope  of  the  protection  gained  will  be
insufficient  or  that  an  issued  patent  be  deemed  invalid  or  unenforceable.

We  also  seek  to  maintain  certain  intellectual  property  as  trade  secrets.  This  secrecy  could  be
compromised by outside parties, whether through breach of our network security or otherwise, or by our
employees or former employees, intentionally or accidentally, which would cause us to lose the competitive
advantage  resulting  from  these  trade  secrets.  Third  parties  may  acquire  domain  names  that  are
substantially  similar  to  our  domain  names  leading  to  a  decrease  in  the  value  of  our  domain  names  and
trademarks  and  other  proprietary  rights.

Lawsuits against us alleging infringement of the intellectual property rights of others and such actions would be
costly to defend, could require us to pay damages or royalty payments and could limit our ability or increase our
costs  to  use  certain  technologies  in  the  future.

Companies  in  the  Internet,  software,  technology,  education,  curriculum  and  media  industries  own
large  numbers  of  patents,  copyrights,  trademarks  and  trade  secrets  and  frequently  enter  into  litigation
based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Regardless of the
merits, intellectual property claims are time-consuming and expensive to litigate or settle. For example, a
non-practicing entity sued us in 2011 alleging that our proprietary learning systems infringed three of its
patents although its lawsuit was ultimately dismissed on the merits. In addition, to the extent claims against
us  are  successful,  we  may  have  to  pay  substantial  monetary  damages  or  discontinue  certain  products,
services or practices that are found to be in violation of another party’s rights. We also may have to seek a

45

license  and  make  royalty  payments  to  continue  offering  our  products  and  services  or  following  such
practices,  which  may  significantly  increase  our  operating  expenses.

We may be subject to legal liability resulting from the actions of third parties, including independent contractors,
business  partners,  or  teachers,  which  could  cause  us  to  incur  substantial  costs  and  damage  our  reputation.

We may be subject, directly or indirectly, to legal claims associated with the actions of or filed by our
independent contractors, business partners, or teachers. In the event of accidents or injuries or other harm
to students, we could face claims alleging that we were negligent, provided inadequate supervision or were
otherwise liable for their injuries and our insurance may not cover the expenses of litigation or settlement
amounts.  Additionally,  we  could  face  claims  alleging  that  our  independent  curriculum  contractors  or
teachers infringed the intellectual property rights of third parties. A liability claim against us or any of our
independent contractors, business partners, or teachers could adversely affect our reputation, enrollment
and  revenues.  Even  if  unsuccessful,  such  a  claim  could  create  unfavorable  publicity,  cause  us  to  incur
substantial  expenses  and  divert  the  time  and  attention  of  management.

Unauthorized disclosure or manipulation of student, teacher and other sensitive data, whether through breach of
our network security or otherwise, could expose us to costly litigation, jeopardize our contracts with virtual public
schools  or  blended  schools,  and  damage  our  reputation.

Maintaining  our  network  security  and  internal  controls  over  access  rights  is  of  critical  importance
because  our  systems  store  proprietary  and  confidential  student,  parent  and  teacher  information,  such  as
names,  addresses,  and  other  personal  information.  Although  we  have  developed  systems  and  processes
that are designed to protect this information and prevent data loss and other security breaches, including
systems  and  processes  designed  to  reduce  the  impact  of  a  security  breach  at  a  third  party  vendor,  such
measures cannot provide absolute security. Individuals and groups may develop and deploy viruses, worms
and  other  malicious  software  programs  that  attack  or  attempt  to  infiltrate  our  systems.  The  techniques
used  to  obtain  unauthorized  access  or  breach  security  systems  change  frequently  and  may  be  difficult  to
detect.  Therefore  we  may  be  unable  to  anticipate  these  techniques  or  implement  adequate  preventative
measures.  Failure  to  prevent  or  mitigate  data  loss  or  other  security  breaches,  including  breaches  of  our
vendors’ technology and systems, could expose us or our students, parents or teachers to a risk of loss or
misuse of such information, adversely affect our operating results, result in litigation or potential liability
for  us,  and  otherwise  harm  our  business.

If our security measures are breached as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or
otherwise, third parties may receive or be able to access student records and we could be subject to liability
or our business could be interrupted. Penetration of our network security could have a negative impact on
our  reputation  and  could  lead  virtual  public  schools,  blended  schools  and  parents  to  choose  competitive
offerings. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to provide additional protection
from the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches. Additionally,
we  run  the  risk  that  employees  or  vendors  could  illegally  disclose  confidential  educational  information.

We rely on the Internet to enroll students and to deliver our products and services to children, which exposes us to a
growing  number  of  legal  risks  and  increasing  regulation.

We  collect  information  regarding  students  during  the  online  enrollment  process  and  a  significant
amount of our curriculum content is delivered over the Internet. As a result, specific federal and state laws
that  could  have  an  impact  on  our  business  include  the  following:

(cid:127) the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, as implemented by regulations of the Federal Trade
Commission (revised July 2013), imposes restrictions on the ability of online companies to collect
and  use  personal  information  from  children  under  the  age  of  13;

46

(cid:127) the  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act,  which  imposes  parental  or  student  consent
requirements  for  specified  disclosures  of  student  information  to  third  parties,  and  emerging  state
student  data  privacy  laws;

(cid:127) the  Communications  Decency  Act,  which  provides  website  operators  immunity  from  most  claims

arising  from  the  publication  of  third-party  content;

(cid:127) numerous state cyberbullying laws which require schools to adopt policies on harassment through

the  Internet  or  other  electronic  communications;

(cid:127) emerging state student data privacy laws which require schools to adopt privacy policies applicable

to  virtual  schools;  and

(cid:127) federal  and  state  laws  that  govern  schools’  obligations  to  ELL  students  and  students  with

disabilities.

In  addition,  the  laws  applicable  to  the  Internet  are  still  developing.  These  laws  impact  pricing,
advertising, taxation, consumer protection, quality of products and services, and are in a state of change.
New or amended laws may also be enacted, which could increase the costs of regulatory compliance for us
or  force  us  to  change  our  business  practices.  As  a  result,  we  may  be  exposed  to  substantial  liability,
including significant expenses necessary to comply with such laws and regulations and indemnification of
schools we operate for liabilities resulting from a school’s failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

System disruptions and vulnerability from security risks to our online computer networks could impact our ability to
generate  revenues  and  damage  our  reputation,  limiting  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  students.

The  performance  and  reliability  of  our  technology  infrastructure  is  critical  to  our  reputation  and
ability to attract and retain virtual public schools, blended schools, school district customers, parents and
students.  Any  sustained  system  error  or  failure,  or  a  denial  of  service  (‘‘DNS’’)  attack,  could  limit  our
users’  access  to  our  online  learning  systems,  and  therefore,  damage  our  ability  to  generate  revenues  or
provide  sufficient  documentation  to  comply  with  state  laws  requiring  proof  that  students  completed  the
required number of hours of instruction. Our technology infrastructure could be vulnerable to interruption
or  malfunction  due  to  events  beyond  our  control,  including  natural  disasters,  terrorist  activities  and
telecommunications  failures.

We utilize a single logistics vendor for the management, receiving, assembly and shipping of all of our learning kits
and printed educational materials. In addition, we utilize the same vendor at a second location for the reclamation
and redeployment of our student computers. This partnership depends upon execution on the part of us and the
vendor.  Any  material  failure  to  execute  properly  for  any  reason,  including  damage  or  disruption  to  any  of  the
vendor’s  facilities  would  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.

Substantially  all  of  the  inventory  for  our  learning  kits  and  printed  materials  is  located  in  one
warehouse  facility,  which  is  operated  by  a  third-party  logistics  vendor  that  handles  receipt,  assembly  and
shipping  of  all  physical  learning  materials.  If  this  logistics  vendor  were  to  fail  to  meet  its  obligations  to
deliver  learning  materials  to  students  in  a  timely  manner,  or  if  a  material  number  of  such  shipments  are
incomplete or contain assembly errors, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.
In  addition,  we  provide  computers  for  a  substantial  number  of  our  students.  Execution  or  merger
integration  failures  which  interfere  with  the  reclamation  or  redeployment  of  computers  may  result  in
additional  costs.  Furthermore,  a  natural  disaster,  fire,  power  interruption,  work  stoppage  or  other
unanticipated  catastrophic  event,  especially  during  the  period  from  April  through  June  when  we  are
awaiting  receipt  of  most  of  the  curriculum  materials  for  the  school  year  and  have  not  yet  shipped  such
materials  to  students,  could  significantly  disrupt  our  ability  to  deliver  our  products  and  operate  our
business.  If  any  of  our  material  inventory  items  were  to  experience  any  significant  damage,  we  would  be
unable  to  meet  our  contractual  obligations  and  our  business  would  suffer.

47

Any significant interruption in the operation of our data centers could cause a loss of data and disrupt our ability to
manage  our  network  hardware  and  software  and  technological  infrastructure.

We host our products and serve all of our students from third-party data center facilities. As part of
our risk mitigation plan, we opened a second data center in a different geographic location. Even with such
redundancy, we may not be able to prevent a significant interruption in the operation of these facilities or
the loss of school and operational data due to a natural disaster, fire, power interruption, act of terrorism
or other unanticipated catastrophic event. Any significant interruption in the operation of these facilities,
including an interruption caused by our failure to successfully expand or upgrade our systems or manage
our transition to utilizing the expansions or upgrades, could reduce our ability to manage our network and
technological infrastructure, which could result in lost sales, enrollment terminations and impact our brand
reputation.

Additionally,  we  do  not  control  the  operation  of  these  facilities  and  must  rely  on  another  party  to
provide the physical security, facilities management and communications infrastructure services related to
our data centers. Although we believe we would be able to enter into a similar relationship with another
party should this relationship fail or terminate for any reason, our reliance on a single vendor exposes us to
risks outside of our control. If this vendor encounters financial difficulty such as bankruptcy or other events
beyond our control that causes it to fail to secure adequately and maintain its hosting facilities or provide
the required data communications capacity, students of the schools we serve may experience interruptions
in  our  service  or  the  loss  or  theft  of  important  customer  data.

Any  significant  interruption  in  the  operation  of  our  enrollment  centers  could  disrupt  our  ability  to  recommend
educational  options  to  parents,  respond  to  service  requests  and  process  enrollments.

Our primary enrollment center operations are housed in our corporate headquarters and in a facility
located in Knoxville, Tennessee. We are able to reroute calls to the other facility if one facility is unable to
temporarily  service  calls.  Rerouting  of  calls  may  not  be  able  to  prevent  a  significant  interruption  in  the
operation of any of the facilities due to natural disasters, accidents, failures of our fulfillment provider. Any
significant  interruption  in  the  operation  of  any  primary  facility,  including  an  interruption  caused  by  our
failure  to  successfully  expand  or  upgrade  our  systems  or  to  manage  these  expansions  or  upgrades,  could
reduce  our  ability  to  respond  to  service  requests,  receive  and  process  orders  and  provide  products  and
services,  which  could  result  in  lost  and  cancelled  sales,  and  damage  to  our  brand  reputation.

Capacity limits on some of our technology, transaction processing systems and network hardware and software may
be  difficult  to  project  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  expand  and  upgrade  our  systems  in  a  timely  manner  to  meet
significant  unexpected  increased  demand.

As the number of schools we serve increases and our student base grows, the traffic on our transaction
processing systems and network hardware and software will rise. We may be unable to accurately project
the rate of increase in the use of our transaction processing systems and network hardware and software.
In addition, we may not be able to expand and upgrade our systems and network hardware and software
capabilities  to  accommodate  significant  unexpected  increased  or  peak  use.  If  we  are  unable  to
appropriately upgrade our systems and network hardware and software in a timely manner, our operations
and  processes  may  be  temporarily  disrupted.

Our efforts to expand capacity may not produce the operational and financial results for which those investments
were  intended.

As we have grown to serve more schools, students and families in an increasing number of states and
countries,  we  have  invested  in  infrastructure  systems  and  technology  to  keep  pace  such  as  new
communication systems, enterprise hardware and software systems, and enrollment centers. In the absence

48

of compatible business processes, adequate employee training, integration with other dependent systems,
and sufficient staffing, this expanded capacity alone may not result in improved performance or outcomes.

We may be unable to keep pace with changes in our industry and advancements in technology as our business and
market  strategy  evolves.

As changes in our industry occur or macroeconomic conditions fluctuate we may need to adjust our
business  strategies  or  find  it  necessary  to  restructure  our  operations  or  businesses,  which  could  lead  to
changes in our cost structure, the need to write down the value of assets, or impact our profitability. We
also make investments in existing or new businesses, including investments in technology and expansion of
our business lines. These investments may have short-term returns that are negative or less than expected
and  the  ultimate  business  prospects  of  the  business  may  be  uncertain.

As our business and market strategy evolves, we also will need to respond to technological advances
and emerging industry standards in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to remain competitive, such
as  the  ubiquitous  use  of  tablets  for  public  school  applications,  adaptive  learning  technologies,  and  web
accessibility standards. The need to respond to technological changes may require us to make substantial,
unanticipated  expenditures.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  respond  successfully  to
technological  change.

Middlebury College exercised its right under our joint venture agreement to require us to purchase its ownership
interest in our joint venture, which could adversely affect our financial condition or cause dilution to stockholders.

As  a  result  of  the  May  4,  2015  put  notice  from  Middlebury  College,  we  are  obligated  to  purchase
Middlebury’s  interest  in  the  joint  venture  at  a  mutually  agreed  upon  fair  market  value,  or  for  a  value
determined by an independent valuation. We have the right to pay the redemption cost in cash, stock or a
combination  thereof,  at  our  option,  which  form  of  consideration  has  not  yet  been  determined.  In
accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  joint  venture  agreement,  we  are  in  the  process  of  determining  the
redemption  cost  value.  It  is  uncertain  what  the  value  will  be  and  therefore,  we  cannot  at  this  time
determine the form of the redemption payment and the exact impact to our financial condition or dilution
to  stockholders.

We  may  be  unable  to  attract  and  retain  skilled  employees.

Our success depends in large part on continued employment of senior management and key personnel
who can effectively operate our business, which is necessary in the highly regulated public education sector
involving  a  publicly-traded  for-profit  company.  This  complexity  requires  us  to  attract  and  retain
management and employees with specialized skills and knowledge across many disciplines. If any of these
employees leave we and we fail to effectively manage a transition to new personnel, or if we fail to attract
and retain qualified and experienced professionals on acceptable terms, our business, financial conditions
and  results  of  operations  could  be  adversely  affected.

Our  success  also  depends  on  our  having  highly  trained  financial,  technical,  recruiting,  sales  and
marketing  personnel.  We  will  need  to  continue  to  hire  additional  personnel  as  our  business  grows.  A
shortage  in  the  number  of  people  with  these  skills  or  our  failure  to  attract  them  to  our  Company  could
impede  our  ability  to  increase  revenues  from  our  existing  products  and  services,  ensure  full  compliance
with federal and state regulations, launch new product offerings, and would have an adverse effect on our
business  and  financial  results.

In addition, we are subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act and other state and federal employment
laws. These laws govern such matters as minimum wage, overtime and other working conditions, that can
increase our labor costs or subject us to liabilities to our employees. Regulatory changes that increase the
number of workers eligible for overtime based on salary levels and other labor costs may increase in the

49

future  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

Healthcare  reform  legislation  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, which was adopted in 2010, may significantly affect
the provision of both healthcare services and benefits in the U.S. We continually monitor the impact on our
business and the steps necessary to mitigate such impact, including potential further modifications to our
current  benefit  plans  and  operational  changes  to  minimize  the  effect  of  the  legislation  on  our  cost
structure. If we cannot effectively modify our programs and operations in response to these mandates, our
business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  may  be  adversely  impacted.

We  partially  self-insure  our  group  health  insurance  program  and  actual  claims  may  differ  from  our  estimates,
which  could  materially  impact  our  results  of  operations.

Effective  January  1,  2016,  we  modified  our  group  health  insurance  program  and  now  self-insure  all
eligible employees and their family members subject to a stop loss insurance policy with a per person limit
of $500,000 and an aggregate limit of 125% of expected claims based on a formulaic determination of the
expected  claims.  Liabilities  associated  with  the  risks  that  are  retained  by  the  Company  are  estimated,  in
part, by considering historical claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial
assumptions. Our results could be materially impacted by claims and other expenses related to our group
health  insurance  program  if  future  occurrences  and  claims  differ  from  these  assumptions  and  historical
trends  and  exceed  the  limitations  of  liability  under  the  stop  loss  insurance  policy.

We may need additional capital in the future, but there is no assurance that funds will be available on acceptable
terms.

We may need to raise additional funds in order to achieve growth or fund other business initiatives.
This financing may not be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us and may be dilutive
to existing stockholders. Additionally, any securities issued to raise funds may have rights, preferences or
privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. If adequate funds are not available or are not available
on  acceptable  terms,  our  ability  to  expand,  develop  or  enhance  services  or  products,  or  respond  to
competitive  pressures  will  be  limited.

Our curriculum and approach to instruction may not achieve widespread acceptance, which would limit our growth
and  profitability.

The curriculum offerings and approach to individualized learning are based on the structured delivery,
clarification, verification and practice of lesson subject matter. While we seek to align our curriculum with
state standards in the jurisdictions where we manage virtual and blended public schools and these schools
offer  accredited  diplomas,  this  approach  is  not  accepted  by  all  academics  and  educators,  who  may  favor
less  formalistic  methods  and  have  the  ability  to  negatively  influence  the  market  for  our  products  and
services.  In  addition,  the  acceptance  and  adoption  of  the  CCSS  grade  level  requirements  and  proposed
common assessments of those standards is uncertain and continues to change at the state and district level.
As a result, the standards for measuring student achievement could vary from state to state, and even from
district to district, and therefore, we cannot anticipate at this time the impact these varying standards may
have  in  terms  of  requiring  additional  investment  on  our  part,  or  on  our  ability  to  sustain  or  expand  our
operating  margins.

ITEM  1B. UNRESOLVED  STAFF  COMMENTS

None.

50

ITEM  2. PROPERTIES

Our  headquarters  are  located  in  approximately  176,000  square  feet  of  office  space  in  Herndon,
Virginia.  The  facilities  are  under  leases  that  expire  between  August  2019  and  May  2022.  In  addition,  we
lease  approximately  210,000  square  feet  in  multiple  locations  throughout  the  United  States  under
individual  leases  that  expire  between  June  2017  and  October  2022.

ITEM  3. LEGAL  PROCEEDINGS

In  the  ordinary  conduct  of  our  business,  we  are  subject  to  lawsuits,  arbitrations  and  administrative
proceedings from time to time. We vigorously defend these claims; however, no assurances can be given as
to  the  outcome  of  any  pending  legal  proceedings.  We  believe,  based  on  currently  available  information,
that the outcome of any existing or known threatened proceedings, even if determined adversely, should
not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  liquidity  or  results  of  operations.

On September 24, 2015, in connection with an industry-wide investigation styled ‘‘In the Matter of the
Investigation  of  For-Profit  Virtual  Schools,’’  we  received  a  civil  investigative  subpoena  for  specified
documents and responses to interrogatories from the Attorney General of the State of California, Bureau
of Children’s Justice (‘‘BCJ’’). On July 8, 2016, K12 and the California Virtual Academy (‘‘CAVA’’) charter
schools  (‘‘CAVA  Schools’’)  entered  into:  (i)  a  Settlement  Agreement  and  Release  of  a  previously  sealed
Qui  Tam  lawsuit  alleging  false  attendance  reporting;  (ii)  a  Stipulation  for  Entry  of  Final  Judgment
(‘‘Stipulation’’) in connection with the BCJ’s investigation as it pertained to us; and (iii) a Final Judgment
enjoining  us  from  engaging  in  certain  business  practices  in  California,  and  requiring  that  we  and  CAVA
Schools undertake certain Conduct Provisions. The Settlement Agreement and Release provides for us to
pay  the  State  of  California  $2.5  million,  and  the  Qui  Tam  plaintiff  $0.1  million  to  settle  the  attendance
reporting  claims  and  in  which  we  and  the  CAVA  Schools  deny  any  and  all  liability  and  wrongdoing.  The
Stipulation specifies that the Attorney General, the Company and the CAVA Schools have concluded the
BCJ  investigation  and  agreed  to  implement  the  Conduct  Provisions  of  the  Final  Judgment  ‘‘without
admissions  of  findings  of  fact  or  law  or  wrongdoing,  misconduct  or  illegal  acts  by  K12  or  the  CAVA
Schools, or any facts alleged in the [Attorney General’s] Complaint.’’ The Final Judgement provides for us
to pay the State of California $6.0 million ‘‘to defray the costs of this action and to fund the investigation
and prosecution of enforcement cases to protect the rights of children,’’ and further includes a release of
all legal claims that could be brought by the Attorney General involving the covered conduct. The Conduct
Provisions of the Final Judgment require us to continue to improve our business practices and compliance
programs  as  they  generally  relate  to  the  operations  and  promotional  activities  of  K12  and  the  CAVA
Schools.  The  proceeding  settlement  costs  were  offset  by  insurance  reimbursable  administrative  costs  of
approximately  $1.5  million.

On  July  20,  2016,  a  securities  class  action  lawsuit  captioned  Babulal  Tarapara  v.  K12  Inc.  et.  al.  was
filed against us, two of our officers and one of our former officers in the United States District Court for
the Northern District of California, Case No. 3:16-cv-04069. The plaintiff purports to represent a class of
persons  who  purchased  or  otherwise  acquired  our  common  stock  between  November  7,  2013  and
October 27, 2015, inclusive, and alleges violations by us and the individual defendants of Section 10(b) of
the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  ‘‘Exchange  Act’’),  and  Rule  10b-5  promulgated
under the Exchange Act, and violations by the individual defendants of Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act.
The complaint alleges, among other things, that we and the individual defendants made false or misleading
statements  and  omitted  to  disclose  material  facts  concerning  students’  academic  progress,  graduate
eligibility  for  University  of  California  and  California  State  University  admission,  class  sizes,  the
individualized  and  flexible  nature  of  the  instruction  provided  by  us,  the  quality  of  materials  provided  to
students,  reporting  with  respect  to  student  attendance  and  funding,  and  that  as  a  result  of  the
aforementioned  practices  we  were  exposed  to  liability  and  would  be  forced  to  end  these  purported
practices.  The  complaint  seeks  unspecified  monetary  damages  and  other  relief.  We  intend  to  defend
vigorously  against  each  and  every  allegation  and  claim  set  forth  in  the  complaint.

ITEM  4. MINE  SAFETY  DISCLOSURES

Not  applicable.

51

PART  II

ITEM  5. MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS

AND  ISSUER  PURCHASES  OF  EQUITY  SECURITIES

Our  common  stock,  par  value  $0.0001  per  share,  is  traded  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  (the
‘‘NYSE’’)  under  the  symbol  ‘‘LRN.’’  Set  forth  below  are  the  high  and  low  sales  prices  for  our  common
stock,  as  reported  on  the  NYSE.  As  of  July  31,  2016,  there  were  37  registered  holders  of  our  common
stock.

Quarter  ended:
June  30,  2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March  31,  2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
December  31,  2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
September  30,  2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

June  30,  2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March  31,  2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
December  31,  2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
September  30,  2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

High

Low

$12.91
11.19
14.45
14.95

17.63
17.71
16.59
24.51

$ 9.16
7.11
8.80
12.15

12.53
10.07
11.08
15.96

Stock  Performance  Graph

The  graph  below  matches  the  cumulative  return  of  holders  of  K12  Inc.’s  common  stock  with  the
cumulative returns of the S&P 500 index, the NASDAQ Composite Index, the Russell 2000 Index and our
Peer Group Index, which is composed of American Public Education Inc., Apollo Group Inc., Bridgepoint
Education Inc., Capella Education Company, Devry Inc., Grand Canyon Education Inc., ITT Educational
Services,  Inc.,  Pearson  PLC,  Rosetta  Stone  Inc.,  Scholastic  Corporation,  Strayer  Education  Inc.  and
Universal Technical Institute. The graph assumes that the value of the investment in our common stock, in
each index (including reinvestment of dividends) was $100 on June 30, 2011 and tracks it through June 30,
2016.  All  prices  reflect  closing  prices  on  the  last  day  of  trading  at  the  end  of  each  calendar  quarter.

52

COMPARISON  OF  TWENTY  QUARTER  CUMULATIVE  TOTAL  RETURN(1)(2)
Among  K12  Inc.,  S&P  500  Index,  NASDAQ  Composite  Index,  Russell  2000  Index  and  Peer  Group  Index

Total Return June 2011 - June 2016

LRN
Peer Group Index
S&P 500
Nasdaq Composite
Russell 2000

180.00

160.00

140.00

r
a
l
l

o
D

120.00

100.00

80.00

60.00

40.00

6/30/2011

6/30/2012

6/30/2013

6/30/2014

6/30/2015

6/30/2016

5AUG201619473188

30-Jun-11

30-Jun-12

30-Jun-13

30-Jun-14

30-Jun-15

30-Jun-16

LRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Peer  Group  Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S&P  500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Russell  2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nasdaq  Composite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100
100
100
100
100

78
94
106
101
109

92
86
123
122
124

91
103
143
143
151

44
89
148
149
164

52
70
151
141
161

(1) The  information  presented  above  in  the  stock  performance  graph  shall  not  be  deemed  ‘‘soliciting
material’’ or to be ‘‘filed’’ with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, except to the extent that
we  subsequently  specifically  request  that  such  information  be  treated  as  soliciting  material  or
specifically incorporate it by reference into a filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
‘‘Securities  Act’’),  or  a  filing  under  the  Exchange  Act.

(2) The  stock  price  performance  shown  on  the  graph  is  not  necessarily  indicative  of  future  price
performance. Information used in the graph was obtained from a source we believe to be reliable, but
we  do  not  assume  responsibility  for  any  errors  or  omissions  in  such  information.

Dividend  Policy

We  have  never  declared  or  paid  any  cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock  and  we  currently  do  not
anticipate  paying  any  cash  dividends  for  the  foreseeable  future.  Instead,  we  anticipate  that  all  of  our
earnings on our common stock will be used to provide working capital, to support our operations, and to
finance the growth and development of our business, including potentially the acquisition of, or investment

53

in, businesses, technologies or products that complement our existing business. Any future determination
relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on a
number  of  factors,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  our  future  earnings,  capital  requirements,  financial
condition, future prospects, applicable Delaware law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of
surplus  or  current  net  profits  and  other  factors  our  Board  of  Directors  might  deem  relevant.

Stock-based  Incentive  Plan  Information

The  following  table  provides  certain  information  as  of  June  30,  2016,  with  respect  to  our  equity

compensation  plans  under  which  common  stock  is  authorized  for  issuance:

Equity  Compensation  Plan  Information
As  of  June  30,  2016

Number  of
Securities  to  be
Issued  Upon
Exercise  of
Outstanding
Options

Weighted-Average
Exercise  Price  of
Outstanding  Options

Number  of  Securities
Remaining  Available  for
Future  Issuance  under
Equity  Compensation
Plans  (Excluding  Securities
Reflected  in  First  Column)

Equity  compensation  plans  approved  by

security  holders(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,350,175

$20.20

2,957,517

Includes  shares  under  the  2007  Equity  Incentive  Award  Plan.

(1) The 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the ‘‘EIP’’) adopted in October 2007, as amended in 2010 and
approved by the stockholders, contains an ‘‘evergreen provision’’ that allows for an annual increase in
the number of shares available for issuance under the EIP on July 1 of each year during the ten-year
term of the EIP ending October 30, 2017. The annual increase in the number of shares shall be equal
to  the  least  of:

(cid:127) 4%  of  our  outstanding  common  stock  on  the  applicable  July  1;

(cid:127) 2,745,098  shares;  or

(cid:127) a  lesser  number  of  shares  as  determined  by  our  Board  of  Directors.

Issuer  Purchases  of  Equity  Securities

On November 4, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $75.0 million of our
outstanding  common  stock  over  a  two  year  period.  Any  purchases  under  the  buyback  were  dependent
upon business and market conditions and other factors. The stock purchases were made from time to time
and through a variety of methods including open market purchases and trading plans that were adopted in
accordance  with  the  Rule  10b-18  of  the  Exchange  Act.  For  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2015,  we  paid
approximately  $26.5  million  in  cash  to  redeem  1,307,402  shares  of  common  stock  at  an  average  price  of
$20.23 per share. There were no repurchases of shares made during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016. As
of  June  30,  2016  and  2015  total  shares  purchased  under  the  plan  were  3,502,598,  at  an  average  cost  of
$21.41  per  share,  and  there  were  no  shares  remaining  to  be  repurchased  under  the  plan.

54

ITEM  6. SELECTED  FINANCIAL  DATA

The  following  table  sets  forth  our  selected  consolidated  statement  of  operations,  balance  sheet  and
other  data  as  of  the  dates  and  for  the  periods  indicated.  You  should  read  this  data  together  with
‘‘Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations’’ and
our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related  notes,  included  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report.  The
selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the years in the three year period ended
June 30, 2016, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2016 and 2015, have been
derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this Annual
Report.  The  selected  consolidated  statements  of  operations  data  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2013  and
2012 and selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012, have been derived
from  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  not  included  in  this  Annual  Report.  Our  historical
results  are  not  necessarily  indicative  of  future  operating  results.

Year  Ended  June  30,

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

(In  thousands)

Consolidated  Statement  of  Operations  Data:
Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $872,700 $948,294 $919,553 $848,220 $708,407

Cost  and  expenses
Instructional  costs  and  services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling,  administrative  and  other  operating

546,510

607,756

569,219

498,398

408,560

expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product  development  expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

302,205
10,071

307,730
14,381

313,258
14,220

283,032
21,084

245,274
25,593

Total  costs  and  expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

858,786

929,867

896,697

802,514

679,427

Income  from  operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Realized  gain  on  sale  of  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest  income  (expense),  net  and  other . . . . . . . .

13,914
—
(617)

18,427
—
(3,291)

22,856
6,404
(69)

45,706
—
851

28,980
—
(989)

Income  before  income  tax  expense  and

noncontrolling  interest

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income  tax  expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13,297
(4,746)

15,136
(5,810)

29,191
(11,075)

46,557
(20,023)

27,991
(11,882)

Net  income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add  net  loss  attributable  to  noncontrolling  interest

8,551
484

9,326
1,662

18,116
1,484

26,534
1,577

16,109
1,434

Net  income  attributable  to  common  stockholders,

including  Series  A  stockholders(1) . . . . . . . . . . . $

9,035 $ 10,988 $ 19,600 $ 28,111 $ 17,543

55

Net  income  attributable  to  common

stockholders  per  share:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Diluted(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Weighted  average  shares  used  in
computing  per  share  amounts:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other  Data:
Net  cash  provided  by  operating

Year  Ended  June  30,

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

(In  thousands  except  share  and  per  share  data)

0.24 $
0.23 $

0.29 $
0.29 $

0.50 $
0.50 $

0.72 $
0.72 $

0.46
0.45

37,613,782
38,850,388

37,330,569
37,625,425

38,987,470
39,230,516

36,267,345
39,017,345

35,802,678
38,740,863

activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Depreciation  and  amortization . . . . . $
Stock-based  compensation  expense . . $
EBITDA(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Capital  Expenditures:
Capitalized  curriculum  development

121,778 $
68,225 $
18,617 $
82,139 $

120,085 $
83,801 $
21,299 $
102,228 $

122,873 $
86,267 $
22,828 $
115,527 $

94,387 $
65,737 $
14,374 $
111,443 $

32,991
58,033
10,067
87,013

costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

21,627 $

18,057 $

15,411 $

18,560 $

16,123

Purchases  of  property,  equipment

and  capitalized  software
development  costs . . . . . . . . . . . . $
New  capital  lease  obligations(3) . . . . $

41,273 $
10,878 $

43,683 $
14,654 $

33,958 $
24,132 $

31,785 $
24,703 $

Total  capital  expenditures . . . . . . . . . $

73,778 $

76,394 $

73,501 $

75,048 $

32,477
27,209

75,809

Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  Data:
Cash  and  cash  equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total  short-term  debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total  capital  lease  obligations,  net  of  current

As  of  June  30,

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

(In  thousands)

$213,989
$734,055
$ 13,210

$195,852
$708,599
$ 16,635

$196,109
$711,667
$ 20,492

$181,480
$718,896
$ 19,785

$144,652
$648,835
$ 17,095

portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total  K12  Inc.  stockholders’  equity . . . . . . . . .
Working  capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9,922
$
$558,720
$322,843

$ 13,022
$536,938
$348,306

$ 16,447
$528,930
$351,441

$ 16,107
$530,162
$348,762

$ 15,901
$473,494
$289,226

(1) For the years ended, June 30, 2013 and 2012, diluted net income per common share reflects pro rata
net  income  allocated  to  the  2,750,000  non-voting  shares  of  the  Series  A  Special  Stock  issued  in  the
acquisition of KCDL in July 2010. These shares were converted into common stock on September 3,
2013  and  no  Series  A  Special  stock  remains  outstanding  as  of  June  30,  2016  and  2015.

(2) EBITDA  consists  of  net  income,  plus  interest  expense,  net  and  other,  income  tax  expense,
depreciation and amortization minus noncontrolling interest charges. Interest expense, net primarily
consists of interest expense for capital leases, long-term and short-term borrowings, as well as interest
income/expense  related  to  our  Web  investment.  We  use  EBITDA  in  addition  to  income  from
operations  and  net  income  as  a  measure  of  operating  performance.  However,  EBITDA  is  not  a
recognized  measurement  under  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  or  GAAP,  and  when
analyzing  our  operating  performance,  investors  should  use  EBITDA  in  addition  to,  and  not  as  an
alternative for, net income as determined in accordance with GAAP. Because not all companies use

56

identical  calculations,  our  presentation  of  EBITDA  may  not  be  comparable  to  similarly  titled
measures  of  other  companies.  Furthermore,  EBITDA  is  not  intended  to  be  a  measure  of  free  cash
flow for our management’s discretionary use, as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as
capital  expenditures,  tax  payments,  interest  payments,  or  other  working  capital.

We  believe  EBITDA  is  useful  to  an  investor  in  evaluating  our  operating  performance  because  it  is
widely  used  to  measure  a  company’s  operating  performance  without  regard  to  items  such  as
depreciation  and  amortization,  which  can  vary  depending  upon  accounting  methods  and  the  book
value  of  assets,  and  to  present  a  meaningful  measure  of  corporate  performance  exclusive  of  our
capital  structure  and  the  method  by  which  assets  were  acquired.  Our  management  uses  EBITDA:

(cid:127) as  an  additional  measurement  of  operating  performance  because  it  assists  us  in  comparing  our

performance  on  a  consistent  basis;

(cid:127) in presentations to the members of our Board of Directors to enable our Board to have the same
measurement basis of operating performance as is used by management to compare our current
operating results with corresponding prior periods and with the results of other companies in our
industry;  and

(cid:127) on  an  adjusted  basis  in  determining  compliance  with  the  terms  of  our  credit  agreement.

The  following  table  provides  a  reconciliation  of  net  income  to  EBITDA:

Year  Ended  June  30,

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

(In  thousands)

Net  Income  attributable  to  common
stockholders,  including  Series  A
stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest  expense,  net  and  other . . . . . . .
Income  tax  expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation  and  amortization(4)(5)(6) .
Noncontrolling  interest . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 9,035
617
4,746
68,225
(484)

$ 10,988
3,291
5,810
83,801
(1,662)

$ 19,600
69
11,075
86,267
(1,484)

$ 28,111
(851)
20,023
65,737
(1,577)

$17,543
989
11,882
58,033
(1,434)

EBITDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$82,139

$102,228

$115,527

$111,443

$87,013

(3) New  capital  lease  obligations  are  primarily  for  student  computers  and  related  equipment.

(4) For  fiscal  year  2016,  selling,  administrative  and  other  operating  expenses  includes  $7.1  million  of

expense  related  to  the  Settlement  agreement  with  the  State  of  California.

(5) For  fiscal  year  2015,  depreciation  and  amortization  includes  $13.9  million  of  expense  related  to
accelerated  depreciation  and  amortization  for  certain  curriculum,  learning  systems  and  other  fixed
assets that will no longer be used or developed, computer peripherals that will not be reclaimed, and
the  write-off  of  capitalized  software  that  will  be  abandoned.

(6) For  fiscal  year  2014,  depreciation  and  amortization  includes  approximately  $18.6  million  for  certain
curriculum,  learning  systems  and  other  fixed  assets  that  will  no  longer  be  used  or  developed,
computers  that  we  estimate  will  not  be  returned  and  additional  provisions  for  the  decision  to
discontinue  certain  products  and  for  excess  inventory  relative  to  anticipated  demand.

57

ITEM  7. MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND

RESULTS  OF  OPERATIONS

This  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations
(‘‘MD&A’’)  contains  certain  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  Section  21E  of  the  Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended.  Historical  results  may  not  indicate  future  performance.  Our  forward-
looking statements reflect our current views about future events, are based on assumptions, and are subject to
known  and  unknown  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those
contemplated  by  these  statements.  Factors  that  may  cause  differences  between  actual  results  and  those
contemplated by forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in ‘‘Risk Factors’’ in
Part  I,  Item  1A,  of  this  Annual  Report.  We  undertake  no  obligation  to  publicly  update  or  revise  any  forward-
looking  statements,  including  any  changes  that  might  result  from  any  facts,  events,  or  circumstances  after  the
date hereof that may bear upon forward-looking statements. Furthermore, we cannot guarantee future results,
events,  levels  of  activity,  performance,  or  achievements.

This MD&A is intended to assist in understanding and assessing the trends and significant changes in our
results of operations and financial condition. As used in this MD&A, the words, ‘‘we,’’ ‘‘our’’ and ‘‘us’’ refer to
K12  Inc.  and  its  consolidated  subsidiaries.  This  MD&A  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  consolidated
financial  statements  and  related  notes  included  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report.  The  following  overview
provides  a  summary  of  the  sections  included  in  our  MD&A:

(cid:127) Executive  Summary—a  general  description  of  our  business  and  key  highlights  of  the  fiscal  year

ended  June  30,  2016.

(cid:127) Key  Aspects  and  Trends  of  Our  Operations—a  discussion  of  items  and  trends  that  may  impact  our

business  in  the  upcoming  year.

(cid:127) Critical  Accounting  Policies  and  Estimates—a  discussion  of  critical  accounting  policies  requiring

critical  judgments  and  estimates.

(cid:127) Results  of  Operations—an  analysis  of  our  results  of  operations  in  our  consolidated  financial

statements.

(cid:127) Liquidity and Capital Resources—an analysis of cash flows, sources and uses of cash, commitments
and  contingencies,  seasonality  in  the  results  of  our  operations,  the  impact  of  inflation,  and
quantitative  and  qualitative  disclosures  about  market  risk.

Executive  Summary

We  are  a  technology-based  education  company.  We  offer  proprietary  curriculum,  software  systems
and  educational  services  designed  to  facilitate  individualized  learning  for  students  primarily  in
kindergarten  through  12th  grade,  or  K-12.  Our  mission  is  to  maximize  a  child’s  potential  by  providing
access  to  an  engaging  and  effective  education,  regardless  of  geographic  location  or  socio-economic
background. Since our inception, we have invested to develop and acquire curriculum and online learning
platforms  that  promote  mastery  of  core  concepts  and  skills  for  students  of  all  abilities.  K12  provides  a
continuum of technology-based educational products and solutions to virtual and blended public schools,
school  districts,  charter  schools,  private  schools  and  families  as  we  strive  to  transform  the  educational
experience into one that delivers individualized education on a highly scalable basis. These unique set of
products and services are provided primarily to three lines of business: Managed Public School Programs
(curriculum  and  services  sold  to  managed  public  schools),  Institutional  (curriculum,  technology  and
services  provided  to  school  districts,  public  schools  and  other  educational  institutions  that  we  do  not
manage),  and  Private  Pay  Schools  and  Other  (managed  private  schools  for  which  we  charge  student
tuition,  including  international,  and  direct  consumer  sales).

58

In  fiscal  year  2016,  revenue  decreased  to  $872.7  million  from  $948.3  million,  a  decrease  of  8.0%
primarily  attributable  to  our  Managed  Public  School  Programs.  In  fiscal  year  2016,  operating  income
decreased  to  $13.9  million,  from  $18.4  million  in  fiscal  year  2015,  a  decrease  of  24.5%;  net  income
attributable to common stockholders decreased to $9.0 million from $11.0 million, a decrease of 18.2% and
EBITDA,  a  non-GAAP  measure  (see  reconciliation  of  net  income  to  EBITDA  in  ‘‘Item  6—Selected
Financial  Data’’),  decreased  to  $82.1  million  from  $102.2  million,  a  decrease  of  19.7%.  The  operating
income for fiscal year 2016 included charges of $7.1 million related to the Settlement Agreement with the
State of California. The operating income for fiscal year 2015 included charges of $25.2 million from bad
debt expense, the write-off of capitalized software and curriculum that will no longer be used or developed,
certain computer peripherals and other fixed assets that will not be reclaimed, severance and related stock-
based  compensation,  and  additional  provisions  for  inventory  that  we  previously  anticipated  using.

We believe that the acceptance of online education in grades K-12 continues to grow, and anticipate
that  increased  overall  demand  for  virtual  options  in  education  will  translate  into  increased  demand  for
both  our  Managed  Public  School  Programs  and  our  Institutional  business  (sold  under  the  brand  names
Fuel  Education  or  FuelEd).  At  the  same  time,  the  growth  rate  in  the  Managed  Public  School  Programs
business,  which  serves  primarily  virtual  charter  schools,  has  slowed.  Regulatory  requirements  related  to
academic performance and accountability are expanding and the independent governing authorities of the
virtual charter schools that contract with us are taking different approaches to virtual education depending
upon  their  own  charter  school  goals.  This  in  turn  may  alter  the  nature  of  the  agreements  we  have  with
those  boards  and  the  level  of  management  services  that  meet  their  needs.  We  continue  to  work  with  all
independent  governing  authorities  to  offer  the  curriculum,  technology  and  services  to  meet  the  needs  of
fully-managed virtual and blended schools as well as the self-managed virtual and blended schools, offering
additional  services  to  the  self-managed  schools  as  needed.

In  fiscal  year  2015,  we  revised  the  description  of  the  line  of  business  previously  known  as  Managed
Public  Schools  and  now  describe  it  as  Managed  Public  School  Programs  which  includes  both  virtual  and
blended public schools where a district or independent charter board has contracted with us to provide a
full-time program of educational products and services. Managed Public School Programs are where K12
provides  substantially  all  of  the  management,  technology  and  academic  support  services  in  addition  to
curriculum, learning systems and instructional services. Non-managed Public School Programs are where
K12 provides curriculum and technology, and the school has an option to contract for instruction or other
services.  Non-managed  Public  School  Programs  do  not  offer  primary  administrative  oversight.  Our
Managed  Public  School  Programs  line  of  business  accounted  for  approximately  82%  of  our  revenue  in
fiscal year 2016. For the 2015-16 school year, we had Managed Public School Programs in 33 states and the
District  of  Columbia.

Through  our  Institutional  business,  we  work  closely  as  partners  with  a  growing  number  of  school
districts  and  individual  schools,  enabling  them  to  offer  their  students  an  array  of  online  education
solutions, including full-time virtual and blended programs, semester courses and supplemental solutions.
In addition to curriculum, systems and programs, we also provide teacher training, teaching services and
other support services. The services we provide to these schools and school districts are designed to assist
them in launching their own online learning programs which vary according to the needs of the individual
school  and  school  district  and  may  include  teacher  training  programs,  administrator  support  and  our
PEAK  management  system.  PEAK  is  a  platform  designed  to  centrally  manage  multiple  online  solutions
across  a  school  or  district  through  one  application.  With  our  array  of  services,  schools  and  districts  can
offer  programs  that  allow  students  to  participate  part-time,  supplementing  their  education  with  core
courses,  electives,  credit  recovery  options,  remediation  and  supplemental  content  options  as  well  as
full-time  virtual  and  blended  programs.  Adding  to  our  Institutional  product  offerings,  during  fiscal  year
2016  we  acquired  LTS  Education  Systems,  which  provides  personalized,  digital  game  based  on-line  test
preparation  and  readiness  solutions  focused  on  math,  reading  and  English  language  arts,  science  and
history.

59

Our  Private  Pay  Schools  and  Other  include  three  online  private  schools  that  we  operate  in  which
parents  can  enroll  students  on  a  tuition  basis  for  a  full-time  online  education  or  individual  courses  to
supplement  their  children’s  traditional  instruction.  These  schools  are:  (1)  K12  International  Academy,  an
online  private  school  that  enables  us  to  offer  students  worldwide  the  same  full-time  education  programs
and  curriculum  that  we  provide  to  the  virtual  and  blended  public  schools,  (2)  The  Keystone  School,  a
private school that offers online and correspondence courses, and (3) the George Washington University
Online  High  School,  a  school  that  offers  college  preparatory  curriculum  and  is  designed  for  high  school
students  who  are  seeking  a  challenging  academic  experience.

Financial  Statement  Overview

Student enrollment in our Managed Public School Programs experienced a shift in the mix of students
with  an  increased  level  of  high  school  students.  The  continued  expansion  of  our  Institutional  and  our
Private Pay Schools and Other also shifts the mix of our revenue and associated costs of providing services,
including  additional  sales  personnel,  third-party  distributor  costs  and  third-party  royalty  costs  for  our
Institutional business. We may continue to experience changes in our enrollment, revenue and cost mix as
we  continue  to  expand  into  markets  different  than  our  traditional  Managed  Public  School  Programs.

Our headcount growth from approximately 3,300 employees at the beginning of 2013 to approximately
4,800  at  the  end  of  our  2016  fiscal  year,  including  teachers  associated  with  our  enrollment  growth,  the
growth of the Institutional business, including the expansion of a sales force, and the decision to have more
K12-employed teachers in our managed schools have also directly impacted our operating expenses during
the last three years. We believe that all the above factors reduce the comparability of our operating results
between  periods.

Key  Aspects  and  Trends  of  Our  Operations

Revenues—Overview

We  generate  a  significant  portion  of  our  revenues  from  the  sale  of  curriculum,  management  and
technology  services  to  managed  virtual  and  blended  public  schools,  where  we  provide  turn-key
management  services.  Approximately  82%  of  our  revenues  were  derived  from  this  source  in  fiscal  year
2016. We anticipate that these revenues will continue to represent the majority of our total revenues over
the next several years. However we also expect revenues in other aspects of our business to increase as we
execute  on  our  growth  strategy.  Our  growth  strategy  includes  increasing  revenues  in  other  distribution
channels, adding enrollments in our private schools and expanding our Institutional business, and pursuing
international  opportunities  to  offer  our  learning  systems.  Combined  revenues  from  these  other  sectors
were  significantly  smaller  than  that  from  the  Managed  Public  School  Programs  in  fiscal  year  2016.  Our
success in executing our strategies will impact future growth. We provide products and services primarily to
three lines of business: Mangaed Public School Programs, Institutional and Private Pay Schools and Other.

Factors  affecting  our  revenues  include:

(i) the  number  of  enrollments;

(ii) the  mix  of  enrollments  across  grades  and  states;

(iii) management  services  provided  to  the  schools  and  school  districts;

(iv) state  or  district  per  student  funding  levels  and  attendance  requirements;

(v) prices  for  our  products  and  services;

(vi) growth  in  our  other  customer  types;  and

(vii) revenues  from  new  initiatives,  mergers  and  acquisitions.

60

Managed  Public  School  Programs

We define an enrollment as any student enrolled in a virtual or blended public school which qualifies
as a Public School Program. Generally, students will take four to six courses, except for some kindergarten
students  who  may  participate  in  half-day  programs.  We  count  each  half-day  kindergarten  student  as  an
enrollment.  School  sessions  generally  begin  in  August  or  September  and  end  in  May  or  June.  To  ensure
that  all  schools  are  reflected  in  our  measure  of  enrollments,  we  consider  the  number  of  students  on  the
first Wednesday of October to be our opening enrollment level, and the number of students enrolled on
the last day of May to be our ending enrollment level. For each period, average enrollments represent the
average of the month-end enrollment levels for each school month in the period. We continually evaluate
our enrollment levels by state, by school and by grade. We track new student enrollments and withdrawals
throughout  the  year.

We  believe  that  our  revenue  growth  from  enrollments  depends  upon  the  following:

(cid:127) the  number  of  states  and  school  districts  in  which  we  operate;

(cid:127) the  mix  of  students  served;

(cid:127) the  restrictive  terms  of  local  laws  or  regulations,  including  enrollment  caps;

(cid:127) the  appeal  of  our  curriculum  and  instructional  model  to  students  and  families;

(cid:127) the  specific  school  or  school  district  requirements  including  credit  recovery  or  special  needs;

(cid:127) the  effectiveness  of  our  program  in  delivering  favorable  academic  outcomes;

(cid:127) the  quality  of  the  teachers  working  in  the  schools  we  serve;

(cid:127) the  effectiveness  of  our  marketing  and  recruiting  programs  to  attract  new  enrollments;  and

(cid:127) retention  of  students  through  successive  grade  levels.

In fiscal year 2016, total average student enrollments in Managed Public School Programs decreased
by 11,644 or 10.2%, to 102,935 as compared to total average student enrollments of 114,579 in fiscal year
2015. The decline in enrollments largely resulted from the reclassification of Agora from Managed Public
Schools  Programs  to  a  Non-Managed  Public  Schol  Program  based  on  a  new  service  agreement  further
described  below.  We  continually  evaluate  our  trends  in  revenues  by  monitoring  the  number  of  student
enrollments  in  total,  by  state,  by  school  and  by  grade,  assessing  the  impact  of  changes  in  school  funding
levels and the pricing of our curriculum and educational services. In fiscal years 2016 and 2015, the growth
rate of our revenue exceeded the growth in our managed school average student enrollments primarily due
to  increases  in  the  per-pupil  rate  of  achieved  state  funding  in  certain  states,  school  mix  (distribution  of
enrollments by school) and other factors, including changes in state funding rates and higher utilization in
federal  and  state  restricted  funding  per  managed  student.

Enrollments  in  Managed  Public  School  Programs  on  average  generate  substantially  more  revenues
than  enrollments  served  through  our  Institutional  where  we  provide  limited  or  no  management  services.
Similarly, revenues earned per pupil across our private school programs vary. As we continue to build our
Institutional and increase enrollment in Private Pay Schools and Other, enrollment mix is expected to shift
and  may  impact  growth  in  revenues  relative  to  the  growth  in  enrollments.

During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, we had a contract with Agora Cyber Charter
School (‘‘Agora’’) that represented approximately $18.5 million and $129.8 million of revenue, respectively.

In  fiscal  year  2015,  Agora  renegotiated  its  service  agreement  and  entered  into  a  three  year  contract
with us to purchase our curriculum and certain technology services, while the school board assumed daily
operational responsibilities, including its charter renewal process and marketing and enrollment activities.

61

The net impact of this event on the fiscal year 2016 revenues attributable to the loss of the management
component  of  the  Agora  contract  was  approximately  $111  million.

Institutional

While  Managed  Public  School  Programs  constitute  the  majority  of  our  revenue,  there  is  increasing
demand  by  public  school  districts,  public  schools  and  other  educational  institutions  for  more  limited
components of our online services and products than are used in Managed Public School Programs. Sales
to those entities are conducted through our Institutional business organization. While we expect long-term
garowth  opportunities  in  our  Institutional  business,  the  sector  continues  to  experience  significant
competitive  pricing  pressures.

The  Institutional  business  portfolio  contains  an  array  of  curriculum  and  technology  solutions
packaged  in  a  portfolio  of  flexible  learning  and  delivery  models  mapped  to  specific  student,  school  and
district  needs.  This  portfolio  provides  a  continuum  of  delivery  models,  from  full  and  part-time  virtual  to
blended learning and other options that can be used in traditional classrooms to differentiate instruction.
The  Institutional  business  course  catalog  is  comprehensive  and  enables  districts  to  offer  their  students
educational opportunities that otherwise might not be financially justifiable, such as Advanced Placement
(‘‘AP’’),  honors,  world  languages,  remediation,  credit  recovery,  alternative  education,  career  and
technology electives and college readiness. In connection with these solutions, we also offer state-certified
teachers,  professional  development  and  other  support  services  as  needed  by  our  customers.

Given the variables discussed in further detail below, we believe that the best performance metric for
the  Institutional  business  is  revenues.  The  customers  served  by  the  Institutional  business  organizations
purchase curriculum in a variety of ways, making consistent comparisons on the basis of enrollments less
relevant. For example, we serve not only full-time students, but also students taking semester-long courses,
students  who  recover  credits  through  concentrated  four  to  eighteen-week  programs,  students  who  are
using  our  curricula  as  a  supplemental  enhancement  to  their  traditional  textbook,  and  teachers  who  may
present our lessons on an interactive whiteboard as either the core of their instruction or as an engaging
supplement  to  their  lecture.  Given  all  these  variables,  it  is  therefore  difficult  to  identify  a  single  metric
(such  as  a  full  time  equivalent  or  ‘‘FTE’’),  or  combination  of  metrics  (such  as  course  enrollments  or
programs sold), that can accurately capture the Institutional business. Therefore, our efforts to do so led us
to the conclusion that at this time, revenue is the best performance metric for the Institutional business.

Sales  opportunities  in  the  Institutional  business  are  driven  by  a  number  of  factors  in  a  diverse

customer  population,  which  determine  the  deliverable  and  price.  These  factors  include:

(cid:127) Type  of  Customer—A  customer  can  be  a  U.S.-based  public,  private  or  public  charter  school,  a
district,  regional  education  agency,  or  a  commercial  company  that  provides  services  to  students.

(cid:127) Curriculum Needs—We sell our curriculum solutions based on the scope of the customer need, and
a  solution  is  generally  purchased  as  end-user  access  to  a  complete  catalog,  individual  course  or
supplemental  content  title.

(cid:127) License Options—Depending on the scope of the solution, a license can be purchased for individual
course  enrollments,  annual  seat,  school  or  district-wide  site  licenses  or  a  perpetual  license  (a
prepaid  lifetime  license).  We  may  charge  incrementally  if  we  are  hosting  the  solution.

(cid:127) Hosting—Customers  may  host  curricula  themselves  or  license  our  hosted  solution.  We  are  able  to
track all students for customers who use our hosted solution. However, more often in large-scale,
district-wide implementations, a customer may choose to host the curriculum, and in that case we
have  no  visibility  of  individual  student  usage  for  counting  enrollments.

62

(cid:127) Services Menu—Instructional services may be provided and priced per-enrollment or bundled in the
overall  price  of  the  solution.  Additional  services,  including  professional  development,  title
maintenance  and  support  may  also  be  provided  and  are  priced  based  on  the  scope  of  services.

On  June  9,  2016,  Agora  signed  a  new  service  agreement  with  us  that  extends  through  2019  and
included  additional  services  including  curriculum  and  certain  technology  services  while  the  school  board
retained  daily  operational  responsibilities.  The  agreement  also  calls  for  payment  terms  of  outstanding
receivables  to  be  paid  over  an  approximate  two-year  period  resulting  in  reclassification  of  a  portion  to
long-term  assets  (Deposits  and  other  assets).

Private  Pay  Schools  and  Other

Private  schools  are  managed  schools  where  tuition  is  paid  directly  by  the  family  of  the  student.  We
receive  no  public  funds  for  students  in  our  private  schools.  We  operate  three  private  online  schools  at
differing price points and service levels. Our revenue is derived from tuition receipts that are a function of
course enrollments and program price. In some circumstances, a third-party school may elect to enroll one
of  its  students  in  a  K12  private  school  course  as  a  supplement  to  the  student’s  regular  on-campus
instruction.  In  such  cases,  the  third-party  school  may  pay  the  K12  private  school  tuition.

We believe our revenue growth depends primarily on the recruitment of students into our programs
through effective marketing and word-of-mouth referral based on the quality of our service. In addition,
through high service quality, we seek to retain existing students and increase the total number of courses
each student takes with us. In some cases, students return each summer and take only one course. In other
cases,  students  choose  a  K12  private  school  as  their  principal  form  of  education  and  may  stay  for  many
years.  The  flexibility  of  our  programs,  the  quality  of  our  curriculum  and  teaching,  and  the  student
community  features  lead  to  customer  satisfaction  and  therefore,  retention.

We  have  entered  into  agreements  which  enable  us  to  distribute  our  products  and  services  to  our
international  school  partners  throughout  the  world  who  use  our  courses  as  a  supplement  to  their
on-campus academic programs. These courses provide students with additional electives, AP courses, and
sometimes  include  dual-degree  programs  that  the  school  cannot  offer  on  its  own.

We sometimes offer additional teacher assistance, counseling, clubs and other additive services to our
basic course offerings. We do not include students in our consumer sales business as we are not involved in
the  progress  of  these  students  in  the  same  way  as  we  do  in  our  other  programs.

Instructional  Costs  and  Services  Expenses

Instructional  costs  and  services  expenses  include  expenses  directly  attributable  to  the  educational
products  and  services  we  provide.  The  public  schools  we  manage  are  the  primary  drivers  of  these  costs,
including teacher and administrator salaries and benefits and expenses of related support services. We also
employ teachers and administrators for instruction and oversight in our Institutional business and Private
Pay Schools and Other business. Instructional costs also include fulfillment costs of student textbooks and
materials, depreciation and reclamation costs of computers provided for student use, the cost of any third-
party online courses and the amortization of capitalized curriculum and related systems. Our instructional
costs  are  variable  and  are  based  directly  on  our  number  of  schools  and  enrollments.

Our high school offering requires increased instructional costs as a percentage of revenue compared
to  our  kindergarten  to  8th  grade  offering.  This  is  due  to  the  following:  (i)  generally  lower
student-to-teacher  ratios;  (ii)  higher  compensation  costs  for  some  teaching  positions  requiring  subject-
matter  expertise;  (iii)  ancillary  costs  for  required  student  support  services,  including  college  placement,
SAT  preparation  and  guidance  counseling;  (iv)  use  of  third-party  courses  to  augment  our  proprietary
curriculum; and (v) use of a third-party learning management system to service high school students. Over
time, we may partially offset these factors by obtaining productivity gains in our high school instructional

63

model,  replacing  third-party  high  school  courses  with  proprietary  content,  replacing  our  third-party
learning  management  system  with  another  third-party  system,  leveraging  our  school  infrastructure  and
obtaining  purchasing  economies  of  scale.

We  have  deployed  and  are  continuing  to  develop  new  delivery  models,  including  blended  schools,
where  students  receive  limited  face-to-face  instruction  in  a  learning  center  to  complement  their  online
instruction, and other programs that utilize brick and mortar facilities. The maintenance, management and
operations  of  these  facilities  necessitate  additional  costs,  which  are  generally  not  required  to  operate
typical virtual public schools. We are pursuing expansion into new states for both virtual public and other
specialized charter schools. If we are successful, we will incur start-up costs and other expenses associated
with  the  initial  launch  of  a  school,  including  the  funding  of  building  leases  and  leasehold  improvements.

Selling,  Administrative  and  Other  Operating  Expenses

Selling,  administrative  and  other  operating  expenses  include  the  salaries  and  benefits  of  employees
engaged  in  business  development,  public  affairs,  sales  and  marketing,  and  administrative  functions  and
transaction  and  due  diligence  expenses  related  to  mergers  and  acquisitions.

Product  Development  Expenses

Product development expenses include research and development costs and overhead costs associated
with  the  management  of  both  our  curriculum  development  and  internal  systems  development  teams.  In
addition,  product  development  expenses  include  the  amortization  of  internal  systems.  We  measure  and
track  our  product  development  expenditures  on  a  per  course  or  project  basis  to  measure  and  assess  our
development  efficiency.  In  addition,  we  monitor  employee  utilization  rates  to  evaluate  our  workforce
efficiency. We plan to continue to invest in additional curriculum development and related software in the
future,  primarily  to  produce  additional  high  school  courses,  world  language  courses  and  new  releases  of
existing  courses  and  to  continue  to  upgrade  our  content  management  system  and  online  schools.  We
capitalize  selected  costs  incurred  to  develop  our  curriculum,  beginning  with  application  development,
through production and testing into capitalized curriculum development costs. We capitalize certain costs
incurred  to  develop  internal  systems  into  capitalized  software  development  costs.

Expense  Management

We are constantly searching for ways to deliver more value at a lower cost for our customers and we
take pride in our ability to deliver highly-individualized, effective education solutions at significant savings
to  taxpayers.  We  have  sought  to  increase  efficiencies  whenever  possible  without  affecting  educational
quality.  We  believe  our  scale  and  infrastructure  investment  positions  us  for  greater  efficiency  in  future
periods  while  allowing  us  to  deliver  more  value  for  students.

Critical  Accounting  Policies  and  Estimates

The  discussion  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  is  based  upon  our  consolidated
financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In the preparation of our
consolidated  financial  statements,  we  are  required  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the
reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  revenues  and  expenses,  as  well  as  the  related  disclosures  of
contingent  assets  and  liabilities.  We  base  our  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  on  various  other
assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. The results of our analysis form the
basis  for  making  assumptions  about  the  carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  readily
apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or
conditions,  and  the  impact  of  such  differences  may  be  material  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements.
Our critical accounting policies have been discussed with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

64

We  believe  that  the  following  critical  accounting  policies  affect  the  more  significant  judgments  and
estimates  used  in  the  preparation  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements:

Revenue  Recognition

In  accordance  with  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (‘‘ASC’’)  605,  Revenue  Recognition,  we
recognize  revenue  when  the  following  conditions  are  met:  (1)  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement
exists; (2) delivery of physical goods or rendering of services is complete; (3) the seller’s price to the buyer
is  fixed  or  determinable;  and  (4)  collection  is  reasonably  assured.

We  have  determined  that  the  separate  elements  of  our  multiple  element  contracts  with  managed
schools  do  not  have  standalone  value.  Accordingly,  we  account  for  revenues  received  under  multiple
element  arrangements  with  managed  schools  as  a  single  unit  of  accounting  and  recognize  the  entire
arrangement over the term of the contractual service period. While we have concluded that the elements
of  our  contracts  do  not  have  standalone  value,  we  invoice  schools  in  accordance  with  the  established
contractual terms and rates. Generally, this means that for each enrolled student, we invoice their school
on  a  per  student  basis  for  the  following  items:  (1)  access  to  our  online  school  and  online  curriculum;
(2) learning kits; and (3) student computers. We also invoice for management and technology services. We
apply  ASC  605  to  each  of  these  items  as  follows:

(cid:127) Access to the Online School and Online Curriculum. Our proprietary learning management system
(‘‘OLS’’)  revenues  are  generally  earned  on  a  per  course  basis  from  schools  and  school  districts.
Students  enrolled  through  a  school  are  provided  access  to  the  OLS  and  online  curriculum.
Revenues  are  earned  ratably  over  the  school  year,  typically  10  months,  or  over  the  semester
depending  on  the  length  of  the  course.

(cid:127) Learning  Kits. The  lessons  in  our  online  school  are  often  accompanied  with  selected  printed
materials,  workbooks,  laboratory  materials  and  other  manipulative  items  which  we  provide  to
students. We generally ship all learning kits to a student when their enrollment is approved. Once
materials  have  been  shipped,  our  efforts  are  substantially  complete.  Therefore,  we  recognize
revenues  upon  shipment.  Shipments  to  schools  that  occur  in  the  fourth  fiscal  quarter  that  are  for
the following school year are recorded in deferred revenues. We also earn reclamation fee income
when  we  reclaim  materials  for  schools  at  the  end  of  the  school  year  or  when  a  student  withdraws
from  the  school.

(cid:127) Student  Computers. We  provide  many  enrolled  students  with  the  use  of  a  personal  computer  and
complete technical support through our call center. Revenues are generally earned ratably over the
school  year  and  we  also  earn  revenues  for  reclamation  services  when  a  student  withdraws  from  a
school  and  returns  the  computer  which  may  occur  in  a  subsequent  school  year.

(cid:127) Management, Technology and Educational Services. Under most of our statewide virtual public and
blended  school  contracts,  we  provide  the  boards  of  managed  schools  with  turn-key  management
and technology services. We recognize these revenues ratably over our fiscal year as administrative
offices of the school remain open for the entire year. Our management and technology service fees
are generally a contracted percentage of yearly school funding. To determine the pro rata amount of
revenues to recognize in a fiscal quarter, we estimate the total funds each school will receive in a
particular school year. Total funds for a school are primarily a function of the number of students
enrolled in the school and established per enrollment funding levels which are generally published
on  an  annual  basis  by  the  state  or  school  district.

To determine the pro rata amount of revenues to recognize in a fiscal quarter, we estimate the total
funds each school will receive in a particular school year. Total funds for a school are primarily a function
of the number of students enrolled in the school and established per enrollment funding levels which are
generally published on an annual basis by the state or school district. We review our estimates of funding

65

periodically,  and  revise  as  necessary,  amortizing  any  adjustments  to  earned  revenues  over  the  remaining
portion  of  the  fiscal  year.  Actual  school  funding  may  vary  from  these  estimates,  and  the  impact  of  these
differences  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our  results  of  operations.  Since  the  end  of  the  school  year
coincides with the end of our fiscal year, annual revenues are generally based on actual school funding and
actual costs incurred (including costs for our services to the schools plus other costs the schools may incur)
in  the  calculation  of  school  operating  losses.  Our  schools  reported  results  are  subject  to  annual  school
district  financial  audits,  which  incorporate  enrollment  counts,  funding  and  other  routine  financial  audit
considerations. The results of these audits are incorporated into our monthly funding estimates and for the
reported fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, our aggregate funding estimates differed from
actual  reimbursements  impacting  total  reported  revenue  by  0.4%,  (0.1%),  and  0.2%,  respectively.

Under  the  contracts  where  we  provide  turnkey  management  services  to  schools,  we  have  generally
agreed to absorb any operating losses of the schools in a given school year. These school operating losses
represent  the  excess  of  costs  incurred  over  revenues  earned  by  the  virtual  or  blended  public  school  as
reflected on its respective financial statements, including our charges to the schools. To the extent a school
does not receive funding for each student enrolled in the school, the school would incur an operating loss
for the unfunded enrollment. If losses due to unfunded enrollments result in a net operating loss for the
year that loss is reflected as a reduction in the revenue and net receivables that we collect from the school.
A school net operating loss in one year does not necessarily mean we anticipate losing money on the entire
contract  with  the  school.  However,  a  school  operating  loss  may  reduce  our  ability  to  collect  its
management  fees  in  full  and  recognized  revenues  are  reduced  accordingly  to  reflect  the  expected  cash
collections  from  such  schools.  We  amortize  the  estimated  school  operating  loss  against  revenues  based
upon  the  percentage  of  actual  revenues  in  the  period  to  total  estimated  revenues  for  the  fiscal  year.

For  turnkey  revenue  service  contracts,  a  school  operating  loss  may  reduce  our  ability  to  collect  our
management fees in full though as noted it does not necessarily mean that we incur a loss during the period
with respect to our services to that school. We recognize revenue, net of our estimated portion of school
operating losses, to reflect the expected cash collections from such schools. Revenue is recognized based
on our performance of services under the contract, which we believe is proportionate to our incurrence of
costs.  We  incur  costs  directly  related  to  the  delivery  of  services.  Most  of  these  costs  are  recognized
throughout  the  year;  however,  certain  costs  related  to  upfront  delivery  of  printed  materials,  workbooks,
laboratory materials and other items are provided at the beginning of the school year and are recognized as
expense  when  shipped.

Each state or school district has variations in the school funding formulas and methodologies that we
use  to  estimate  funding  for  revenue  recognition  at  our  respective  schools.  As  we  build  the  funding
estimates  for  each  school,  we  are  mindful  of  the  state  definition  for  count  dates  on  which  reported
enrollment numbers will be used for per pupil funding. The parameters we consider in estimating funding
for revenue recognition purposes include school district count definitions (which may vary by district and
by  state),  withdrawal  rates,  average  daily  attendance,  special  needs  enrollment,  student  demographics,
progress  trajectory  and  historical  completion,  student  location,  funding  caps  and  other  state  specified
categorical program funding. We consider the latest information available to us and other material relevant
information  at  the  time  of  the  estimates  we  make  each  period  on  a  school-by-school  basis.

Management  periodically  reviews  its  estimates  of  full-year  school  revenues  and  operating  expenses
and  amortizes  the  net  impact  of  any  changes  to  these  estimates  over  the  remainder  of  the  fiscal  year.
Actual  school  operating  losses  may  vary  from  these  estimates  or  revisions,  and  the  impact  of  these
differences  could  have  a  material  impact  on  results  of  operations.  Since  the  end  of  the  school  year
coincides with the end of the our fiscal year, annual revenues are generally based on actual school funding
and actual costs incurred (including costs for our services to the schools plus other costs the schools may
incur) in the calculation of school operating losses. For the years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014, our
revenue  included  a  reduction  for  these  school  operating  losses  of  $57.1  million,  $65.2  million  and
$49.8  million,  respectively.

66

A  school  operating  loss  may  result  from  a  combination  of  cost  increases  or  funding  reductions

attributable  to  the  following:

(cid:127) costs associated with opening new schools including the initial hiring of teachers, administrators and

the  establishment  of  school  infrastructure;

(cid:127) school  requirements  to  establish  contingency  reserves;

(cid:127) one-time  costs,  such  as  legal  claims;

(cid:127) funding  reductions  due  to  the  inability  to  qualify  specific  students  for  funding;

(cid:127) regulatory or academic performance thresholds that may restrict the ability of a school to fund all

expenses;

(cid:127) inadequate  school  funding  in  particular  states;

(cid:127) providing  services  without  receiving  state  funding  when  enrollments  occur  after  enrollment  count

dates;  and

(cid:127) burdensome  regulations  creating  excessive  costs.

We generate a small percentage of our revenues from the sale of perpetual licenses of curriculum and
ongoing  support  to  schools.  We  account  for  the  license  and  support  of  separate  units  of  accounting  and
recognize  revenues  associated  with  the  license  up  front  and  ongoing  maintenance  and  support  over  the
performance period. We also generate a small percentage of our revenues through the sale of our online
courses and learning kits directly to consumers, as well as providing hosting services to certain customers.
We  record  revenue  for  consumer  services  over  the  term  of  the  course  subscription.

For  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016,  special  education  students  comprise  approximately  13%  of  our
student population and approximately 19% of estimated funding for revenue recognition purposes at our
schools. We compute revenue at the school level not based on the type of student served; therefore, we are
unable to determine the revenue and profitability by student type. For each student enrolled, we receive
basic  per  pupil  funds  determined  by  state  funding  and  count  definitions,  and  policies  which  vary  from
state-to-state.  Additionally,  based  on  the  needs  of  the  student  population,  we  may  receive  supplemental
special  education  state  funding  grants  and  federal  funding  under  the  Individuals  with  Disabilities  Act.
While we do not track profitability at the student level, these supplemental funding programs are intended
to  offset  part  of  the  costs  of  the  education  needs  of  children  with  learning  disabilities  through
reimbursement  of  qualifying  costs  under  the  programs.

Capitalized  Curriculum  Development  Costs

Our  curriculum  is  primarily  developed  by  our  employees  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  by  independent
contractors. Generally, our courses cover traditional subjects and utilize examples and references designed
to remain relevant for long periods of time. The online nature of our curriculum allows us to incorporate
user feedback rapidly and make ongoing corrections and improvements. For these reasons, we believe that
our courses, once developed, have an extended useful life, similar to computer software. We also publish
textbooks  and  other  offline  materials.  Our  curriculum  is  integral  to  our  learning  systems.  Our  customers
generally  do  not  acquire  our  curriculum  or  future  rights  to  it.

Due  to  the  similarity  in  development  stages  and  long  economic  life  of  curriculum  to  computer
software, we capitalize curriculum development costs incurred during the application development stage in
accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other. ASC 350 provides guidance for the treatment
of costs associated with computer software development and defines those costs to be capitalized and those
to  be  expensed.  Costs  that  qualify  for  capitalization  are  external  direct  costs,  payroll  and  payroll-related
costs.  Costs  related  to  general  and  administrative  functions  are  not  capitalizable  and  are  expensed  as
incurred.  We  capitalize  curriculum  development  costs  during  the  design,  development  and  deployment

67

phases of the project. Many of our new courses leverage off of proven delivery platforms and are primarily
content,  which  has  no  technological  hurdles.  As  a  result,  a  significant  portion  of  our  courseware
development  costs  qualify  for  capitalization  due  to  the  concentration  of  our  development  efforts  on  the
content  of  the  courseware.  Capitalization  ends  when  a  course  is  available  for  general  release  to  our
customers,  at  which  time  amortization  of  the  capitalized  costs  begins.  Capitalized  costs  are  recorded  in
capitalized curriculum development costs. The period of time over which these development costs will be
amortized  is  generally  five  years.  This  is  consistent  with  the  capitalization  period  used  by  others  in  our
industry and corresponds with our product development lifecycle. We wrote down approximately $2.6 and
$2.2  million  of  capitalized  curriculum  development  costs  due  to  its  decision  to  discontinue  certain
curriculum  during  the  fiscal  years  ended  June  30,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.  There  were  no  material
write-downs  of  capitalized  curriculum  development  costs  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2016.

Software  Developed  or  Obtained  for  Internal  Use

We  develop  our  own  proprietary  computer  software  programs  to  provide  specific  functionality  to
support  both  our  unique  education  offerings  and  the  student  and  school  management  services.  These
programs  enable  us  to  develop  courses,  process  student  enrollments,  meet  state  documentation
requirements, track student academic progress, deliver online courses to students, coordinate and track the
delivery  of  course-specific  materials  to  students  and  provide  teacher  support  and  training.  These
applications  are  integral  to  our  learning  systems  and  we  continue  to  enhance  existing  applications  and
create  new  applications.  Our  customers  do  not  acquire  our  software  or  future  rights  to  it.

We capitalize software development costs incurred during development in accordance with ASC 350.
These  capitalized  development  costs  are  included  in  capitalized  software  development  costs  and  are
generally amortized over three years. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014 we wrote
down  approximately  0.5  million,  zero  and  3.8  million,  respectively,  of  capitalized  software  projects  after
determining  the  assets  either  have  no  future  use  or  are  being  sunset.

Impairment  of  Long-lived  Assets

Long-lived  assets  include  property,  equipment,  capitalized  curriculum  and  software  developed  or
obtained  for  internal  use.  In  accordance  with  ASC  360,  Property,  Plant  and  Equipment,  we  review  our
recorded  long-lived  assets  for  impairment  annually  or  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances
indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be  fully  recoverable.  We  determine  the  extent  to
which an asset may be impaired based upon our expectation of the asset’s future usability as well as on a
reasonable  assurance  that  the  future  cash  flows  associated  with  the  asset  will  be  in  excess  of  its  carrying
amount. If the total of the expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the
asset,  a  loss  is  recognized  for  the  difference  between  fair  value  and  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset.  We
wrote down approximately $2.6 million of capitalized curriculum development costs due to its decision to
discontinue certain curriculum during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015. During the fiscal years ended
June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014  we  wrote  down  approximately  zero,  $4.8  million  and  $3.8  million,
respectively, of capitalized software projects after determining the assets either have no future use. During
the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2015,  we  wrote  down  approximately  $6.5  million  primarily  related  to
computer peripherals shipped to students and for which no reclamation will be processed. There was no
such  write-down  during  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2016  and  2014.

Income  Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. ASC 740 prescribes the use
of the asset and liability method to compute the differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities
and the related financial amounts, using currently enacted tax laws. If necessary, a valuation allowance is
established, based on the weight of available evidence, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is
more likely than not to be realized. Realization of the deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities, is

68

principally  dependent  upon  achievement  of  sufficient  future  taxable  income.  We  exercise  significant
judgment  in  determining  our  provisions  for  income  taxes,  our  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  and  our
future  taxable  income  for  purposes  of  assessing  our  ability  to  utilize  any  future  tax  benefit  from  our
deferred  tax  assets.

Although  we  believe  that  our  tax  estimates  are  reasonable,  the  ultimate  tax  determination  involves
significant judgments that could become subject to examination by tax authorities in the ordinary course of
business. We periodically assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to
determine the impact on our deferred taxes and income tax liabilities and the adequacy of our provision
for  income  taxes.  Changes  in  income  tax  legislation,  statutory  income  tax  rates  or  future  taxable  income
levels,  among  other  things,  could  materially  impact  our  valuation  of  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  and
could  cause  our  income  tax  provision  to  vary  significantly  among  financial  reporting  periods.

We  have  a  valuation  allowance  on  net  deferred  tax  assets  of  $4.3  million  and  $2.8  million  as  of

June  30,  2016  and  2015,  respectively,  for  the  amount  that  more  likely  than  not  will  not  be  realized.

Stock-based  Compensation

We  recognize  stock-based  compensation  expense  under  the  provisions  of  ASC  718,  Compensation—
Stock  Compensation.  We  use  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  to  calculate  the  fair  value  of  stock
options  at  their  respective  grant  date.  The  use  of  option  valuation  models  requires  the  input  of  highly
subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility and the expected term of the option.
The fair value of restricted stock awards is the fair market value on the date of grant. We recognize these
compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting
period  of  the  award.  During  2014  to  2016,  we  granted  more  restricted  stock  awards  than  stock  options,
resulting in increased stock-based compensation that will be recognized over the required service periods.
In addition, the vesting period is generally three years for restricted stock compared to four years for stock
options.  The  increase  in  restricted  stock  awards  and  the  shorter  vesting  period  has  increased  our  stock-
based  compensation  costs,  and  this  increased  cost  is  expected  to  continue  in  future  periods.

Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets

We  record  as  goodwill  the  excess  of  purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  the  identifiable  net  assets
acquired.  Finite-lived  intangible  assets  acquired  in  business  combinations  subject  to  amortization  are
recorded at their fair value. Finite-lived intangible assets include the trade names, customer contracts and
curriculum  and  such  intangible  assets  are  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  estimated  useful
lives. We periodically evaluate the remaining useful lives of intangible assets and adjust our amortization
period  if  it  is  determined  that  such  intangible  assets  have  a  shorter  useful  life.  We  evaluate  the
recoverability of our recorded goodwill and other intangible assets annually, or whenever a triggering event
of impairment may occur. The Company has determined it has two reporting units K12 and Middlebury.
We  apply  a  two-step  approach  in  testing  goodwill  for  impairment  for  each  reporting  unit.  The  first  step
tests for potential impairment by comparing the fair value of reporting units with reporting units’ net asset
values. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the reporting unit’s net assets,
then goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is required. If the fair value of reporting unit is below
the  reporting  unit’s  carrying  value,  then  the  second  step  is  required  to  measure  the  amount  of  potential
impairment.  The  second  step  requires  an  assignment  of  the  reporting  unit’s  fair  value  to  the  reporting
unit’s  assets  and  liabilities,  using  the  initial  acquisition  accounting  guidance  related  to  business
combinations, to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied fair value of
the reporting unit’s goodwill is then compared with the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill to
determine the goodwill impairment loss to be recognized, if any. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s
goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, we record an impairment loss equal to the difference. During the
fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2015,  we  used  a  qualitative  approach  to  evaluate  goodwill  for  impairment.
During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 we performed step one of the impairment test. The estimated

69

K12  reporting  unit  fair  value  exceeded  its  carrying  value  by  approximately  10.2%  and  Middelburry
reporting unit exceeded its fair value by approximately 29.8%. Based on the test results, our reporting units
passed  step  one  of  the  impairment  test  and  no  further  testing  was  required.  There  were  no  impairment
charges  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016  and  2015.  During  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2014,  we
determined that based on rebranding of the Institutional business, we fully amortized certain trade names
that are no longer going to be used and recorded a $5.2 million impairment charge for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2014. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, we also sold certain business assets and wrote
off approximately $3.4 million of goodwill and $0.4 million of net intangible assets related to the assets of
the  business  that  were  sold.

Consolidation  of  Noncontrolling  Interest

Our consolidated financial statements reflect the results of operations of our Middle East, Middlebury
Interactive  Languages,  LearnBop  joint  ventures.  The  Middle  East  joint  venture  was  sold  in  June  2014.
Earnings  or  losses  attributable  to  our  partners  are  classified  as  ‘‘net  loss  attributable  to  noncontrolling
interest’’ in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Net income or net loss attributable
to noncontrolling interest adjusts our consolidated net results of operations to reflect only our share of the
after-tax  earnings  or  losses  of  an  affiliated  company.

Redeemable  Noncontrolling  Interest

The  joint  venture  agreement  with  Middlebury  College  stipulates,  starting  at  any  time  after  the  May
2015, Middlebury may give written notice of its irrevocable election to sell all of its Membership Interest to
us (put right). The purchase price for Middlebury’s Membership Interest shall be its fair market value and
we  may,  in  our  sole  discretion,  pay  the  purchase  price  in  cash  or  shares  of  the  our  common  stock.  On
May 4, 2015, Middlebury College, under the joint venture agreement, exercised its right to require us to
purchase  all  of  its  ownership  interest  in  our  joint  venture.

The redeemable noncontrolling interests are redeemable outside of the Company’s control. Because
of  this  the  Company  records  the  redemption  fair  value  outside  of  permanent  equity  in  accordance  with
ASC  480-10-S99.  The  Company  adjusts  the  redeemable  noncontrolling  interests  to  redemption  value  on
each  balance  sheet  date  with  changes  in  redemption  values  recognized  as  an  adjustment  to  retained
earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings, by adjustment to additional paid-in-capital. The estimated
redeemable  noncontrolling  interest  was  $6.8  million  as  of  June  30,  2016  and  June  30,  2015.

At June 30, 2016, the Company was still in discussions with Middlebury to settle the terms under the
put  right;  the  outcome  of  which  could  result  in  a  value  different  than  the  value  of  the  redeemable
noncontrolling interest. There has been no change in the estimated fair value of the noncontrolling interest
since June 30, 2015. The Company has the right to pay the redemption cost in cash, stock or a combination
thereof,  at  the  Company’s  option,  which  form  of  consideration  has  not  yet  been  determined.

On  July  31,  2014,  we  acquired  a  51%  interest  in  LearnBop,  Inc.  (‘‘LearnBop’’)  The  purpose  of  the
acquisition  was  to  complement  our  K-12  math  curriculum  as  LearnBop  has  developed  an  adaptive  math
curriculum  learning  software.  As  part  of  this  transaction,  the  non-controlling  shareholders  have  a
non-transferable  put  right  to  sell  the  remaining  minority  interest  to  us,  which  is  exercisable  between
July 31, 2018 and December 31, 2018. The price of the put right will be determined based on the trailing
twelve month revenue and contribution margin as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement between us and
LearnBop.  Additionally,  we  have  a  non-transferable  call  option  to  purchase  the  remaining  minority
interest  at  a  price  of  $3.0  million,  which  becomes  exercisable  January  1,  2019  or  thereafter.  The
redeemable value as of the end of each fiscal year is based on the estimated value of the put right, while
the redeemable value during interim periods is based on management updates from the date of the most
recent  internal  valuation.  As  of  June  30,  2016,  the  estimated  redeemable  noncontrolling  interest  was
approximately  $0.7  million.

70

Segment  Reporting

We operate in one operating and reportable business segment: we are a technology-based education
company. We offer proprietary curriculum, software systems and educational services designed to facilitate
individualized  learning  for  students  primarily  in  kindergarten  through  12th  grade,  or  K-12.  We  have  the
following three lines of business: Managed Public School Programs, Institutional and Private Pay Schools
and  Other.  Our  Chief  Executive  Officer  is  the  Chief  Operating  Decision  Maker  (the  ‘‘CODM’’).  Our
CODM  manages  our  business  primarily  by  function  and  reviews  financial  information  on  a  consolidated
basis,  accompanied  by  disaggregated  information  on  revenues  by  line  of  business  as  well  as  certain
operational data, for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The CODM
only  evaluates  profitability  based  on  consolidated  results.

Results  of  Operations

We have three lines of business: Managed Public School Programs, Institutional (educational products
and services provided to school districts, public schools and other educational institutions that we do not
manage),  and  Private  Pay  Schools  and  Other  (private  schools  for  which  we  charge  student  tuition  and
make  direct  consumer  sales).

Managed  Public  School
Programs

(cid:127) Virtual  schools
(cid:127) Blended  schools
—Hybrid  schools
—Passport  schools

Enrollment  Data

Institutional

Private  Pay  Schools  and  Other

(cid:127) Non-managed  Public  School  Programs (cid:127) Managed  private  schools
(cid:127) Institutional  software  and  services

—K12  International  Academy
—George  Washington  University  Online  High  School
—The  Keystone  School

(cid:127) Independent  course  sales  (Consumer)

The  following  table  sets  forth  total  enrollment  data  for  students  in  our  Managed  Public  School
Programs  and  Non-managed  Public  School  Programs.  Managed  Public  School  Programs  include  schools
where  K12  provides  substantially  all  of  the  management,  technology  and  academic  support  services  in
addition to curriculum, learning systems and instructional services. Non-managed Public School Programs
include  schools  where  K12  provides  curriculum  and  technology,  and  the  school  can  also  contract  for
instruction  or  other  educational  services.  Non-managed  Public  School  Programs,  however,  do  not  offer
primary  administrative  oversight  services.

Year  ended

June  30,

Growth

2016/2015

2016

2015

Change  $

Change  %

Managed  Public  School  Programs(1)(2) . . . .
Non-managed  Public  School  Programs(1) . .

102,935
26,970

114,579
20,053

(11,644)
6,917

(10.2)%
34.5%

(1) If  a  school  changes  from  a  Managed  to  a  Non-managed  Program,  the  corresponding
enrollment  classification  would  change  in  the  period  in  which  the  contract  arrangement
changed.

(2) Managed  Public  School  Programs  include  enrollments  for  which  K12  receives  no  public

funding  or  revenue

Revenue  by  Business  Lines

Revenue  is  captured  by  business  line  based  on  the  underlying  customer  contractual  agreements.
Periodically,  a  customer  may  change  business  line  classification.  For  example,  a  district  that  purchases  a
single course (Institutional business customer) may decide to convert to a full-time virtual school program

71

(Managed  Public  School  customer).  Changes  in  business  line  classification  occur  at  the  time  the
contractual agreement is modified. The following represents our revenue for our three lines of business for
the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2016  and  2015.

($  in  thousands)
Managed  Public  School  Programs . . . . . .
Institutional

Non-managed  Public  School  Programs
Institutional  Software  &  Services . . . .

Total  Institutional
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Private  Pay  Schools  and  Other . . . . . . . .

Year  ended

June  30,

Growth

2016  /  2015

2016

2015

Change  $

Change  %

$717,059

$813,677

$(96,618)

(11.9)%

55,601
52,990

108,591
47,050

39,321
48,770

88,091
46,526

16,280
4,220

20,500
524

41.4%
8.7%

23.3%
1.1%

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$872,700

$948,294

$(75,594)

(8.0)%

Beginning in fiscal 2016, the Company presented revenue from Non-managed Public School Programs
as  part  of  the  Institutional  line  of  business,  along  with  the  Institutional  Software  and  Services,  which
together constitute total Institutional revenue. In the prior year these revenues were presented as part of
the Public School Programs line of business, which included both managed and non-managed public school
programs. We believe this revised presentation clarifies and better aligns the disclosure of Non-Managed
Program  revenues  with  the  Company’s  operational  and  sales  structure.

The  following  table  sets  forth  statements  of  operations  data  and  the  amounts  as  a  percentage  of

revenues  for  each  of  the  periods  indicated:

Year  Ended  June  30,

2016

2015

2014

(Dollars  in  thousands)

Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$872,700

100.0% $948,294

100.0% $919,553

100.0%

Cost  and  expenses
Instructional  costs  and  services . . . . . . . . .
Selling,  administrative  and  other  operating

546,510

62.6% 607,756

64.1% 569,219

61.9%

expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product  development  expenses . . . . . . . . .

302,205
10,071

34.6% 307,730
1.2% 14,381

32.5% 313,258
1.5% 14,220

Total  costs  and  expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

858,786

98.4% 929,867

98.1% 896,697

Income  from  operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Realized  gain  on  sale  of  assets . . . . . . . . . .
Interest  expense,  net  and  other . . . . . . . . .

13,914
—
(617)

1.6% 18,427
—
0.0%
(0.1)% (3,291)

1.9% 22,856
6,404
0.0%
(69)
(0.3)%

34.1%
1.5%

97.5%

2.5%
0.7%
0.0%

Income  before  income  tax  expense  and

noncontrolling  interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income  tax  expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13,297
(4,746)

1.5% 15,136
(0.5)% (5,810)

1.6% 29,191
(0.6)% (11,075)

3.2%
(1.2)%

Net  income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add  net  loss  attributable  to  noncontrolling

8,551

1.0%

9,326

1.0% 18,116

2.0%

interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

484

0.1%

1,662

0.2%

1,484

0.1%

Net  income  attributable  to  common

stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

9,035

1.1% $ 10,988

1.2% $ 19,600

2.1%

72

Comparison  of  Years  Ended  June  30,  2016  and  2015

Revenues. Our  revenues  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016  were  $872.7  million,  representing  a
decrease of $75.6 million, or 8.0%, from $948.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. Managed Public
School  Program  revenue  decreased  $96.6  million,  or  (11.9)  %,  year  over  year.  The  decline  in  Managed
Public  School  Programs  revenue  was  primarily  attributable  to  the  10.2%  decline  in  enrollments,  largely
resulting from the loss of the management component of the Agora contract, offset in part by increases in
the per pupil rate of achieved state funding in certain states. The full fiscal year net impact of the Agora
program  transition  to  a  non-managed  program  resulting  in  an  approximate  decrease  of  $111  million  of
total  revenue  from  the  prior  year.

We  provide  the  schools  and  school  boards  we  serve  with  academic  programs  sufficiently  rigorous  to
yield strong academic results. These challenging performance expectations for students in a virtual public
school can result in parents opting to withdraw their students from a managed public school and enroll in
other school options. We have also seen some of our virtual public schools transition from Managed Public
School  Programs  to  self-administered  schools  by  seeking  competitive  alternatives  to  portions  of  the
products and services now entirely provided by us. While any one of these factors alone is not necessarily
indicative of a material trend in the growth rate in enrollments, continuing to experience a combination of
these  factors  could  negatively  impact  enrollment  growth,  revenues  and  operating  income.  There  also  is
increasing  competition  from  several  sources  including  online  or  blended  offerings  by  traditional  public
schools  that  are  recognizing  the  value  of  online  study  and  curriculum  delivery.

Institutional revenue increased $20.5 million, or 23.3% from the prior year primarily due to transition

of  the  Agora  contract  from  a  managed  to  non-managed  programs.

Instructional Costs and Services Expenses.

Instructional costs and services expenses for the year ended
June 30, 2016 were $546.5 million, representing a decrease of $61.3 million, or 10.1%, from $607.8 million
for the year ended June 30, 2015. This decrease in expense was primarily associated with the transition of
the Agora contract from managed to non-managed programs. Additionally, during the year ended June 30,
2015,  there  was  $9.6  million  of  expense  related  to  accelerated  depreciation  and  amortization  for  certain
curriculum,  learning  systems  and  other  fixed  assets  that  will  no  longer  be  used  or  developed,  computers
that we estimated would not be returned and additional provisions for the decision to discontinue certain
products and for excess inventory relative to anticipated demand. Instructional costs and services expenses
were  62.6%  of  revenue  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016,  a  decrease  from  64.1%  for  the  year  ended
June  30,  2015.  Excluding  the  impact  of  the  charges  noted  above,  instructional  costs  and  services  were
62.6%  and  63.1%  of  revenue  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016  and  2015.

Selling,  Administrative,  and  Other  Operating  Expenses. Selling,  administrative,  and  other  operating
expenses for the year ended June 30, 2016 were $302.2 million, representing a decrease of $5.5 million, or
1.8%,  from  $307.7  million  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2015.  Included  in  expenses  for  the  year  ended
June  30,  2016  was  $7.1  million  of  expense  related  to  the  Settlement  Agreement  with  the  State  of
California. Included in expenses for the year ended June 30, 2015 was $7.5 million of expense related to
uncollectible receivables, as well as $4.8 million for the write-off of capitalized software that will no longer
be developed. Selling, administrative, and other operating expenses were 34.6% of revenue during the year
ended June 30, 2016, an increase from 32.5% for the year ended June 30, 2015. This increase of expenses
as  a  percentage  to  revenue  was  primarily  attributable  to  the  legal  settlement  described  above.

Product  Development  Expenses. Product  development  expenses  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016
were $10.1 million, representing a decrease of $4.3 million, or 29.9% from $14.4 million for the year ended
June 30, 2015. As a percentage of revenue product development expenses decreased to 1.2% for the year
ended  June  30,  2016,  as  compared  to  1.5%  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2015.

Interest  Expense,  net  and  Other. Net  interest  expense  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016  was
$0.6  million  as  compared  to  net  interest  expense  of  $3.3  million  in  the  same  period  in  the  prior  year,  a

73

decrease  of  $2.7  million.  Net  interest  expense  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2015  comprised  primarily  of
$3.2  million  interest  income  write  off  for  Web  International  Education  Group,  Ltd  investment  partially
offset  by  $0.4  million  income  from  Web  investment.

Income Tax Expense. We had an income tax expense of $4.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2016,
or  35.7%  of  income  before  taxes,  as  compared  to  income  tax  expense  of  $5.8  million,  or  38.4%  of  our
income  before  taxes  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2015.  Our  overall  effective  tax  rate  decreased  from  the
prior year primarily due to decreases in unrecognized tax benefits primarily resulted from audit resolution
in a certain foreign jurisdiction, additional tax benefits related to research activities of the Company, and
provision  true  ups.

Net Income. Net income was $8.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2016, compared to net income
of $9.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2015, a decrease of $0.7 million, due to the factors noted above.

Noncontrolling  Interest. Net  loss  attributable  to  noncontrolling  interest  for  the  year  ended  June  30,
2016 was $0.5 million as compared to net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest of $1.7 million for the
same period in the prior year. Noncontrolling interest reflects the after-tax losses attributable to minority
interest  owners  in  our  investments.

Comparison  of  Years  Ended  June  30,  2015  and  2014

Revenues. Our  revenues  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2015  were  $948.3  million,  representing  an
increase  of  $28.7  million,  or  3.1%,  from  $919.6  million  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2014.  Public  School
Program revenue increased $30.3 million, or 3.7%, year over year. The growth in Managed Public School
Program revenue was primarily attributable to increases in achieved funding in certain states, among other
factors,  while  overall  enrollments  slightly  increased  by  0.7%.  Managed  Program  enrollments  declined
3.9%, while corresponding revenue increased 2.5% for the year ended June 30, 2015 compared to 2014 due
primarily  to  increases  in  the  per-pupil  rate  of  achieved  state  funding  in  certain  states,  school  mix
(distribution of enrollments by school), and other factors. We attribute the decline in our Managed Public
School Programs enrollments to a number of events unrelated to market demand, such as the imposition in
Tennessee  of  an  enrollment  cap  midway  through  the  enrollment  season,  and  a  delay  in  the  grant  of  a
charter  impacting  our  attendant  service  contract  and  start  of  enrollments  for  a  school  in  Colorado.  In
addition, we provide the schools and school boards we serve with academic programs sufficiently rigorous
to  yield  strong  academic  results.  These  challenging  performance  expectations  for  students  in  a  virtual
public  school  can  result  in  parents  opting  to  withdraw  their  students  from  a  managed  public  school  and
enroll  in  other  school  options.  We  have  also  seen  some  of  our  virtual  public  schools  transition  from
Managed  Public  School  Programs  to  self-administered  schools  by  seeking  competitive  alternatives  to
portions of the products and services now entirely provided by us. While any one of these factors alone is
not necessarily indicative of a material trend in the growth rate in enrollments, continuing to experience a
combination of these factors could negatively impact enrollment growth, revenues and operating income.
There  also  is  increasing  competition  from  several  sources  including  online  or  blended  offerings  by
traditional  public  schools  that  are  recognizing  the  value  of  online  study  and  curriculum  delivery.

Institutional  revenue  increased  $0.2  million,  or  0.5%  from  the  year  ended  June  30,  2014.  Excluding
the effect from the sale of certain businesses that were included in the prior period revenue, Institutional
increased $4.3 million, or 9.6%. Private Pay Schools and Other revenue decreased $1.8 million, or 3.7%,
from  the  prior  year  due  to  the  sale  of  certain  businesses.  Excluding  the  effect  from  the  sale  of  certain
businesses  that  were  included  in  the  prior  period  revenue,  Private  Pay  Schools  and  Other  revenue
increased  $11.1  million,  or  31.3%.

74

Instructional Costs and Services Expenses.

Instructional costs and services expenses for the year ended
June 30, 2015 were $607.8 million, representing an increase of $38.6 million, or 6.8%, from $569.2 million
for the year ended June 30, 2014. During the year ended June 30, 2015, there was $9.6 million of expense
related  to  accelerated  depreciation  and  amortization  for  certain  curriculum,  learning  systems  and  other
fixed assets that will no longer be used or developed, computer peripherals that will not be reclaimed, and
for  excess  inventory  relative  to  anticipated  demand.  During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2014,  there  was
$18.6  million  of  expense  related  to  accelerated  depreciation  and  amortization  for  certain  curriculum,
learning  systems  and  other  fixed  assets  that  will  no  longer  be  used  or  developed,  computers  that  we
estimated would not be returned and additional provisions for the decision to discontinue certain products
and for excess inventory relative to anticipated demand. Excluding the impact of the charges noted above,
instructional costs and services would have increased $47.7 million, or 8.7%. The increase in expense was
primarily associated with the increased hiring of teachers and instructional support staff, increases in salary
and  other  personnel  benefits  and  increased  special  education  and  other  related  service  fees  in  our
Managed  Public  School  Programs  as  part  of  our  initiatives  to  improve  the  student  experience  and
academic outcome. Instructional costs and services expenses were 64.1% of revenue during the year ended
June  30,  2015,  an  increase  from  61.9%  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2014.  Excluding  the  impact  of  the
charges noted above, instructional costs and services were 63.1% and 59.9% of revenue for the years ended
June  30,  2015  and  2014.

Selling,  Administrative,  and  Other  Operating  Expenses. Selling,  administrative,  and  other  operating
expenses for the year ended June 30, 2015 were $307.7 million, representing a decrease of $5.6 million, or
1.8%, from $313.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2014. During the year ended June 30, 2015, there
was $7.5 million of expense related to uncollectible receivables, as well as $4.8 million for the write-off of
capitalized  software  that  will  no  longer  be  developed.  Also  included  in  expense  during  the  year  ended
June  30,  2015  was  $3.4  million  related  to  severance  and  accelerated  stock  compensation  costs  for
executives and other employees. Included in expense during the year ended June 30, 2014 was $7.4 million
related to severance and accelerated stock compensation costs for the termination of employment of our
former Chief Executive Officer and other employees, and $5.2 million related to an impairment charge on
trade  names  that  were  to  no  longer  be  used.  Excluding  the  charges  noted  above,  selling,  administrative,
and  other  operating  expenses  decreased  $8.7  million,  or  2.9%  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2015  as
compared  to  the  year  ended  June  30,  2014.  Selling,  administrative,  and  other  operating  expenses  were
32.5% of revenue during the year ended June 30, 2015, a decrease from 34.1% for the year ended June 30,
2014.  Excluding  the  impact  of  the  charges  noted  above,  selling,  administrative,  and  other  operating
expenses were 30.8% and 32.7% of revenue for the years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. The reduction as a
percentage  of  revenue  primarily  reflects  our  overall  cost  savings  initiatives.

Product  Development  Expenses. Product  development  expenses  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2015
were $14.4 million, representing an increase of $0.2 million, or 1.4% from $14.2 million for the year ended
June 30, 2014. As a percentage of revenues, product development expenses remained flat at 1.5% for the
year  ended  June  30,  2016,  as  compared  to  the  same  period  in  the  prior  year.

Interest  Expense,  net  and  Other. Net  interest  expense  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2015  was
$3.3 million as compared to net interest expense of $0.1 million in the same period in the prior year. Net
interest  expense  was  primarily  associated  with  the  write-off  of  approximately  $3.2  million  in  previously
recorded interest income related to our investment in Web International Education Group, Ltd., as well as
interest  expense  on  our  student  computer  capital  leases.

Income Tax Expense. We had an income tax expense of $5.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2015,
or  38.4%  of  income  before  taxes,  as  compared  to  income  tax  expense  of  $11.1  million,  or  37.9%  of  our
income  before  taxes  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2014.

75

Net Income. Net income was $9.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2015, compared to net income
of $18.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2014, a decrease of $8.8 million. During the fiscal year ended
June  30,  2014,  we  sold  certain  businesses  which  were  approximately  break-even.

Noncontrolling  Interest. Net  loss  attributable  to  noncontrolling  interest  for  the  year  ended  June  30,
2015 was $1.7 million as compared to net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest of $1.5 million for the
year  ended  June  30,  2014.  Noncontrolling  interest  reflects  the  after-tax  losses  attributable  to  minority
interest  owners  in  our  investments.

Discussion  of  Seasonality  of  Financial  Condition

Certain  accounts  in  our  balance  sheet  are  subject  to  seasonal  fluctuations.  As  our  enrollments  and
revenues grow, we expect these seasonal trends to be amplified. The bulk of our materials are shipped to
students prior to the beginning of the school year, usually in July or August. In order to prepare for the
upcoming  school  year,  we  generally  build  up  inventories  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  our  fiscal  year.
Therefore, inventories tend to be at the highest levels at the end of our fiscal year. In the first quarter of
our fiscal year, inventories tend to decline significantly as materials are shipped to students. In our fourth
quarter,  inventory  purchases  and  the  extent  to  which  we  utilize  early  payment  discounts  will  impact  the
level  of  accounts  payable.

Accounts receivable balances tend to be at the highest levels in the first quarter of our fiscal year as we
begin  billing  for  all  enrolled  students  and  our  billing  arrangements  include  upfront  fees  for  many  of  the
elements  of  our  offering.  These  upfront  fees  result  in  seasonal  fluctuations  to  our  deferred  revenue
balances. We routinely monitor state legislative activity and regulatory proceedings that might impact the
funding  received  by  the  schools  we  serve  and  to  the  extent  possible,  factor  potential  outcomes  into  our
business  planning  decisions.

Generally,  deferred  revenue  balances  related  to  the  schools  tend  to  be  highest  in  the  first  quarter,
when the majority of students enroll. Since the deferred revenue is amortized over the course of the school
year, which typically ends in May or June, the balance is normally at its lowest at the end of our fiscal year.
Generally, deferred revenues from virtual and blended public schools have not been a source of liquidity as
most  schools  receive  their  funding  over  the  course  of  the  school  year.

The deferred revenue related to our direct-to-consumer business results from advance payments for
twelve  month  subscriptions  to  our  online  school.  These  advance  payments  are  amortized  over  the  life  of
the subscription and tend to be highest at the end of the fourth quarter and first quarter, when the majority
of  subscriptions  are  sold.

Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources

As  of  June  30,  2016,  we  had  net  working  capital,  or  current  assets  minus  current  liabilities,  of
$322.8  million.  Our  working  capital  includes  cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  $214.0  million,  including
$4.1 million associated with our two joint ventures, and accounts receivable of $169.6 million. Our working
capital provides a significant source of liquidity for our normal operating needs. Our accounts receivable
balance fluctuates throughout the fiscal year based on the timing of customer billings and collections and
tends  to  be  highest  in  our  first  fiscal  quarter  as  we  begin  billing  for  students.  In  addition,  our  cash  and
accounts receivable were significantly in excess of our accounts payable and short-term accrued liabilities
at  June  30,  2016.

On  January  31,  2014,  we  executed  a  $100.0  million  unsecured  line  of  credit  to  be  used  for  general
corporate operating purposes with Bank of America, N.A. (‘‘BOA’’). The line has a five-year term, bears
interest at the higher of the Bank’s prime rate plus 0.25%, or the Federal Funds Rates plus 0.75%, or the
LIBOR  rate  plus  1.25%;  and  incorporates  customary  financial  and  other  covenants,  including  but  not

76

limited to a maximum debt leverage and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. As of June 30, 2016, we
were  in  compliance  with  these  covenants  and  we  had  no  borrowings  outstanding  on  the  line  of  credit.

We  incur  capital  lease  obligations  for  student  computers  under  a  lease  line  of  credit  with  PNC
Equipment Finance, LLC with annual lease availability limits. We had $35.0 million of availability for new
leasing  during  fiscal  year  2016.  Interest  rates  on  the  new  borrowings  were  based  upon  an  initial  rate  of
2.34% modified by changes in the three year interest rate swaps rate as published in the Federal Reserve
Statistical Release H.15, ‘‘Selected Interest Rates,’’ between June 25, 2015 and the Lease Commencement
Date,  as  defined  in  the  lease  line  of  credit.  This  availability  originally  expired  in  July  2015,  but  was
extended to July 2017. Interest rates on the new borrowings beginning in August 2016 under the extended
agreement  are  based  upon  an  initial  rate  of  1.88%  modified  by  changes  in  the  three  year  interest  rate
swaps  rate  as  published  in  the  Federal  Reserve  Statistical  Release  H.15,  ‘‘Selected  Interest  Rates,’’
between  April  29,  2016  and  the  Lease  Commencement  Date,  as  defined  in  the  lease  line  of  credit.

As  of  June  30,  2016,  the  aggregate  outstanding  balance  under  the  lease  lines  of  credit  was
$23.1  million.  Borrowings  bore  interest  at  rates  ranging  from  1.95%  to  2.88%  and  included  a  36-month
payment term with a $1 purchase option at the end of the term. We have pledged the assets financed to
secure  the  outstanding  leases.  We  may  extend  our  lease  line  of  credit  for  additional  periods,  or  consider
alternative  arrangements  for  financing  student  computers.

On November 4, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $75.0 million of our
outstanding common stock over a two year period. Any purchases under the buyback are dependent upon
business  and  market  conditions  and  other  factors.  The  stock  purchases  are  made  from  time  to  time  and
may be made through a variety of methods including open market purchases and trading plans that may be
adopted in accordance with the Rule 10b-18 of the Exchange Act. For the year ended June 30, 2015, we
paid approximately $26.5 million in cash to redeem 1,307,402 shares of common stock at an average price
of  $20.23  per  share.  As  of  June  30,  2016  total  shares  purchased  under  the  plan  were  3,502,598,  at  an
average cost of $21.41 per share, and there were no shares remaining to be repurchased under the plan.

Our  cash  requirements  consist  primarily  of  day-to-day  operating  expenses,  capital  expenditures  and
contractual obligations with respect to office facility leases, capital equipment leases and other operating
leases.  We  expect  to  make  future  payments  on  existing  leases  from  cash  generated  from  operations.  We
believe that the combination of funds to be generated from operations, net working capital on hand and
access to our line of credit will be adequate to finance our ongoing operations for the foreseeable future.
In addition, to a lesser degree, we continue to explore acquisitions, strategic investments and joint ventures
related to our business that we may acquire using cash, stock, debt, contribution of assets or a combination
thereof.

On May 4, 2015, Middlebury College, under the joint venture agreement, exercised its right to require
us to purchase all of its ownership interest in our joint venture. We have the right to pay the redemption
cost in cash, stock or a combination thereof, at our option, which form of consideration has not yet been
determined.

Operating  Activities

Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014  was

$121.8  million,  $120.1  million  and  $122.9  million,  respectively.

Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016  was  $121.8  million
compared to $120.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. The increase of $1.7 million in cash provided
by  operations  between  periods  was  primarily  attributable  to  changes  in  working  capital  which  increased
approximately  $26.7  million,  offset  by  decrease  in  net  income  including  non-cash  adjustments  which
decreased approximately $25.0 million. These changes in working capital were primarily attributable to the
timing of cash payments related to accounts receivable and accounts payable offset by increased accrued

77

liabilities. Cash from operations is impacted by the timing of cash collections from products and services
provided  and  payment  of  operating  costs  to  fund  the  continued  growth  and  expansion  of  our  business.

Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2015  was  $120.1  million
compared to $122.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2014. The decrease of $2.8 million in cash provided
by  operations  between  periods  was  primarily  attributable  to  net  income  including  non-cash  adjustments
which increased approximately $6.1 million, offset by an overall use of cash flows from changes in working
capital of $8.9 million. These changes in working capital were primarily attributable to the timing of cash
payments  related  to  accounts  payable  and  decreased  accrued  liabilities,  offset  in  part  by  improved
collections of accounts receivable. Cash from operations is impacted by the timing of cash collections from
products  and  services  provided  and  payment  of  operating  costs  to  fund  the  continued  growth  and
expansion  of  our  business.

Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2014  was  $122.9  million
compared to $94.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2013. The $28.5 million improvement in cash flow
from  operations  between  periods  was  attributable  primarily  to  increased  accounts  receivable  collections
and less investment in inventory during the year ended June 30, 2014 than during the prior year. Cash from
operations is impacted by the timing of cash collections from products and services provided and payment
of  operating  costs  to  fund  the  continued  growth  and  expansion  of  our  business.

Investing  Activities

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014  was

$82.9  million,  $68.3  million  and  $45.8  million,  respectively.

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016  increased  $14.6  million  from
2015.  This  increase  was  due  primarily  to  the  $20.1  million  investment  in  LTS  Education  Systems  and  a
$1.1  million  increase  in  capital  expenditures  for  property  and  equipment,  capitalized  software  and
curriculum,  offset  by  the  prior  year  investment  in  LearnBop  for  $6.5  million.

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2015  increased  $22.5  million  from
2014.  This  increase  was  due  primarily  to  the  $6.5  million  investment  in  LearnBop  and  a  $12.4  million
increase  in  capital  expenditures  for  property  and  equipment,  capitalized  software  and  curriculum,
$5.7  million  received  on  the  sale  of  assets  in  2014,  offset  by  the  investment  in  a  mortgage  note  to  a
managed  school  partner  for  $2.1  million  that  was  made  in  the  prior  year.

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2014  decreased  $4.5  million  from
2013.  This  decrease  was  a  result  of  cash  received  of  $5.7  million  related  to  a  sale  of  assets  and  a  net
decrease  of  approximately  $1.0  million  in  net  capital  expenditures  for  other  property  and  equipment,
capitalized  software  and  curriculum  development,  offset  in  part  by  a  note  made  to  a  managed  school
partner  of  $2.1  million.

Financing  Activities

Net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  was

$20.8  million,  $50.4  million  and  $63.4  million,  respectively.

For the year ended June 30, 2016, our primary use of cash in financing activities consisted primarily of
payments  on  capital  lease  obligations  incurred  for  the  acquisition  of  student  computers  totaling
$17.4  million  and  the  repurchase  of  restricted  stock  for  income  tax  withholding  of  $3.4  million.

For  the  year  ended  June  30,  2015,  our  primary  use  of  cash  in  financing  activities  was  in  connection
with  our  share  repurchase  program  for  the  purchase  of  treasury  stock,  and  the  payment  of  capital  lease
obligations  incurred  for  the  acquisition  of  student  computers.  For  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016,  we
purchased  treasury  stock  which  totaled  approximately  $26.5  million.  We  made  $48.5  million  in  treasury

78

stock purchases during the year ended June 30, 2015. At June 30, 2015, the total shares of common stock
purchased  were  3,502,598,  and  there  were  no  shares  remaining  under  the  plan  for  repurchase.  The  year
ended  June  30,  2015  included  approximately  $9.7  million  less  in  proceeds  from  the  exercise  of  stock
options than in the prior fiscal year. The timing of cash from the exercise of options impacts our net cash
provided  by  financing  activities.

For the year ended June 30, 2014, our primary uses of cash in financing activities were the purchase of
treasury  stock  and  the  payment  of  capital  lease  obligations  incurred  for  the  acquisition  of  student
computers.  For  the  year  ended  June  30,  2015,  we  purchased  treasury  stock  which  totaled  approximately
$48.5  million.  We  made  no  treasury  stock  purchases  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  2014.  Our  cash
payments  for  capital  leases  increased  approximately  $2.4  million  due  to  increased  purchases  of  student
computers financed under capital leases. In addition, the year ended June 30, 2014 included a reduction of
$8.1  million  in  the  excess  tax  benefit  from  stock  based  compensation.  The  year  ended  June  30,  2014
included  approximately  $3.0  million  more  in  proceeds  from  the  exercise  of  stock  options  than  the  year
ended  June  30,  2013,  which  partially  offset  the  increased  uses  noted  above.  The  timing  of  cash  from  the
exercise  of  options  impacts  our  net  cash  used  in  financing  activities.

Contractual  Obligations

Our  contractual  obligations  consist  primarily  of  leases  for  office  space,  capital  leases  for  equipment
and other operating leases. The following summarizes our long-term contractual obligations as of June 30,
2016,  which  decreased  from  $81.2  million  as  of  June  30,  2015:

Contractual  Obligations—Payments  due  by  period

Total

<  1  year

1  -  3  years

3  -  5  years >  5  years

(In  thousands)

Contractual  obligations  at  June  30,  2016
Capital  leases(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating  leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$23,641
46,080

$13,572
8,579

$10,069
16,942

$ — $ —
6,319

14,240

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$69,721

$22,151

$27,011

$14,240

$6,319

(1) Includes  interest  expense.

For the schools to which we provide turn-key management services, we typically take responsibility for
any  school  operating  losses  that  the  school  may  incur.  These  individual  school  operating  losses,  if  they
occur,  are  recorded  at  the  time  as  a  reduction  in  revenues.  Potential  school  operating  losses  are  not
included as a commitment or obligation in the above table as they cannot be determined at this time and
many  may  not  even  occur.

Off-Balance  Sheet  Arrangements

We  have  provided  guarantees  of  approximately  $7.1  million  related  to  lease  commitments  on  the
buildings  for  certain  of  our  schools.  We  contractually  guarantee  that  certain  schools  under  our
management will not have annual operating deficits and our management fees from these schools may be
reduced  accordingly  to  cover  any  school  operating  deficits.  Other  than  these  lease  and  operating  deficit
guarantees, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a
current  or  future  effect  on  our  financial  condition,  changes  in  financial  condition,  revenues  or  expenses,
results  of  operations,  liquidity,  capital  expenditures  or  capital  resources.

79

Impact  of  Inflation

We  believe  that  inflation  has  not  had  a  material  impact  on  our  results  of  operations  for  any  of  the
years in the three year period ended June 30, 2016. We cannot be sure that future inflation will not have an
adverse  impact  on  our  operating  results  and  financial  condition.

Recent  Accounting  Pronouncements

In  May  2014,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (‘‘FASB’’)  issued  Accounting  Standards
Update (‘‘ASU’’) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09), which supersedes most
existing revenue recognition guidance under US GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize
revenues  when  promised  goods  or  services  are  transferred  to  customers  in  an  amount  that  reflects  the
consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a
five  step  process  to  achieve  this  core  principle  and,  in  doing  so,  more  judgment  and  estimates  may  be
required  within  the  revenue  recognition  process  than  are  required  under  existing  U.S.  GAAP.  The
standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein,
using either of the following transition methods: (i) a full retrospective approach reflecting the application
of the standard in each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients, or (ii) a
retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially adopting ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date
of adoption (which includes additional footnote disclosures). On July 9, 2015, the FASB voted to defer the
effective date of the new revenue recognition standard by one year. Based on the Board’s decision, public
organizations  would  apply  the  new  revenue  standard  to  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after
December 15, 2017. We are currently evaluating the impact of the pending adoption of ASU 2014-09 on
our consolidated financial statements and have not yet determined the method by which we will adopt the
standard.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-05, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software
(Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement. (ASU 2015-05)
provides  guidance  regarding  whether  a  cloud  computing  arrangement  includes  a  software  license.  If  a
cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the entity should account for the software
license  element  of  the  arrangement  consistent  with  the  acquisition  of  other  software  licenses.  If  a  cloud
computing arrangement does not include a software license, the entity should account for the arrangement
as a service contract. ASU 2015-05 does not change the accounting for service contracts. ASU 2015-05 is
effective for fiscal years, including interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15,
2015.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  We  do  not  expect  the  adoption  of  this  guidance  to  have  a  material
impact  on  its  financial  statements.

In  September  25,  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2015-16,  Simplifying  the  Accounting  for  Measurement-
Period  Adjustments,  which  eliminates  the  requirement  to  restate  prior  period  financial  statements  for
measurement  period  adjustments.  The  new  guidance  requires  that  the  cumulative  impact  of  a
measurement  period  adjustment  (including  the  impact  on  prior  periods)  be  recognized  in  the  reporting
period  in  which  the  adjustment  is  identified.  The  new  standard  should  be  applied  prospectively  to
measurement  period  adjustments  that  occur  after  the  effective  date.  We  are  currently  evaluating  this
guidance,  as  well  as  the  effect  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements.

In  November  2015,  the  FASB  issued  the  guidance  ASU  2015-17,  Balance  Sheet  Classification  of
Deferred  Taxes  to  simplify  the  presentation  of  deferred  income  taxes,  which  removes  the  requirement  to
separate  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets  into  current  and  noncurrent  amounts  and  instead  requires  all
such amounts be classified as noncurrent on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. We adopted the
guidance  on  a  prospective  basis  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016  and  prior  periods
were  not  retrospectively  adjusted.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The new standard establishes a
right-of-use  (‘‘ROU’’)  model  that  requires  a  lessee  to  record  a  ROU  asset  and  a  lease  liability  on  the

80

balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or
operating,  with  classification  affecting  the  pattern  of  expense  recognition  in  the  income  statement.  The
new  standard  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2018,  including  interim  periods
within  those  fiscal  years.  A  modified  retrospective  transition  approach  is  required  for  lessees  for  capital
and  operating  leases  existing  at,  or  entered  into  after,  the  beginning  of  the  earliest  comparative  period
presented  in  the  financial  statements,  with  certain  practical  expedients  available.  We  are  currently
evaluating  this  guidance,  as  well  as  the  effect  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718). This
update  was  issued  as  part  of  the  FASB’s  simplification  initiative  and  affects  all  entities  that  issue  share-
based  payment  awards  to  their  employees.  The  amendments  in  this  update  cover  such  areas  as  the
recognition  of  excess  tax  benefits  and  deficiencies,  the  classification  of  those  excess  tax  benefits  on  the
statement  of  cash  flows,  an  accounting  policy  election  for  forfeitures,  the  amount  an  employer  can
withhold to cover income taxes and still qualify for equity classification and the classification of those taxes
paid on the statement of cash flows. This update is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after
December 15, 2016, which will require us to adopt these provisions in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. This
guidance  will  be  applied  either  prospectively,  retrospectively  or  using  a  modified  retrospective  transition
method,  depending  on  the  area  covered  in  this  update.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  We  have  not  yet
selected  a  transition  date  nor  have  we  determined  the  effect  of  the  standard  on  our  ongoing  financial
reporting.

ITEM  7A. QUANTITATIVE  AND  QUALITATIVE  DISCLOSURES  ABOUT  MARKET  RISK

Interest  Rate  Risk

At  June  30,  2016  and  2015,  we  had  cash  and  cash  equivalents  totaling  $214.0  million  and
$195.9 million, respectively. We did not enter into market risk sensitive instruments for trading purposes
during fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014. Future interest and investment income is subject to the impact of
interest rate changes and we may be subject to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a
result of changes in interest rates. At June 30, 2016, a 1% gross increase in interest rates earned on cash
would  result  in  $2.1  million  annualized  increase  in  interest  income.

Our  short-term  debt  obligations  under  our  revolving  credit  facility  are  subject  to  interest  rate
exposure,  however  as  we  had  no  outstanding  balance  on  this  facility  as  of  June  30,  2016,  fluctuations  in
interest  rates  would  not  have  any  impact  on  our  interest  expense.

Foreign  Currency  Exchange  Risk

We  currently  operate  in  several  foreign  countries,  but  we  do  not  transact  a  material  amount  of
business in a foreign currency. At June 30, 2016, a 1% change in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar
and British pound would result in an approximate impact of zero on our financial statements. If we enter
into any material transactions in a foreign currency or establish or acquire any subsidiaries that measure
and record their financial condition and results of operation in a foreign currency, we will be exposed to
currency transaction risk and/or currency translation risk. Exchange rates between U.S. dollars and many
foreign  currencies  have  fluctuated  significantly  over  the  last  few  years  and  may  continue  to  do  so  in  the
future. Accordingly, we may decide in the future to undertake hedging strategies to minimize the effect of
currency  fluctuations  on  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.

81

ITEM  8. FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  SUPPLEMENTARY  DATA

INDEX  TO  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS

Report  of  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  as  of  June  30,  2016  and  2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014 . . . . . .
Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated  Statements  of  Stockholders’  Equity  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and

2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014 . . . . .
Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schedule  II—Valuation  and  Qualifying  Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

83
84
85

86

87
88
89
124

82

Report  of  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm

Board  of  Directors  and  Stockholders
K12 Inc.
Herndon,  Virginia

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  K12 Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the
Company)  as  of  June 30,  2016  and  2015,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,
comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
June 30, 2016. In connection with our audits of the financial statements, we have also audited the financial
statement  schedule  listed  in  the  accompanying  index.  These  financial  statements  and  schedule  are  the
responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements  and  schedule  based  on  our  audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting
Oversight  Board  (United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit
also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as
well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  financial  statements  and  schedule.  We  believe  that  our
audits  provide  a  reasonable  basis  for  our  opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of K12 Inc. and subsidiaries at June 30, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2016, in conformity
with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America.

Also,  in  our  opinion,  the  financial  statement  schedule,  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information
set  forth  therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), K12 Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of June 30,
2016,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the
Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO)  and  our  report  dated
August 9,  2016  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  thereon.

McLean,  Virginia
August 9,  2016

/s/  BDO  USA, LLP

83

K12  INC.

CONSOLIDATED  BALANCE  SHEETS

Current  assets

ASSETS

Cash  and  cash  equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts  receivable,  net  of  allowance  of  $10,813  and  $9,657  at  June  30,  2016  and

June  30,  2015,  respectively.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories,  net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred  tax  asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid  expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other  current  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total  current  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property  and  equipment,  net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized  software,  net
Capitalized  curriculum  development  costs,  net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible  assets,  net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deposits  and  other  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

June  30,

2016

2015

(In  thousands,  except
share  and  per  share
data)

$213,989

$195,852

169,554
30,631
—
9,634
22,047

445,855
28,447
70,055
63,367
23,102
87,285
15,944

188,246
29,571
8,989
11,428
24,877

458,963
34,407
62,683
58,696
21,195
66,160
6,495

Total  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$734,055

$708,599

LIABILITIES,  REDEEMABLE  NONCONTROLLING  INTEREST  AND  EQUITY

Current  liabilities

Current  portion  of  capital  lease  obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts  payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued  liabilities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued  compensation  and  benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred  revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total  current  liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capital  lease  obligations,  net  of  current  portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred  rent,  net  of  current  portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred  tax  liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other  long  term  liabilities

Total  liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commitments  and  contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Redeemable  noncontrolling  interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Equity
K12  Inc.  stockholders’  equity
Common  stock,  par  value  $0.0001;  100,000,000  shares  authorized;  43,184,068  and  41,837,894

shares  issued  and  39,681,470  and  38,335,296  shares  outstanding  at  June  30,  2016  and
June  30,  2015,  respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional  paid-in  capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated  deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Treasury  stock  of  3,502,598  shares  at  cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 13,210
25,919
26,877
31,042
25,964

123,012
9,922
6,661
18,458
9,780

167,833

—
7,502

$ 16,635
29,819
12,486
26,790
24,927

110,657
13,022
7,692
22,456
8,233

162,060

—
9,601

4
675,436
(293)
(41,427)
(75,000)

4
663,461
(1,065)
(50,462)
(75,000)

Total  K12  Inc.  stockholders’  equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

558,720

536,938

Total  liabilities,  redeemable  noncontrolling  interest  and  equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$734,055

$708,599

See  accompanying  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.

84

CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENTS  OF  OPERATIONS

K12  INC.

Year  Ended  June  30,

2016

2015

2014

Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cost  and  expenses

Instructional  costs  and  services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling,  administrative  and  other  operating  expenses . . . . .
Product  development  expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total  costs  and  expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income  from  operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Realized  gain  on  sale  of  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest  (expense),  net  and  other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income  before  income  tax  expense  and  noncontrolling

interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income  tax  expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net  income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add  net  loss  attributable  to  noncontrolling  interest . . . . . . .

Net  income  attributable  to  common  stockholders,  including

(In  thousands,  except  share  and  per  share  data)
919,553
$

872,700

948,294

$

$

546,510
302,205
10,071

858,786

13,914
—
(617)

13,297
(4,746)

8,551
484

607,756
307,730
14,381

929,867

18,427
—
(3,291)

15,136
(5,810)

9,326
1,662

569,219
313,258
14,220

896,697

22,856
6,404
(69)

29,191
(11,075)

18,116
1,484

Series  A  stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

9,035

$

10,988

$

19,600

Net  income  attributable  to  common  stockholders  per  share,

excluding  Series  A  stockholders:
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted  average  shares  used  in  computing  per  share

amounts:
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

0.24

0.23

$

$

0.29

0.29

$

$

0.50

0.50

37,613,782

37,330,569

38,987,470

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

38,850,388

37,625,425

39,230,516

See  accompanying  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.

85

CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENTS  OF  COMPREHENSIVE  INCOME

K12  INC.

Net  income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other  comprehensive  income  (loss),  net  of  tax  foreign  currency  translation
adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total  other  comprehensive  income,  net  of  tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Comprehensive  loss  attributable  to  noncontrolling  interest . . . . . . . . . . . .

Comprehensive  income  attributable  to  common  stockholders,  including

Year  Ended  June  30,

2016

2015

2014

$8,551

(In  thousands)
$ 9,326

$18,116

772

9,323
484

(953)

182

8,373
1,662

18,298
1,484

Series  A  stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$9,807

$10,035

$19,782

See  accompanying  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.

86

CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENTS  OF  STOCKHOLDERS’  EQUITY

K12  INC.

.
.

.

.
.
.
.

.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.

.
.
.

(In  thousands,  except  share  data)
Balance,  June  30,  2013 .
Net  income  (loss)(1)
.
Foreign  currency  translation

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.
.
.
.

Stock .

adjustments .

.
.
.
Conversion  of  Series  A  to  Common
.
.
.
.
.
.
Purchase  of  Treasury  Stock .
.
Stock-based  compensation  expense .
Exercise  of  stock  options .
.
.
Excess  tax  benefit  (expense)  from
.
stock-based  compensation .

.
.
.
.
Issuance  of  restricted  stock  awards .
.
.
Forfeiture  of  restricted  stock  awards .
Accretion  of  redeemable  noncontrolling
interests  to  estimated  redemption
.
.
value .
Retirement  of  restricted  stock  for  tax
.
.
Deconsolidation  of  certain  businesses

withholding .

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Balance,  June  30,  2014 .
Net  income(1)
.
Foreign  currency  translation

.
.

.

.

.

.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.
.
.

adjustments .

.
.
Purchase  of  Treasury  Stock .
.
Stock-based  compensation  expense .
.
.
Exercise  of  stock  options .
Excess  tax  benefit  (expense)  from
.
stock-based  compensation .

.
.
.
.
Issuance  of  restricted  stock  awards .
.
Forfeiture  of  restricted  stock  awards .
.
Accretion  of  redeemable  noncontrolling
interests  to  estimated  redemption
.
.
value .
Retirement  of  restricted  stock  for  tax
.
.

withholding .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Balance,  June  30,  2015 .
Net  income(1)
.
Foreign  currency  translation

.
.

.

.

.

.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

adjustments .

.
.
.
Stock-based  compensation  expense .
Exercise  of  stock  options .
.
.
Excess  tax  benefit  (expense)  from
.
stock-based  compensation .

.
.
.
.
Issuance  of  restricted  stock  awards .
.
Forfeiture  of  restricted  stock  awards .
.
Accretion  of  redeemable  noncontrolling
interests  to  estimated  redemption
.
.
value .
Retirement  of  restricted  stock  for  tax
.
.

withholding .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

$ 3,596
(209)

$533,758
19,391

—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—

—

—
(3,387)

182

—
(48,548)
22,828
10,294

1,075
—
—

(1,645)

(5,018)
(3,387)

Common  Stock

Common  Stock—A

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

K12  Inc.  Stockholders

Additional

Accumulated
Other

Paid-in Comprehensive Accumulated
Capital

Income  (Loss)

Deficit

. 37,440,662
—
.

$ 4
—

2,750,000 $ 63,112
—

—

$548,390
—

$ (294)
—

$(81,050)
19,600

—

—

—

—

—

182

—

Treasury  Stock

Shares

Amount

Noncontrolling
Interest

Total

— $
—

—

—
—

—

2,750,000
—
—
531,262

— (2,750,000)
—
—
—
—
—
—

(63,112)
—
—
—

—
—
704,131
—
(93,423) —

—

—

(188,570) —
—
—

—
—
—

—

—
—

—
—
—

—

—
—

63,112
—
22,828
10,294

1,075
—
—

(1,645)

(5,018)
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—

—

—
—

—
—
— (2,195,196)
—
—
—
—

—
(48,548)
—
—

—
—
—

—

—
—

—
—
—

—

—
—

—
—
—

—

—
—

. 41,144,062
—
.

$ 4
—

— $
—

— $639,036
—
—

$ (112)
—

$(61,450)
10,988

(2,195,196) $(48,548)
—

—

$ —
—

$528,930
10,988

—
—
—
99,935

—
—
—
—

—
—
822,698
—
(66,480) —

—

—

(162,321) —

—
—
—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—
21,299
553

(2,793)
—
—

8,038

(2,672)

(953)
—
—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—
— (1,307,402)
—
—
—
—

—
(26,452)
—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—

—

—

(953)
(26,452)
21,299
553

(2,793)
—
—

8,038

(2,672)

. 41,837,894
—
.

$ 4
—

— $
—

— $663,461
—
—

$(1,065)
—

$(50,462)
$ 9,035

(3,502,598) $(75,000)
—

—

$ —
—

$536,938
$ 9,035

.
.
.

—
—
1,000

—
—
—

—
1,704,843

—
—
(95,980) —

—

—

(263,689) —

—
—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—
18,616
14

(4,876)
—
—

1,615

(3,394)

772
—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—

—

772
18,616
14

(4,876)
—
—

1,615

(3,394)

— $675,436

$ (293)

$(41,427)

(3,502,598) $(75,000)

$ —

$558,720

Balance,  June  30,  2016 .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

. 43,184,068

$ 4

(1)

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest excludes $0.5 million, $1.7 million and $1.3 million for the years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, due
to the redeemable noncontrolling interest related to Middlebury Interactive Languages and LearnBop, which is reported outside of permanent equity in the consolidated
balance  sheet  (See  Note  10).

See  accompanying  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.

87

CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENTS  OF  CASH  FLOWS

K12  INC.

Cash  flows  from  operating  activities
Net  income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments  to  reconcile  net  income  to  net  cash  provided  by  operating

activities:

Depreciation  and  amortization  expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based  compensation  expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess  tax  benefit  from  stock-based  compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred  income  taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision  for  doubtful  accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision  for  inventory  obsolescence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision  for  student  computer  shrinkage  and  obsolescence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment  loss  on  other  assets
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expensed  computer  peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Realized  gain  on  sale  of  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes  in  assets  and  liabilities:

Accounts  receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid  expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other  current  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deposits  and  other  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts  payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued  liabilities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued  compensation  and  benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred  revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred  rent  and  other  liabilities

Year  Ended  June  30,

2016

2015

2014

(In  thousands)

$ 8,551

$

9,326

$ 18,116

68,225
18,616
(6)
(3,818)
4,610
691
(459)
200
2,625
—

14,463
(1,751)
1,860
2,830
(8,910)
(3,900)
15,497
4,255
636
(2,437)

80,282
21,299
(118)
(3,094)
9,300
1,406
(430)
3,200
3,519
—

(1,892)
2,853
(4,073)
(2,579)
(1,440)
(1,192)
(7,854)
9,389
621
1,562

86,267
22,828
(1,679)
(5,754)
1,439
4,293
(526)
—
—
(6,404)

(12,257)
6,272
2,735
(1,645)
(212)
9,778
5,474
(4,214)
(1,429)
(209)

Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

121,778

120,085

122,873

Cash  flows  from  investing  activities

Purchases  of  property  and  equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized  software  development  costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized  curriculum  development  costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mortgage  note  to  a  managed  school  partner
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net  cash  received  on  sale  of  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition  of  LearnBop,  Inc.
Acquisition  of  LTS  Education  Systems,  net  of  cash  acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(5,008)
(36,265)
(21,627)
—
—
—
(19,953)

(9,928)
(33,755)
(18,057)
—
—
(6,512)
—

(7,405)
(26,553)
(15,411)
(2,100)
5,665
—
—

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(82,853)

(68,252)

(45,804)

Cash  flows  from  financing  activities

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repayments  on  capital  lease  obligations
Repayments  on  notes  payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase  of  treasury  stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds  from  exercise  of  stock  options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net  proceeds  from  investment  in  noncontrolling  interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess  tax  benefit  from  stock-based  compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retirement  of  restricted  stock  for  tax  withholding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(21,939)
(17,402)
—
—
— (26,452)
553
14
—
—
118
6
(2,672)
(3,394)

(22,694)
(390)
(48,548)
10,294
1,275
1,679
(5,018)

Net  cash  used  in  financing  activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(20,776)

(50,392)

(63,402)

Effect  of  foreign  exchange  rate  changes  on  cash  and  cash  equivalents . . . . . . . .

(12)

(1,698)

962

Net  change  in  cash  and  cash  equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash  and  cash  equivalents,  beginning  of  year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

18,137
195,852

(257)
196,109

14,629
181,480

Cash  and  cash  equivalents,  end  of  year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$213,989

$195,852

$196,109

See  accompanying  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.

88

K12  Inc.

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements

1.  Description  of  the  Business

K12  Inc.,  together  with  its  subsidiaries  (‘‘K12’’  or  the  ‘‘Company’’),  is  a  technology-based  education
company. The Company offers proprietary curriculum, software systems and educational services designed
to  facilitate  individualized  learning  for  students  primarily  in  kindergarten  through  12th  grade  (‘‘K-12’’).
The Company’s mission is to maximize a child’s potential by providing access to an engaging and effective
education,  regardless  of  geographic  location  or  socio-economic  background.  The  Company’s  learning
systems combine curriculum, instruction and related support services to create an individualized learning
approach  well-suited  for  virtual  and  blended  public  schools,  school  districts,  charter  schools  and  private
schools that utilize varying degrees of online and traditional classroom instruction, and other educational
applications. These unique set of products and services are provided primarily to three lines of business:
Managed Public School Programs (curriculum and services sold to managed public schools in 33 states and
the  District  of  Columbia),  Institutional  (curriculum,  technology  and  services  provided  to  school  districts,
public  schools  and  other  educational  institutions  that  the  Company  does  not  manage),  and  Private  Pay
Schools  and  Other  (private  schools  for  which  the  Company  charges  student  tuition  and  makes  direct
consumer  sales).

The  Company  works  closely  as  partners  with  a  growing  number  of  public  schools,  school  districts,
charter  schools  and  private  schools  enabling  them  to  offer  their  students  an  array  of  solutions,  including
full-time virtual programs, semester course and supplemental solutions. In addition to curriculum, systems
and  programs,  the  Company  provides  teacher  training,  teaching  services  and  other  support  services.

2.  Basis  of  Presentation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries.  All

significant  intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated.

The  Company  operates  in  one  operating  and  reportable  business  segment  as  a  technology-based
education company providing proprietary curriculum, software systems and educational services designed
to facilitate individualized learning for students primarily in kindergarten through 12th grade. The Chief
Operating  Decision  Maker  evaluates  profitability  based  only  on  consolidated  results.

3.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies

Use  of  Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in
the  United  States  (‘‘GAAP’’)  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  affecting  the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  On  an
ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions, including those related to allowance
for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves, amortization periods, the allocation of purchase price to the fair
value of net assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, fair values used in asset impairment
evaluations,  valuation  of  long-lived  assets,  accrual  for  incurred  but  not  reported  (‘‘IBNR’’)  claims,  fair
value  of  redeemable  noncontrolling  interest,  contingencies,  income  taxes  and  stock-based  compensation
expense. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and various assumptions that it believes
are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of the analysis form the basis for making assumptions
about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual
results  could  differ  from  those  estimates.

89

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

3.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  (Continued)

Revenue  Recognition  and  Concentration  of  Revenues

Revenues are principally earned from long-term contractual agreements to provide online curriculum,
books,  materials,  computers  and  management  services  to  virtual  and  blended  public  schools,  traditional
schools,  school  districts,  virtual  charter  schools,  and  private  schools.  In  addition  to  providing  the
curriculum, books and materials, under most contracts, the Company provides management services and
technology  to  virtual  and  blended  public  schools,  including  monitoring  academic  achievement,  teacher
hiring and training, compensation of school personnel, financial management, enrollment processing and
procurement of curriculum, equipment and required services. The schools receive funding on a per student
basis  from  the  state  in  which  the  public  school  or  school  district  is  located.  Shipments  of  materials  for
schools that occur in the fourth fiscal quarter and for the upcoming school year are recorded in deferred
revenues.

Where the Company has determined that it is the primary obligor for substantially all expenses under
these contracts, the Company records the associated per student revenue received by the school from its
state  funding  school  district  up  to  the  expenses  incurred  in  accordance  with  Accounting  Standards
Codification (‘‘ASC’’) 605, Revenue Recognition. As a result of being the primary obligor, amounts recorded
as  revenues  and  school  operating  expenses  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015,  and  2014,  were
$294.7 million, $338.2 million and $265.2 million, respectively. For contracts where the Company is not the
primary  obligor,  the  Company  records  revenue  based  on  its  net  fees  earned  under  the  contractual
agreement.

The  Company  generates  revenues  under  turnkey  management  contracts  with  virtual  and  blended

public  schools  which  include  multiple  elements.  These  elements  include:

(cid:127) providing  each  of  a  school’s  students  with  access  to  the  Company’s  online  school  and  the

component  of  lessons;

(cid:127) offline  learning  kits,  which  include  books  and  materials  to  supplement  the  online  lessons,  where

required;

(cid:127) the  use  of  a  personal  computer  and  associated  reclamation  services;

(cid:127) internet  access  and  technology  support  services;

(cid:127) the  services  of  a  state-certified  teacher,  where  required;  and

(cid:127) management  and  technology  services  necessary  to  operate  a  virtual  public  or  blended  school.  In

certain  managed  school  contracts,  revenue  is  determined  directly  by  per  enrollment  funding.

The  Company  has  determined  that  the  elements  of  its  contracts  are  valuable  to  schools  in
combination, but do not have standalone value. As a result, the elements within the Company’s multiple-
element contracts do not qualify as separate units of accounting. Accordingly, the Company accounts for
revenues  under  multiple  element  arrangements  as  a  single  unit  of  accounting  and  recognizes  the  entire
arrangement  based  upon  the  approximate  rate  at  which  it  incurs  the  costs  associated  with  each  element.
Revenue  from  certain  managed  schools  is  recognized  ratably  over  the  period  services  are  performed.

To determine the pro rata amount of revenues to recognize in a fiscal quarter, management estimates
the total funds each school will receive in a particular school year. Total funds for a school are primarily a
function  of  the  number  of  students  enrolled  in  the  school  and  established  per  enrollment  funding  levels
which  are  generally  published  on  an  annual  basis  by  the  state  or  school  district.  Management  reviews  its

90

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

3.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  (Continued)

estimates of funding periodically, and revise as necessary, amortizing any adjustments to earned revenues
over the remaining portion of the fiscal year. Actual school funding may vary from these estimates and the
impact of these differences could impact the Company’s results of operations. Since the end of the school
year  coincides  with  the  end  of  the  Company’s  fiscal  year,  annual  revenues  are  generally  based  on  actual
school  funding  and  actual  costs  incurred  (including  costs  for  the  Company’s  services  to  the  schools  plus
other  costs  the  schools  may  incur)  in  the  calculation  of  school  operating  losses.  The  Company’s  schools
reported results are subject to annual school district financial audits, which incorporate enrollment counts,
funding and other routine financial audit considerations. The results of these audits are incorporated into
the Company’s monthly funding estimates and for the reported fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and
2013,  the  Company’s  aggregate  funding  estimates  differed  from  actual  reimbursements  impacting  total
reported  revenue  by  approximately  0.4%,  (0.1)%,  and  0.2%,  respectively.

Under  the  contracts  where  the  Company  provides  turnkey  management  services  to  schools,  the
Company has generally agreed to absorb any operating losses of the schools in a given school year. These
school  operating  losses  represent  the  excess  of  costs  incurred  over  revenues  earned  by  the  virtual  or
blended public school as reflected on its respective financial statements, including Company charges to the
schools. To the extent a school does not receive funding for each student enrolled in the school, the school
would  still  incur  costs  associated  with  serving  the  unfunded  enrollment.  If  losses  due  to  unfunded
enrollments result in a net operating loss for the year that loss is reflected as a reduction in the revenue
and  net  receivables  that  the  Company  collects  from  the  school.  A  school  net  operating  loss  in  one  year
does not necessarily mean the Company anticipates losing money on the entire contract with the school.
However, a school operating loss may reduce the Company’s ability to collect its management fees in full
and  recognized  revenues  are  reduced  accordingly  to  reflect  the  expected  cash  collections  from  such
schools.  The  Company  amortizes  the  estimated  school  operating  loss  against  revenues  based  upon  the
percentage  of  actual  revenues  in  the  period  to  total  estimated  revenues  for  the  fiscal  year.

For  turnkey  revenue  service  contracts,  a  school  operating  loss  may  reduce  the  Company’s  ability  to
collect its management fees in full though as noted it does not necessarily mean that the Company incurs a
loss during the period with respect to its services to that school. The Company recognizes revenue, net of
its estimated portion of school operating losses, to reflect the expected cash collections from such schools.
Revenue  is  recognized  based  on  the  Company’s  performance  of  services  under  the  contract,  which  it
believes  is  proportionate  to  its  incurrence  of  costs.  The  Company  incurs  costs  directly  related  to  the
delivery of services. Most of these costs are recognized throughout the year; however, certain costs related
to upfront delivery of printed materials, workbooks, laboratory materials and other items are provided at
the  beginning  of  the  school  year  and  are  recognized  as  expense  when  shipped.

Each state or school district has variations in the school funding formulas and methodologies that it
uses  to  estimate  funding  for  revenue  recognition  at  its  respective  schools.  As  the  Company  builds  the
funding estimates for each school, it is mindful of the state definition for count dates on which reported
enrollment  numbers  will  be  used  for  per  pupil  funding.  The  parameters  the  Company  considers  in
estimating funding for revenue recognition purposes include school district count definitions, withdrawal
rates,  average  daily  attendance,  special  needs  enrollment,  student  demographics,  academic  progress  and
historical completion, student location, funding caps and other state specified categorical program funding.
The  estimates  the  Company  makes  each  period  on  a  school-by-school  basis  takes  into  account  the  latest
information  available  to  it  and  considers  material  relevant  information  at  the  time  of  the  estimate.

91

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

3.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  (Continued)

Management  periodically  reviews  its  estimates  of  full-year  school  revenues  and  operating  expenses
and  amortizes  the  net  impact  of  any  changes  to  these  estimates  over  the  remainder  of  the  fiscal  year.
Actual  school  operating  losses  may  vary  from  these  estimates  or  revisions,  and  the  impact  of  these
differences  could  have  a  material  impact  on  results  of  operations.  Since  the  end  of  the  school  year
coincides with the end of the Company’s fiscal year, annual revenues are generally based on actual school
funding  and  actual  costs  incurred  (including  costs  for  the  Company’s  services  to  the  schools  plus  other
costs  the  schools  may  incur)  in  the  calculation  of  school  operating  losses.  For  the  years  ended  June  30,
2016,  2015  and  2014,  the  Company’s  revenue  included  a  reduction  for  these  school  operating  losses  of
$57.1  million,  $65.2  million,  and  $49.8  million,  respectively.

The  Company  provides  certain  online  curriculum  and  services  to  schools  and  school  districts  under
subscription  and  perpetual  license  agreements.  Revenue  under  these  agreements  is  recognized  in
accordance with the ASC 605 when all of the following conditions are met: there is persuasive evidence of
an arrangement; delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; the amount of fees to be paid by
the  customer  is  fixed  and  determinable;  and  the  collectability  of  the  fee  is  probable.  Revenue  from  the
licensing  of  curriculum  under  subscription  arrangements  is  recognized  on  a  ratable  basis  over  the
subscription  period.  Revenue  from  the  licensing  of  curriculum  under  non-cancelable  perpetual
arrangements  is  recognized  when  all  revenue  recognition  criteria  have  been  met.  Revenue  from
professional consulting, training and support services are deferred and recognized ratably over the service
period.

Other revenues are generated from individual customers who prepay and have access for one to two
years to company-provided online curriculum. The Company recognizes these revenues pro rata over the
maximum  term  of  the  customer  contract.  Revenues  from  associated  offline  learning  kits  are  recognized
upon  shipment.

During  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  approximately  82%,  86%  and  88%,
respectively, of the Company’s revenues were recognized from schools the Company managed. During the
year  ended  June  30,  2016  the  Company  had  a  contract  with  one  school  that  represented  approximately
10% of revenue. During the years ended June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014 the Company had a contract with
a different school that represented approximately 14% and 13% of revenue, respectively. Approximately
9%  of  accounts  receivable  was  attributable  to  the  respective  customers  as  of  June  30,  2016  and  2015.

In  fiscal  year  2015,  Agora  renegotiated  its  service  agreement  and  entered  into  a  three  year  contract
with the Company to utilize the Company’s curriculum and purchase certain technology services, while the
school  board  assumed  daily  operational  responsibilities,  including  its  charter  renewal  process  and
marketing  and  enrollment  activities.  The  net  impact  of  this  event  on  the  fiscal  year  2016  revenues
attributable  to  the  loss  of  the  management  component  of  the  Agora  contract  was  approximately
$111  million.

On  June  9,  2016,  Agora  signed  a  new  service  agreement  with  us  that  extends  through  2019  and
included  additional  services  including  curriculum  and  certain  technology  services  while  the  school  board
retained  daily  operational  responsibilities.  The  agreement  also  calls  for  payment  terms  of  outstanding
receivables  to  be  paid  over  an  approximate  two-year  period  resulting  in  reclassification  of  a  portion  to
long-term  assets  (Deposits  and  other  assets).

92

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

3.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  (Continued)

Shipping  and  Handling  Costs

Shipping and handling costs are expensed when incurred and are classified as instructional costs and
services  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  Shipping  and  handling  charges
invoiced  to  a  customer  are  included  in  revenues.

Research  and  Development  Costs

All  research  and  development  costs,  including  patent  application  costs,  are  expensed  as  incurred.

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  generally  consist  of  cash  on  hand  and  cash  held  in  money  market  and
demand  deposit  accounts.  The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  maturities  of  three
months  or  less  when  purchased  to  be  cash  equivalents.

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts

The  Company  maintains  an  allowance  for  uncollectible  accounts  primarily  for  estimated  losses
resulting from the inability or failure of individual customers to make required payments. The Company
analyzes  accounts  receivable,  historical  percentages  of  uncollectible  accounts,  and  changes  in  payment
history when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for uncollectible accounts. The Company records
an allowance for estimated uncollectible accounts in an amount approximating anticipated losses. Actual
write-offs  might  exceed  the  recorded  allowance.

Inventories

Inventories consist primarily of textbooks and curriculum materials, a majority of which are supplied
to virtual and blended public schools and utilized directly by students. Inventories represent items that are
purchased  and  are  recorded  at  the  lower  of  cost  (first-in,  first-out  method)  or  market  value.  Excess  and
obsolete inventory reserves are established based upon the evaluation of the quantity on hand relative to
demand. During the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, the Company increased the provision for excess
and  obsolete  inventory  by  $0.7  million  and  $1.4  million  primarily  related  to  the  decision  to  discontinue
certain  products  and  excess  inventory  relative  to  anticipated  demand.  The  excess  and  obsolete  inventory
reserve  at  June  30,  2016  and  2015,  was  $2.6  million  and  $2.2  million,  respectively.

Other  Current  Assets

Other current assets consist primarily of textbooks, curriculum materials and other supplies which are
expected to be returned upon the completion of the school year. Materials not returned are expensed as
part  of  instructional  costs  and  services.

Property  and  Equipment

Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.
Depreciation expense is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset
(or  the  lesser  of  the  term  of  the  lease  and  the  estimated  useful  life  of  the  asset  under  capital  lease).
Amortization  of  assets  capitalized  under  capital  lease  arrangements  is  included  in  depreciation  and
amortization  expense.  Leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  over  the  lesser  of  the  lease  term  or  the

93

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

3.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  (Continued)

estimated  useful  life  of  the  asset.  The  Company  determines  the  lease  term  in  accordance  with  ASC  840,
Leases, as the fixed non-cancelable term of the lease plus all periods for which failure to renew the lease
imposes a penalty on the lessee in an amount such that renewal appears, at the inception of the lease, to be
reasonably  assured.  Property  and  equipment  are  depreciated  over  the  following  useful  lives:

Student  and  state  testing  computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer  hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer  software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Web  site  development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Office  equipment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture  and  fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leasehold  improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Useful  Life

3  years
3  years
3  -  5 years
3  years
5  years
7  years
3  -  12 years

The  Company  makes  an  estimate  of  unreturned  student  computers  based  on  an  analysis  of  recent
trends  of  returns  and  utilization  rates,  as  well  as  information  obtained  from  the  student  computer
processing  systems.  As  a  result,  the  Company  recorded  accelerated  depreciation  of  $2.8  million,
$5.0 million and $6.5 million for the years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, for computers
that  the  Company  estimates  will  not  be  returned  by  students.

In  addition,  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2015,  the  Company  wrote  down  approximately
$6.5 million primarily related to computer peripherals and other fixed assets shipped to students, and for
which no reclamation will be processed. There were no material write downs for the year ended June 30,
2016.  Additionally,  beginning  in  fiscal  2016  the  Company  no  longer  recovers  peripheral  equipment  as  it
was determined to be uneconomical. Accordingly, the Company fully expenses peripherals upon shipment
and  the  impact  was  immaterial.

Capitalized  Software

The  Company  develops  software  for  internal  use.  Software  development  costs  incurred  during  the
application  development  stage  are  capitalized  in  accordance  with  ASC  350,  Intangibles—Goodwill  and
Other. The Company amortizes these costs over the estimated useful life of the software, which is generally
three  years.  Capitalized  software  development  costs  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  amortization.

Capitalized software development additions totaled $36.3 million, $33.8 million and $26.6 million for
the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.  The  Company  wrote  down  approximately
$0.5  million  and  $3.8  million  of  capitalized  software  projects  after  determining  the  assets  either  had  no
future use or are being sunset for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2014. This write down was included in
the  selling,  administrative  and  other  operating  expenses.  There  were  no  material  write-downs  of
capitalized  software  projects  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2015.

Amortization  expense  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  was  $28.9  million,

$26.8  million  and  $20.1  million,  respectively.

94

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

3.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  (Continued)

Capitalized  Curriculum  Development  Costs

The  Company  internally  develops  curriculum,  which  is  primarily  provided  as  online  content  and
accessed  via  the  Internet.  The  Company  also  creates  textbooks  and  other  materials  that  are
complementary  to  online  content.

The Company capitalizes curriculum development costs incurred during the application development
stage  in  accordance  with  ASC  350.  The  Company  capitalizes  curriculum  development  costs  during  the
design and deployment phases of the project. Many of the Company’s new courses leverage off of proven
delivery platforms and are primarily content, which has no technological hurdles. As a result, a significant
portion of the Company’s courseware development costs qualify for capitalization due to the concentration
of its development efforts on the content of the courseware. Capitalization ends when a course is available
for general release to its customers, at which time amortization of the capitalized costs begins. The period
of  time  over  which  these  development  costs  will  be  amortized  is  generally  five  years.

Total capitalized curriculum development additions were $21.6 million, $18.1 million and $15.4 million
for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.  These  amounts  are  recorded  on  the
accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets,  net  of  amortization  and  impairment  charges.  Amortization
charges  are  recorded  in  instructional  costs  and  services  on  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of
operations.  Amortization  expense  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014  was  $17.0  million,
$20.1 million and $19.0 million, respectively. There were no material write-downs of capitalized curriculum
development costs for the year ended June 30, 2016. The Company wrote down approximately $2.6 million
and  $2.2  million  of  capitalized  curriculum  development  costs  due  to  an  assessment  of  recoverability  of
certain curriculum, as well as a decision to discontinue certain curriculum during the years ended June 30,
2015  and  2014.

Noncontrolling  Interest

Earnings  or  losses  attributable  to  other  stockholders  of  a  consolidated  affiliated  company  are
classified separately as ‘‘noncontrolling interest’’ in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest reflects only its share of the after-tax earnings or losses of
an  affiliated  company.  Income  taxes  attributable  to  noncontrolling  interest  are  determined  using  the
applicable  statutory  tax  rates  in  the  jurisdictions  where  such  operations  are  conducted.  The  Company’s
consolidated  balance  sheets  reflect  noncontrolling  interests  within  the  equity  section  of  the  consolidated
balance  sheets,  except  for  redeemable  noncontrolling  interests.  Noncontrolling  interest  was  classified
separately  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  statements  of  stockholders’  equity.  Except  for  the  redeemable
non-controlling  interests,  the  businesses  with  non-controlling  interests  were  sold  during  fiscal  2014,  and
therefore  the  Company  no  longer  has  these  non-controlling  interests  after  the  sale  date.

Redeemable  Noncontrolling  Interests

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries that are redeemable outside of the Company’s control for cash
or  other  assets  are  classified  outside  of  permanent  equity  at  redeemable  value,  which  approximates  fair
value. However, if the redemption amount is other than fair value (e.g. fixed or variable), the redeemable
noncontrolling  interest  is  accounted  for  at  the  fixed  or  variable  redeemable  value.  The  redeemable
noncontrolling interests are adjusted to their redeemable value at each balance sheet date. The resulting
increases or decreases in the estimated redemption amount are affected by corresponding charges against
retained  earnings,  or  in  the  absence  of  retained  earnings,  additional  paid-in-capital.

95

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

3.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  (Continued)

Goodwill  and  Intangible  Assets

The Company records as goodwill the excess of purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable
net assets acquired. Finite-lived intangible assets acquired in business combinations subject to amortization
are recorded at their fair value. Finite-lived intangible assets include trade names, acquired customers and
non-compete agreements. Such intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated
useful lives. As of June 30, 2016 and 2015, finite-lived intangible assets were recorded at $42.0 million and
$37.4 million, respectively, and accumulated amortization of $18.9 million and $16.2 million, respectively.
Amortization expense for the years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $2.7 million, $2.6 million and
$8.0  million,  respectively.  During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2014,  the  Company  determined  that  based  on
rebranding  of  the  Institutional  business,  the  Company  fully  amortized  certain  trade  names  that  were  no
longer going to be used and recorded a $5.2 million impairment charge. There was no material impairment
charge for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015. Future amortization of intangible assets is $2.9 million,
$2.8 million, $2.8 million, $2.7 million and $2.3 million in the years ended June 30, 2017 through June 30,
2021,  respectively  and  $9.2  million  thereafter.  As  of  June  30,  2016  and  2015,  the  goodwill  balance  was
$87.3  million  and  $66.2  million,  respectively.

The  Company  reviews  its  recorded  finite-lived  intangible  assets  for  impairment  whenever  events  or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. If the
total of the expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, a loss is
recognized  for  the  difference  between  fair  value  and  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset.

ASC  350  prescribes  a  two-step  process  for  impairment  testing  of  goodwill  and  intangibles  with
indefinite  lives,  which  is  performed  annually,  as  well  as  when  an  event  triggering  impairment  may  have
occurred. ASC 350 also allows preparers to qualitatively assess goodwill impairment through a screening
process which would permit companies to forgo Step 1 of their annual goodwill impairment process. This
qualitative  screening  process  will  hereinafter  be  referred  to  as  ‘‘Step  0’’.  Goodwill  and  intangible  assets
deemed to have an indefinite life are tested for impairment on an annual basis, or earlier when events or
changes  in  circumstances  suggest  the  carrying  amount  may  not  be  fully  recoverable.  Examples  of  such
events or circumstances include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to historical
or  projected  future  operating  results,  significant  changes  in  the  manner  of  use  of  acquired  assets  or  the
strategy for the Company’s business, significant negative industry or economic trends, and/or a significant
decline  in  the  Company’s  stock  price  for  a  sustained  period.  The  Company  has  determined  it  has  two
reporting units K12 and Middlebury. The Company performs its annual assessment on May 31st. We apply
a  two-step  approach  in  testing  goodwill  for  impairment  for  each  reporting  unit.  The  Company  has
determined it has two reporting units K12 and Middlebury. The first step tests for potential impairment by
comparing  the  fair  value  of  reporting  units  with  reporting  units’  net  asset  values.  If  the  fair  value  of  the
reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the reporting unit’s net assets, then goodwill is not impaired
and no further testing is required. If the fair value of reporting unit is below the reporting unit’s carrying
value, then the second step is required to measure the amount of potential impairment. The second step
requires an assignment of the reporting unit’s fair value to the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities, using
the initial acquisition accounting guidance related to business combinations, to determine the implied fair
value  of  the  reporting  unit’s  goodwill.  The  implied  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit’s  goodwill  is  then
compared with the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill to determine the goodwill impairment
loss  to  be  recognized,  if  any.  If  the  carrying  value  of  a  reporting  unit’s  goodwill  exceeds  its  implied  fair
value, we record an impairment loss equal to the difference. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 we
performed  step  one  of  the  impairment  test.  The  estimated  K12  reporting  unit  fair  value  exceeded  its

96

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

3.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  (Continued)

carrying  value  by  approximately  9.8%  and  Middelburry  reporting  unit  exceeded  its  fair  value  by
approximately  29.8%.  Based  on  goodwill  impairment  analysis  results  the  Company  determined  that  no
impairment needed to be recorded. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 there were no
facts  and  circumstances  that  indicated  that  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  units  may  be  less  than  their
current carrying amount. There were no goodwill impairment charges for the years ended June 30, 2016,
2015  and  2014.

On July 31, 2014, the Company acquired a 51% majority interest in LearnBop, Inc., for $6.5 million in

cash  (see  Note  12).

On  April  21,  2016,  The  Company  acquired  100%  interest  in  LTS  Education  Systems  (‘‘LTS’’),  for

$23.2  million  in  cash  and  contingent  consideration  (see  Note  12).

The following table represents goodwill additions/reductions during fiscal years ended June 30, 2016,

2015  and  2014:

($  in  millions)

Goodwill

Balance  as  of  June  30,  2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition  of  LearnBop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance  as  of  June  30,  2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition  of  DL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance  as  of  June  30,  2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amount

$58.1
8.1

$66.2
21.1

$87.3

Intangible  Assets:

($  in  millions)
Trade  names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer  and  distributor  relationships
Developed  technology . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross
Carrying
Amount

$17.6
20.1
2.9
1.4

$42.0

June 30,  2016

Accumulated
Amortization

$ (6.9)
(10.6)
(1.2)
(0.2)

$(18.9)

Net
Carrying
Value

Gross
Carrying
Amount

$10.7
9.5
1.7
1.2

$23.1

$17.5
18.2
1.2
0.5

$37.4

June 30,  2015

Accumulated
Amortization

$ (5.7)
(9.1)
(1.2)
(0.2)

$(16.2)

Net
Carrying
Value

$11.8
9.1
—
0.3

$21.2

There  were  no  impairment  charges  during  fiscal  years  ended  June  30,  2016  and  June  30,  2015.

Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets

Long-lived  assets  include  property,  equipment,  capitalized  curriculum  and  software  developed  or
obtained  for  internal  use.  In  accordance  with  ASC  360,  Property,  Plant  and  Equipment,  management
reviews the Company’s recorded long-lived assets for impairment annually or whenever events or changes
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. The Company
determines the extent to which an asset may be impaired based upon its expectation of the asset’s future
usability as well as on a reasonable assurance that the future cash flows associated with the asset will be in

97

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

3.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  (Continued)

excess of its carrying amount. If the total of the expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the
carrying  amount  of  the  asset,  a  loss  is  recognized  for  the  difference  between  fair  value  and  the  carrying
value  of  the  asset.

Income  Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under ASC 740,
deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  computed  based  on  the  difference  between  the  financial  reporting
and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted marginal tax rate. ASC 740 requires that the
net deferred tax asset be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it
is  more  likely  than  not  that  some  portion  or  all  of  the  net  deferred  tax  asset  will  not  be  realized.

Sales  Taxes

Sales  tax  collected  from  customers  is  excluded  from  revenues.  Collected  but  unremitted  sales  tax  is
included as part of accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Revenues do not
include sales tax as the Company considers itself a pass-through conduit for collecting and remitting sales
tax.

Stock-Based  Compensation

The Company estimates the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant. The fair value of
stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the fair value of restricted
stock  awards  is  based  on  the  closing  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.  The
determination of the fair value of the Company’s stock option awards and restricted stock awards is based
on  a  variety  of  factors  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  Company’s  common  stock  price,  expected  stock
price volatility over the expected life of awards, and actual and projected exercise behavior. Additionally,
the  Company  has  estimated  forfeitures  for  share-based  awards  at  the  dates  of  grant  based  on  historical
experience,  adjusted  for  future  expectation.  The  forfeiture  estimate  is  revised  as  necessary  if  actual
forfeitures  differ  from  these  estimates.

Advertising  and  Marketing  Costs

Advertising  and  marketing  costs  consist  primarily  of  internet  advertising,  online  marketing,  direct
mail,  print  media  and  television  commercials  and  are  expensed  when  incurred.  Advertising  costs  totaled
$31.2  million,  $29.6  million  and  $40.3  million  for  the  yeas  ending  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014,
respectively.

Series  A  Special  Stock

The  Company  issued  2,750,000  shares  of  Series  A  Special  stock  in  July  2010  in  connection  with  an
acquisition. The holders of the Series A Special stock had the right to convert those shares into common
stock on a one-for-one basis and the right to vote on all matters presented to K12 stockholders, other than
for  the  election  and  removal  of  directors,  for  which  holders  of  the  Series  A  Special  stock  had  no  voting
rights.  These  shares  were  converted  into  common  stock  on  September  3,  2013  and  no  Series  A  Special
stock  were  outstanding  as  of  June  30,  2016  and  June  30,  2015.

98

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

3.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  (Continued)

Net  Income  Per  Common  Share

The Company calculates net income (loss) per share in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings Per Share.
Under ASC 260, basic net income (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by
the  weighted-average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  during  the  reporting  period.  The  weighted
average  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding  includes  vested  restricted  stock  awards.  Diluted
net income (loss) per share (‘‘EPS’’) reflect the potential dilution that could occur assuming conversion or
exercise of all dilutive unexercised stock options. The dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock
awards was determined using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the proceeds
received from the exercise of stock options and restricted stock awards, the amount of compensation cost
for  future  service  not  yet  recognized  by  the  Company  and  the  amount  of  tax  benefits  that  would  be
recorded in additional paid-in capital when the stock options become deductible for income tax purposes
are  all  assumed  to  be  used  to  repurchase  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  Stock  options  and
restricted  stock  awards  are  not  included  in  the  computation  of  diluted  net  income  (loss)  per  share  when
they are antidilutive. Common stock outstanding reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets
include  restricted  stock  awards  outstanding.  Securities  that  may  participate  in  undistributed  net  income
with  common  stock  are  considered  participating  securities.

The  following  schedule  presents  the  calculation  of  basic  and  diluted  net  income  per  share:

Year  Ended  June  30,

2016

2015

2014

(In  thousands  except  shares  and  per  share  data)

Basic  earnings  per  share  computation:
Net  income  available  to  common  stockholders . . . . . . . . . . .

$

9,035

Weighted  average  common  shares—basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

37,613,782

Basic  net  income  per  share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dilutive  earnings  per  share  computation:
Net  income  attributable  to  common  stockholders . . . . . . . . .

$

$

0.24

9,035

$

$

$

10,988

37,330,569

0.29

10,988

$

$

$

19,600

38,987,470

0.50

19,600

Share  computation:

Weighted  average  common  shares—basic . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effect  of  dilutive  stock  options  and  restricted  stock

37,613,782

37,330,569

38,987,470

awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,236,606

294,856

243,046

Weighted  average  common  shares  outstanding—diluted . . .

38,850,388

37,625,425

39,230,516

Diluted  net  income  per  share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

0.23

$

0.29

$

0.50

At June 30, 2016, the Company had 43,184,068 shares of common stock issued and 39,681,470 shares

outstanding.

As  of  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  the  shares  of  common  stock  issuable  in  connection  with  stock
options  of  2,548,762,  2,784,593  and  558,186  respectively,  were  not  included  in  the  diluted  income  per
common  share  calculation  since  their  effect  was  antidilutive.

99

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

3.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  (Continued)

Fair  Value  Measurements

ASC  820,  Fair  Value  Measurements,  defines  fair  value  as  the  price  that  would  be  received  to  sell  an
asset or paid to transfer a liability, in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability, in
an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 also establishes a
fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use
of  unobservable  inputs  when  measuring  fair  value.

ASC  820  describes  three  levels  of  inputs  that  may  be  used  to  measure  fair  value:

Level  1:

Inputs based on quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets
at  the  measurement  date.

Level  2: Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for
similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets
and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be
corroborated  by  observable  market  data.

Level  3:

Inputs  reflect  management’s  best  estimate  of  what  market  participants  would  use  in
pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The inputs are unobservable in the
market  and  significant  to  the  instruments  valuation.

The  carrying  values  reflected  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  for  cash  and  cash

equivalents,  receivables  and  short  and  long  term  debt  approximate  their  fair  values.

The  redeemable  noncontrolling  interest  includes  the  Company’s  joint  venture  with  Middlebury
College  to  form  Middlebury  Interactive  Languages  (‘‘MIL’’).  Under  the  agreement,  Middlebury  College
has an irrevocable election to sell all of its membership interest to the Company (put right). The fair value
of the redeemable noncontrolling interest reflects management’s best estimate of the redemption value of
the  put  right.

The following table summarizes certain fair value information at June 30, 2016 and 2015 for assets and

liabilities  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis.

Description

Fair  Value

Fair  Value  Measurements  Using:

Quoted  Prices
in  Active
Markets  for
Identical  Assets
(Level  1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Input
(Level  2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level  3)

(In  thousands)

Redeemable  Noncontrolling  Interest  in  Middlebury

Joint  Venture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$6,801

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$6,801

$—

$—

$—

$—

$6,801

$6,801

100

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

3.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  (Continued)

The following table presents activity related to the Company’s fair value measurements categorized as

Level  3  of  the  valuation  hierarchy,  valued  on  a  recurring  basis,  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2016.

Description

Fiscal  Year  Ended  June  30,  2016

Fair  Value
June  30,  2015

Purchases,
Issuances,  and
Settlements

Unrealized
Gains/(Losses)

Fair  Value
June  30,  2016

(In  thousands)

Redeemable  Noncontrolling  Interest  in

Middlebury  Joint  Venture . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$6,801

$6,801

$—

$—

$—

$—

$6,801

$6,801

The  fair  value  of  the  redeemable  noncontrolling  interest  in  the  Middlebury  Joint  Venture  was
accounted for in accordance with ASC 480 10 S99, Accounting for Redeemable Equity Instruments. The
fair value of the Middlebury Joint Venture was based upon a valuation from a third party valuation firm as
of  June  30,  2016.  The  valuation  approach  utilized  an  income  approach  with  key  assumptions  including
forecasted  cash  flows,  a  discount  rate  that  utilizes  a  risk  adjusted  weighted  average  cost  of  capital  and
estimated terminal value. As of June 30, 2016 and 2015 the fair value of the Middlebury Joint Venture was
estimated  at  $6.8  million.

On May 4, 2015, Middlebury College, under the joint venture agreement, exercised its right to require
the Company to purchase all of its ownership interest in the joint venture. The Company has the right to
pay the redemption cost in cash, stock or a combination thereof, at the Company’s option, which form of
consideration  has  not  yet  been  determined.

Recent  Accounting  Pronouncements

In  May  2014,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (‘‘FASB’’)  issued  Accounting  Standards
Update (‘‘ASU’’) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09), which supersedes most
existing revenue recognition guidance under US GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize
revenues  when  promised  goods  or  services  are  transferred  to  customers  in  an  amount  that  reflects  the
consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a
five  step  process  to  achieve  this  core  principle  and,  in  doing  so,  more  judgment  and  estimates  may  be
required  within  the  revenue  recognition  process  than  are  required  under  existing  U.S.  GAAP.  The
standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein,
using either of the following transition methods: (i) a full retrospective approach reflecting the application
of the standard in each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients, or (ii) a
retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially adopting ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date
of adoption (which includes additional footnote disclosures). On July 9, 2015, the FASB voted to defer the
effective date of the new revenue recognition standard by one year. Based on the Board’s decision, public
organizations  would  apply  the  new  revenue  standard  to  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after
December 15, 2017. We are currently evaluating the impact of the pending adoption of ASU 2014-09 on
our consolidated financial statements and have not yet determined the method by which we will adopt the
standard.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-05, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software
(Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement, which provides

101

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

3.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  (Continued)

guidance  regarding  whether  a  cloud  computing  arrangement  includes  a  software  license.  If  a  cloud
computing arrangement includes a software license, then the entity should account for the software license
element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing
arrangement does not include a software license, the entity should account for the arrangement as a service
contract. ASU 2015-05 does not change the accounting for service contracts. ASU 2015-05 is effective for
fiscal years, including interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early
adoption  is  permitted.  The  Company  does  not  expect  the  adoption  of  this  guidance  to  have  a  material
impact  on  its  financial  statements.

In  September  25,  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2015-16,  Simplifying  the  Accounting  for  Measurement-
Period  Adjustments,  which  eliminates  the  requirement  to  restate  prior  period  financial  statements  for
measurement  period  adjustments.  The  new  guidance  requires  that  the  cumulative  impact  of  a
measurement  period  adjustment  (including  the  impact  on  prior  periods)  be  recognized  in  the  reporting
period  in  which  the  adjustment  is  identified.  The  new  standard  should  be  applied  prospectively  to
measurement  period  adjustments  that  occur  after  the  effective  date.  The  Company  does  not  expect  the
adoption  of  this  guidance  to  have  a  material  impact  on  its  financial  statements.

In  November  2015,  the  FASB  issued  the  guidance  ASU  No.  2015-17,  Balance  Sheet  Classification  of
Deferred  Taxes  to  simplify  the  presentation  of  deferred  income  taxes,  which  removes  the  requirement  to
separate  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets  into  current  and  noncurrent  amounts  and  instead  requires  all
such  amounts  be  classified  as  noncurrent  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  balance  sheets.  The  Company
adopted  the  guidance  on  a  prospective  basis  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016  and
prior  periods  were  not  retrospectively  adjusted.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The new standard establishes a
right-of-use  (‘‘ROU’’)  model  that  requires  a  lessee  to  record  a  ROU  asset  and  a  lease  liability  on  the
balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or
operating,  with  classification  affecting  the  pattern  of  expense  recognition  in  the  income  statement.  The
new  standard  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2018,  including  interim  periods
within  those  fiscal  years.  A  modified  retrospective  transition  approach  is  required  for  lessees  for  capital
and  operating  leases  existing  at,  or  entered  into  after,  the  beginning  of  the  earliest  comparative  period
presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. The Company is currently
evaluating  this  guidance,  as  well  as  the  effect  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718). This
update  was  issued  as  part  of  the  FASB’s  simplification  initiative  and  affects  all  entities  that  issue  share-
based  payment  awards  to  their  employees.  The  amendments  in  this  update  cover  such  areas  as  the
recognition  of  excess  tax  benefits  and  deficiencies,  the  classification  of  those  excess  tax  benefits  on  the
statement  of  cash  flows,  an  accounting  policy  election  for  forfeitures,  the  amount  an  employer  can
withhold to cover income taxes and still qualify for equity classification and the classification of those taxes
paid on the statement of cash flows. This update is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after
December 15, 2016, which will require us to adopt these provisions in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. This
guidance  will  be  applied  either  prospectively,  retrospectively  or  using  a  modified  retrospective  transition
method, depending on the area covered in this update. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has not
yet selected a transition date nor have we determined the effect of the standard on our ongoing financial
reporting.

102

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

4.  Property  and  Equipment  and  Capitalized  Software

Property  and  equipment  consist  of  the  following  at:

Student  computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer  software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer  hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leasehold  improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Office  equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture  and  fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Web  site  development  costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State  testing  computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Less  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization . . . . . . . . . . .

June  30,

2016

2015

(In  thousands)

$ 34,143
25,434
16,233
12,048
1,538
5,870
1,115
5,837

$ 44,823
26,368
17,559
12,070
1,515
6,002
1,115
2,654

102,218
(73,771)

112,106
(77,699)

$ 28,447

$ 34,407

The Company recorded depreciation expense related to property and equipment reflected in selling,
administrative and other operating expenses of $6.4 million, $6.0 million and $9.4 million during the years
ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Depreciation expense of $12.6 million, $27.5 million and
$28.1 million related to computers leased to students is reflected in instructional costs and services during
the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.  There  were  no  significant  write  downs  of
capitalized software projects during the year ended June 30, 2016. During the year ended June 30, 2015,
the Company wrote down approximately $4.8 million of capitalized software projects after determining the
assets either have no future use or are being sunset. Amortization expense of $0.5 million, $0.9 million and
$1.7 million related to student software costs is reflected in instructional costs and services during the years
ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.

In the course of its normal operations, the Company incurs maintenance and repair expenses. Those
are  expensed  as  incurred  and  amounted  to  $11.6  million,  $11.2  million  and  $10.2  million  for  the  years
ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.

Capitalized  software  consists  of  the  following  at:

June  30,

2016

2015

(In  thousands)

Capitalized  software  costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization . . . . . . . . . .

$ 176,374
(106,319)

$144,285
(81,602)

$ 70,055

$ 62,683

The Company recorded amortization expense of $23.4 million, $19.4 million and $18.2 million related
to  capitalized  software  development  reflected  in  instructional  costs  and  services  during  the  years  ended
June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.  The  Company  recorded  amortization  of  capitalized  software
development  costs  reflected  in  selling,  administrative  and  other  operating  expenses  of  $5.5  million,
$7.4  million  and  $1.9  million  during  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.  The

103

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

4.  Property  and  Equipment  and  Capitalized  Software  (Continued)

Company  wrote  down  approximately  $0.5  million  and  $3.8  million  of  capitalized  software  projects  after
determining the assets either have no future use or are being sunset during the years ended June 30, 2016
and 2014. Write downs of capitalized software projects are included in amortization expense. There were
no  material  write-downs  of  capitalized  software  costs  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2015.

5.  Income  Taxes

The provision for income taxes is based on earnings reported in the consolidated financial statements.
A deferred income tax asset or liability is determined by applying currently enacted tax laws and rates to
the  expected  reversal  of  the  cumulative  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  value  of  assets  and
liabilities  for  financial  statement  and  income  tax  purposes.  Deferred  income  tax  expense  or  benefit  is
measured  by  the  change  in  the  deferred  income  tax  asset  or  liability  during  the  year.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities result primarily from temporary differences in book versus tax basis

accounting.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  consist  of  the  following:

Deferred  tax  assets  (liabilities):
Net  operating  loss  carryforward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reserves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued  expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock  compensation  expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred  rent
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred  revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Federal  tax  credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State  tax  credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

June  30,

2016

2015

(In  thousands)

$ 5,464
5,892
11,494
11,735
2,628
1,922
—
20
841

$ 4,059
5,042
9,837
13,113
1,666
1,998
396
20
912

Total  deferred  tax  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

39,996

37,043

Deferred  tax  liabilities
Capitalized  curriculum  development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized  software  and  website  development  costs . . . . . . . . .
Property  and  equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investment  in  Middlebury  Interactive  Languages . . . . . . . . . . .
Returned  materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred  revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchased  intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(13,821)
(25,435)
(1,931)
(20)
(4,883)
(128)
(7,897)

(11,301)
(22,635)
(1,166)
(599)
(5,944)
—
(6,074)

Total  deferred  tax  liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(54,115)

(47,719)

Net  deferred  tax  liability  before  valuation  allowance . . . . . . . .
Valuation  Allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(14,119)
(4,339)

(10,676)
(2,791)

Net  deferred  tax  liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(18,458) $(13,467)

Reported  as:
Current  deferred  tax  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term  deferred  tax  liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

— $ 8,989
(22,456)

(18,458)

Net  deferred  tax  liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(18,458) $(13,467)

104

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

5.  Income  Taxes  (Continued)

The Company maintains a valuation allowance on net noncurrent deferred tax assets of $4.3 million
and $2.8 million as of June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, predominantly related to state, foreign income
tax  net  operating  losses  (‘‘NOL’’)  and  operating  losses  related  to  its  tax  non-consolidating  entity.  The
Company  does  not  believe  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  it  will  utilize  these  deferred  tax  assets.

The  Company  has  not  provided  for  U.S.  deferred  income  taxes  on  undistributed  foreign  earnings
because  such  earnings  are  considered  to  be  permanently  reinvested.  Undistributed  earnings  of  certain
consolidated  foreign  subsidiaries  at  June  30,  2016  amounted  to  $20.7  million.  If  such  earnings  were  not
permanently reinvested, a U.S. deferred income tax liability of approximately $8.3 million would have been
required.

At June 30, 2016, the Company had available federal and state NOL carryforwards of $2.3 million and
$0.2 million, respectively, net of valuation allowances. The federal NOLs, if unused, expire in 2020 and the
state  NOLs  expire  on  various  dates.

For  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016  and  2015,  the  Company  has  evaluated  whether  a  change  in  the
Company’s  ownership  of  outstanding  classes  of  stock  as  defined  in  Internal  Revenue  Code  Section  382
could prohibit or limit the Company’s ability to utilize its NOLs. The Company has concluded it is more
likely than not that the Company will be able to fully utilize its NOLs subject to the Section 382 limitation.

The related components of the income tax expense for the years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014

were  as  follows:

Current:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Federal
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total  current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred:
Federal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year  Ended  June  30,

2016

2015

2014

(In  thousands)

$ 4,651
1,152
2,761

$ 6,490
1,964
450

$14,025
2,748
56

8,564

8,904

16,829

(1,648)
(97)
(2,073)

(2,291)
(1,635)
832

(6,185)
(362)
793

Total  deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(3,818)

(3,094)

(5,754)

Total  income  tax  expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 4,746

$ 5,810

$11,075

105

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

5.  Income  Taxes  (Continued)

The provision for income taxes can be reconciled to the income tax that would result from applying

the  statutory  rate  to  the  net  income  before  income  taxes  as  follows:

U.S.  federal  tax  at  statutory  rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Permanent  items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lobbying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transaction  costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State  taxes,  net  of  federal  benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research  and  development  tax  credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Domestic  production  activities  deduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change  in  valuation  allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effects  of  foreign  operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reserve  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noncontrolling  Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year  Ended  June  30,

2016

2015

2014

35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
1.3
2.3
5.0
(0.2)
— (0.1)
4.3
1.8
(0.7)
(1.7)
(6.4)
(6.5)
2.4
5.2
(4.0)
(13.6)
3.9
6.1
1.8
5.5
0.6
(0.7)

4.8
5.3
—
3.8
(8.1)
(5.2)
2.9
(0.9)
(6.3)
4.2
0.2

Provision  for  income  taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35.7% 38.4% 37.9%

The  effective  income  tax  rates  during  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014  were  35.7%,
38.4%, and 37.9%, respectively. The primary causes of the changes in the effective tax rate were decreases
in unrecognized tax benefits primarily resulted from audit resolution in a certain foreign jurisdiction, and
additional  tax  benefits  related  to  research  activities  of  the  Company,  and  provision  true  ups.

Tax  Uncertainties

The  Company  follows  the  provisions  of  ASC  740-10  which  applies  to  all  tax  positions  related  to
income taxes. ASC 740-10 provides a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure,
present  and  disclose  in  its  financial  statements  uncertain  tax  positions  that  the  company  has  taken  or
expects to take on a tax return. ASC 740-10 clarifies accounting for income taxes by prescribing a minimum
probability threshold that a tax position must meet before a financial statement benefit is recognized. If the
probability  for  sustaining  a  tax  position  is  greater  than  50%,  then  the  tax  position  is  warranted  and
recognition  should  be  at  the  highest  amount  which  would  be  expected  to  be  realized  upon  ultimate
settlement.

106

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

5.  Income  Taxes  (Continued)

The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income
tax  expense.  At  June  30,  2016  and  June  30,  2015,  the  Company  had  $0.1  million  and  $0.2  million,
respectively,  in  accrued  interest  and  penalties.

Balance  at  beginning  of  the  year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions  for  prior  year  tax  positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions  for  current  year  tax  positions . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reductions  for  prior  year  tax  positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year  Ended  June  30,

2016

2015

2014

(In  thousands)
$2,555
137
989
(123)

$ 3,558
351
290
(1,975)

$1,346
702
507
—

Balance  at  end  of  the  year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 2,224

$3,558

$2,555

For the year ended June 30, 2016, decreases in unrecognized tax benefits primarily resulted from audit
resolution in a certain foreign jurisdiction. If recognized, all of the $2.2 million balance of unrecognized tax
benefits  would  affect  the  effective  tax  rate.  We  do  not  anticipate  a  significant  increase  or  decrease  in
unrecognized  tax  benefits  in  the  next  twelve  months.

The  Company  or  one  of  its  subsidiaries  files  income  tax  returns  in  the  U.S.  federal,  foreign  and
various state jurisdictions. Given the federal and certain state net operating losses generated in prior years,
the statute of limitations for all tax years beginning with the period ended June 30, 2003 are still open. The
statute of limitations for certain states for certain subsidiaries that have generated income may only extend
back to 2011. The returns of the foreign subsidiaries are open to examination for the periods dating back to
2011.

6.  Lease  Commitments

Capital  Leases

The Company incurs capital lease obligations for student computers under a lease line of credit with
PNC  Equipment  Finance,  LLC  with  annual  borrowing  limits.  The  Company  had  annual  borrowing
availability under the lease line of credit of $35.0 million as of June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of
June  30,  2016  and  2015,  the  aggregate  outstanding  balance  under  the  lease  line  of  credit,  including
balances  from  prior  years,  was  $23.1  million  and  $29.7  million,  respectively,  with  lease  interest  rates
ranging from 1.95% to 2.88%. Individual leases under the lease line of credit include 36-month payment
terms  with  a  $1  purchase  option  at  the  end  of  each  lease  term.  The  Company  has  pledged  the  assets
financed to secure the outstanding leases. The lease line of credit was subject to cross default compliance
provisions in the Company’s line of credit agreement with PNC Bank, N.A. (see Note 7). The net carrying
value  of  leased  student  computers  as  of  June  30,  2016  and  2015  was  $14.0  million  and  $17.5  million,
respectively.

The Company incurs capital lease obligations for student computers under a lease line of credit with
PNC  Equipment  Finance,  LLC  with  annual  lease  availability  limits.  The  Company  had  $35.0  million  of
availability for new leasing during fiscal year 2016. Interest rates on the new borrowings were based upon
an initial rate of 2.34% modified by changes in the three year interest rate swaps rate as published in the
Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15, ‘‘Selected Interest Rates,’’ between June 25, 2015 and the Lease
Commencement Date, as defined in the lease line of credit. This availability originally expired in July 2015,

107

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

6.  Lease  Commitments  (Continued)

but was extended to July 2017. Interest rates on the new borrowings beginning in August 2015 under the
extended agreement are based upon an initial rate of 1.88% modified by changes in the three year interest
rate  swaps  rate  as  published  in  the  Federal  Reserve  Statistical  Release  H.15,  ‘‘Selected  Interest  Rates,’’
between  April  29,  2015  and  the  Lease  Commencement  Date,  as  defined  in  the  lease  line  of  credit.

The  following  is  a  summary  as  of  June  30,  2016  of  the  present  value  of  the  net  minimum  lease

payments  on  capital  leases  under  the  Company’s  commitments:

As  of  June  30,

2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total  minimum  payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less  amount  representing  interest  (imputed  weighted  average  capital
lease  interest  rate  of  2.63%) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net  minimum  payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less  current  portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Capital  Leases

($  in  thousands)
$ 13,572
7,243
2,827

23,642

(510)

23,132
(13,210)

Present  value  of  minimum  payments,  less  current  portion . . . . . . . . .

$ 9,922

Operating  Leases

The Company has fixed non-cancelable operating leases with terms expiring through 2022 for office
space leases. Office leases generally contain renewal options and certain leases provide for scheduled rate
increases  over  the  lease  terms.

Rent expense was $7.8 million, $8.1 million and $8.8 million for the years ended June 30, 2016, 2015

and  2014,  respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases with initial terms of one year

or  more  are  as  follows:

($  in  thousands)
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year  Ending
June  30,

$ 8,579
8,474
8,468
7,341
6,899
6,319

Total  future  minimum  lease  payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$46,080

7.  Line  of  Credit

On January 31, 2014, the Company executed a $100.0 million unsecured line of credit to be used for
general corporate operating purposes with Bank of America, N.A. (‘‘BOA’’). The line has a five-year term,

108

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

7.  Line  of  Credit  (Continued)

bears interest at the higher of the Bank’s prime rate plus 0.25%, or the Federal Funds Rates plus 0.75%, or
the LIBOR rate plus 1.25%; and incorporates customary financial and other covenants, including but not
limited  to  a  maximum  debt  leverage  and  a  minimum  fixed  charge  coverage  ratio.

The Credit Agreement contains a number of financial and other covenants that, among other things;
restrict  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries’  ability  to  incur  additional  indebtedness,  grant  liens  or  other
security  interests,  make  certain  investments,  make  specified  restricted  payments  including  dividends,
dispose of assets or stock including the stock of its subsidiaries, make capital expenditures above specified
limits  and  engage  in  other  matters  customarily  restricted  in  senior  credit  facilities.  The  agreement
incorporates customary financial and other covenants, including but not limited to maximum debt leverage
and minimum fixed charge coverage ratios. As of June 30, 2016 and 2015, the Company was in compliance
with  these  covenants  and  the  Company  had  no  borrowings  outstanding  on  the  line  of  credit.

8.  Equity  Transactions

The Company’s Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the Company to
issue 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. No Preferred Stock
was  issued  or  outstanding  as  of  June  30,  2016  or  2015.

Series  A  Special  Stock

The Company issued 2,750,000 shares of Series A Special Stock in connection with its acquisition of
KC Distance Learning, Inc. The holders of the Series A Special Stock had the right to convert those shares
into  common  stock  on  a  one-for-one  basis  and  for  the  right  to  vote  on  all  matters  presented  to
K  stockholders,  other  than  for  the  election  and  removal  of  directors,  for  which  holders  of  the  Series  A
Special Stock had no voting rights. These shares were converted into common stock on September 3, 2013
and  no  Series  A  Special  Stock  remains  outstanding  as  of  June  30,  2016.

Common  Stock  Repurchases

On November 4, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $75.0 million of the
Company’s  outstanding  common  stock  over  a  two  year  period.  Any  purchases  under  the  buyback  are
dependent  upon  business  and  market  conditions  and  other  factors.  The  stock  purchases  are  made  from
time to time and may be made through a variety of methods including open market purchases and trading
plans that may be adopted in accordance with the Rule 10b-18 of the Exchange Act. For fiscal year ended
June  30,  2015,  the  Company  paid  approximately  $26.5  million  in  cash  to  redeem  1,307,402  shares  of
common stock at an average price of $20.23 per share. As of June 30, 2016, total shares purchased under
the plan were 3,502,598, at an average cost of $21.41 per share, and there were no shares remaining to be
repurchased  under  the  plan.  No  stock  purchases  were  made  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2016.

9.  Stock  Option  Plan

The  Company  adopted  a  Stock  Option  Plan  in  May  2000  (the  ‘‘Option  Plan’’)  under  which,
employees,  outside  directors  and  independent  contractors  could  participate  in  the  Company’s  future
performance through awards of nonqualified stock options to purchase common stock. In October 2007,
the  Company’s  Board  adopted  the  2007  Equity  Incentive  Award  Plan,  as  amended  (the  ‘‘2007  Plan’’)
increasing the number of common stock shares reserved for issuance to 4,213,921 shares plus increases in
the shares pursuant to an ‘‘evergreen provision’’ that may be issued under the 2007 Plan over the course of

109

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

9.  Stock  Option  Plan  (Continued)

its  ten-year  term.  Under  the  evergreen  provision,  the  2007  Plan  provides  that  the  number  of  shares
available for issuance automatically increases by an amount equal to the least of i) 4% of the Company’s
outstanding common stock on the applicable July 1, or ii) 2,745,098 shares, or iii) a lesser number of shares
as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. In fiscal year 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors
authorized  1,533,412  additional  shares  for  issuance  pursuant  to  the  2007  Plan’s  evergreen  provision.
Through  June  30,  2016,  the  remaining  aggregate  number  of  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock
authorized  for  future  issuance  under  the  2007  Plan  was  2,957,517.  Through  June  30,  2016,  there  were
5,571,567 shares of the Company’s common stock that were issued and remain outstanding as a result of
equity  awards  granted  under  the  2007  Plan.

Each  stock  option  is  exercisable  pursuant  to  the  vesting  schedule  set  forth  in  the  stock  option
agreement granting such stock option, generally over four years. No stock option shall be exercisable after
the  expiration  of  its  option  term.  The  Company  has  granted  stock  options  under  the  2007  Plan  and  the
Company  has  also  granted  stock  options  to  executive  officers  under  stand-alone  agreements  outside  the
2007  Plan.

Compensation expense for all equity-based compensation awards is based on the grant-date fair value
estimated  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  ASC  718.  The  Company  recognizes  these  compensation
costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the
award.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model method to calculate the fair value of stock
options.  The  use  of  option  valuation  models  requires  the  input  by  management  of  highly  subjective
assumptions,  including  the  expected  stock  price  volatility,  the  expected  life  of  the  option  term  and
forfeiture rate. These assumptions are utilized by the Company in determining the estimated fair value of
stock  options.

The fair value of the Company’s service and performance based stock options was estimated as of the

date  of  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  with  the  following  assumptions:

Year  Ended  June  30,

2016

2015

2014

Dividend  yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected  volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk-free  interest  rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected  life  of  the  option  term  (in

0.00%

0.00%
54.5% 48%  to  51%
1.00% 1.27%  to  1.71% 1.23%  to  1.73%

0.00%
49%  to  55%

years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeiture  rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.11

4.97  to  5.11
12% 12%  to  28%

4.82  to  5.14
12%  to  28%

The  fair  value  of  the  options  granted  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014  was
$3.2  million,  $4.4  million  and  $3.0  million,  respectively.  This  amount  will  be  expensed  over  the  required
service  period.

Dividend yield—The Company has never declared or paid dividends on its common stock and has no

plans  to  do  so  in  the  foreseeable  future.

Expected volatility—Volatility is a measure of the amount by which a financial variable such as a share
price has fluctuated (historical volatility) or is expected to fluctuate (expected volatility) during a period.

110

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

9.  Stock  Option  Plan  (Continued)

Risk-free interest rate—The assumed risk free rate used is a zero coupon U.S. Treasury security with a

maturity  that  approximates  the  expected  term  of  the  option.

Expected life of the option term—The period of time that the options granted are expected to remain
unexercised.  Options  granted  during  the  year  have  a  maximum  term  of  eight  years.  The  Company
estimates  the  expected  life  of  the  option  term  based  on  an  average  life  between  the  dates  that  options
become  fully  vested  and  the  maximum  life  of  options  granted.

Forfeiture  rate—The  estimated  percentage  of  options  granted  that  are  expected  to  be  forfeited  or
canceled before becoming fully vested. The Company uses a forfeiture rate based on historical forfeitures
of  different  classification  levels  of  employees  in  the  Company.

Stock  option  activity  including  stand-alone  agreements  during  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015

and  2014  are  as  follows:

Outstanding,  June  30,  2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited  or  canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding,  June  30,  2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited  or  canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding,  June  30,  2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited  or  canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life  (Years)

4.98

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

$50,038

4.57

$42,754

4.05

$88,200

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$20.17
26.90
17.49
22.63

$21.44
16.12
5.68
29.85

$20.33
13.43
13.66
18.55

Shares

2,893,188
306,220
(531,262)
(89,745)

2,578,401
617,985
(99,935)
(181,858)

2,914,593
243,112
(1,000)
(806,530)

Outstanding,  June  30,  2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,350,175

$20.20

Stock  options  exercisable  at  June  30,  2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,700,623

$21.57

3.94

2.93

$46,573

$37,335

The  aggregate  intrinsic  value  in  the  table  above  represents  the  total  pre-tax  intrinsic  value  (the
difference  between  the  Company’s  closing  stock  price  on  the  last  day  of  the  year  and  the  exercise  price,
multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders
had all option holders exercised their options on June 30, 2016. The amount of aggregate intrinsic value
will  change  based  on  the  fair  market  value  of  the  Company’s  stock.

The  total  intrinsic  value  of  options  exercised  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014  was

zero,  $0.3  million  and  $7.4  million,  respectively.

As  of  June  30,  2016,  there  was  $4.2  million  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to
unvested stock options granted under the Stock Option Plans adopted in May 2000 and October 2007. The
cost  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a  weighted  average  period  of  2.57  years.  During  the  years  ended

111

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

9.  Stock  Option  Plan  (Continued)

June  30,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  the  Company  recognized  $3.7  million,  $5.5  million  and  $7.0  million,
respectively, of stock based compensation expense. Included in expense for the year ended June 30, 2016,
the  Company  recorded  stock-based  compensation  of  $0.4  million  associated  with  accelerated  vesting  of
option  awards  for  executives  and  other  employees.  During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2014,  the  Company
recorded stock-based compensation of $1.6 million associated with extending the exercise period of certain
option awards to the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer upon his resignation from the Board of
Directors and $1.5 million associated with accelerated vesting of option awards to the Company’s former
Chief  Executive  Officer  and  other  employees  upon  termination  of  employment.

Restricted  Stock  Awards

The  Company  has  approved  grants  of  restricted  stock  awards  (‘‘RSA’’)  pursuant  to  the  2007  Plan.
Under the 2007 Plan, employees, outside directors and independent contractors are able to participate in
the Company’s future performance through the awards of restricted stock. Each RSA vests pursuant to the
vesting schedule set forth in the restricted stock agreement granting such RSAs, generally over three years.
Under  the  2007  Plan,  there  have  been  no  awards  of  restricted  stock  to  independent  contractors.

Restricted stock award activity during the years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was as follows:

Nonvested,  June  30,  2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Nonvested,  June  30,  2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shares

928,137
704,131
(559,250)
(93,423)

979,595
822,698
(490,309)
(66,480)

Nonvested,  June  30,  2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,245,504
1,704,843
(722,577)
(95,980)

Nonvested,  June  30,  2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,131,790

Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair  Value

$22.97
31.49
25.11
26.24

$22.97
17.54
15.63
22.46

$22.30
10.13
22.24
20.25

$12.46

During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016,  111,690  new  performance  based  restricted  stock  awards  were
granted  and  231,332  were  outstanding  at  June  30,  2016.  During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016,  131,104
performance or market based awards vested. Vesting of the performance-based restricted stock awards is
contingent  on  certain  financial  performance  goals.

During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2015,  117,553  new  performance  based  restricted  stock  awards  were
granted  and  277,764  were  outstanding  at  June  30,  2015.  During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2015,  43,604
performance or market based awards vested. Vesting of the performance-based restricted stock awards is
contingent  on  certain  financial  performance  goals.

112

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

9.  Stock  Option  Plan  (Continued)

The fair value of restricted stock awards granted for the year ended June 30, 2016 was $14.5 million.
As  of  June  30,  2016,  there  was  $15.0  million  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to
unvested restricted stock awards granted. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average
period  of  1.7  years.  The  total  fair  value  of  shares  vested  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016  was
$8.2 million. During the years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized $14.8 million,
$15.8  million  and  $15.8  million,  respectively,  of  stock-based  compensation  expense  related  to  restricted
stock  awards.  Included  in  the  expense  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016,  the  Company  recorded  stock-
based compensation of $0.4 million associated with accelerated vesting of equity awards to executives and
other employees. During the year ended June 30, 2015, the Company recorded stock-based compensation
of  $2.5  million  associated  with  accelerated  vesting  of  equity  awards  to  executives  and  other  employees.
During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2014,  the  Company  recorded  stock-based  compensation  of  $3.6  million
associated with accelerated vesting of equity awards to the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer and
other  employees  upon  termination  of  employment.

Equity  Incentive  Market  Based  Awards

During the year ended June 30, 2016, the Company granted the opportunity to earn 592,359 restricted
stock awards, having a weighted average grant date value of $5.30 per share, to our new Chief Executive
Officer  and  Executive  Chairman.  During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016,  the  Company  recognized
$0.9  million  of  stock-based  compensation  expense  related  to  the  awards.  As  of  June  30,  2016,  there  was
unrecognized compensation expense of $2.2 million, which is expected to be recognized on an accelerated
basis  over  the  requisite  service  period,  or  an  estimated  remaining  weighted  average  life  of  1.6  years.

The awards were granted pursuant to the 2007 Plan and 50% of shares granted vest immediately upon
achievement  of  specified  average  closing  prices  of  the  Company’s  stock  for  any  period  of  30  consecutive
days and the remaining 50% vesting ratably in semi-annual intervals until the applicable two or three year
anniversary from grant date. Additionally, vesting is dependent upon continuing service by the grantee as
an employee of the Company at each vest date, unless the grantee is eligible for earlier vesting. The fair
value  was  determined  using  a  Monte  Carlo  simulation  model  incorporating  the  following  factors:  stock
price  on  the  grant  date  of  $9.64,  risk  free  rate  of  return  of  0.75  percent,  and  expected  volatility  of
approximately  50  percent.

Performance  Share  Units

During the year ended June 30, 2016, the Company granted a total of 1,154,602 PSUs to certain senior
executives,  having  a  weighted  average  grant  date  fair  value  of  $12.92  per  share.  The  PSUs  were  granted
pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  2007  Plan  and  vest  upon  achievement  of  certain  performance  criteria
associated  with  a  Board-approved  Long  Term  Incentive  Plan  (‘‘LTIP’’)  and  continuation  of  employee
service  over  a  two  to  three  year  period.  The  level  of  performance  will  determine  the  number  of  PSUs
earned  as  measured  against  threshold,  target  and  stretch  achievement  levels  of  the  LTIP.  Each  PSU
represents  the  right  to  receive  one  share  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  or  at  the  option  of  the
Company,  an  equivalent  amount  of  cash,  and  are  classified  as  an  equity  award  in  accordance  with
Accounting  Standards  Codification  718—Stock  Compensation.  If  actual  performance  exceeds  the  target
criteria  for  a  full  award,  then  additional  PSUs  up  to  562,301  could  be  earned  by  the  participants.

113

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

9.  Stock  Option  Plan  (Continued)

In addition to the LTIP performance conditions, there is a service vesting condition which stipulates
that  thirty  percent  of  the  earned  award  will  vest  quarterly  beginning  November  15,  2017  and  seventy
percent of the earned award will vest on August 15, 2018, in both cases dependent upon continuing service
by  the  grantee  as  an  employee  of  the  Company,  unless  the  grantee  is  eligible  for  earlier  vesting  upon  a
change in control and qualifying termination, as defined by the PSU agreement. For equity performance
awards,  including  the  PSUs,  subject  to  graduated  vesting  schedules  for  which  vesting  is  based  on
achievement of a performance metric in addition to grantee service, stock-based compensation expense is
recognized  on  an  accelerated  basis  by  treating  each  vesting  tranche  as  if  it  was  a  separate  grant.  For  the
year ended June 30, 2016, the Company determined the achievement of the performance conditions were
not  probable,  therefore  no  expense  was  recorded  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016.

Performance  Share  Unit  activity  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016  was  as  follows:

Nonvested,  June  30,  2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair  Value

—
12.92
—
13.45

Shares

—
1,154,602
—
(65,000)

Nonvested,  June  30,  2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,089,602

$12.91

10.  Redeemable  Noncontrolling  Interest

Investment  in  LearnBop,  Inc.

On  July  31,  2014,  the  Company  acquired  a  majority  interest  in  LearnBop,  Inc.  (‘‘LearnBop’’),  for
$6.5  million  in  cash  in  return  for  a  51%  interest  in  LearnBop.  The  purpose  of  the  acquisition  was  to
complement  the  Company’s  K-12  math  curriculum  as  LearnBop  has  developed  an  adaptive  math
curriculum  learning  software.  As  part  of  this  transaction,  the  non-controlling  shareholders  have  a
non-transferable  put  right,  which  is  exercisable  between  July  31,  2018  and  December  31,  2018  for  the
remaining  minority  interest.  The  price  of  the  put  right  will  be  determined  based  on  the  trailing  twelve
month revenue and contribution margin as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement between the Company
and  LearnBop.  Additionally,  the  Company  has  a  non-transferable  call  option  for  the  remaining  minority
interest  at  a  price  of  $3.0  million,  which  becomes  exercisable  January  1,  2019  or  thereafter.  Acquisition
costs  incurred  by  the  Company  related  to  this  transaction  included  in  selling,  administrative  and  other
operating  expenses  were  $0.1  million.

The purchase price of $6.5 million was allocated to the underlying assets and liabilities based on their
estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. The Company recorded goodwill of $8.1 million, which will
be  non-deductible  for  tax  purposes.  Recognition  of  goodwill  is  largely  attributed  to  the  value  paid  for
LearnBop’s capabilities in providing adaptive learning software for math curriculum to K-12 students. The
Company has not disclosed current period or pro-forma revenue and earnings attributable to LearnBop as
they  are  immaterial.

114

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

10.  Redeemable  Noncontrolling  Interest  (Continued)

The  Company  finalized  its  allocation  of  the  purchase  price  of  LearnBop  as  of  June  30,  2015.  The

purchase  price  was  allocated  as  follows:

LearnBop  (in  millions):

As  of  July  31,  2014

Current  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized  software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current  liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Redeemable  noncontrolling  interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amount

$ 0.1
0.9
8.1
(0.1)
(2.5)

Fair  value  of  total  consideration  transferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 6.5

Given the provision of the put rights, the redeemable noncontrolling interests are redeemable outside
of  the  Company’s  control  and  are  recorded  outside  of  permanent  equity  at  their  redemption  value  in
accordance with ASC 480-10-S99, Accounting for Redeemable Equity Instruments. The Company will adjust
the redeemable noncontrolling interests to redemption value on each balance sheet date with changes in
redemption value recognized as an adjustment to retained earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings,
by  adjustment  to  additional  paid-in-capital.

The  noncontrolling  interest  is  redeemable  at  other  than  fair  value  as  the  redemption  value  is
determined  based  on  a  specified  formula.  The  noncontrolling  interest  becomes  redeemable  after  the
passage of time, and therefore the Company records the carrying amount of the noncontrolling interest at
the greater of (i) the initial carrying amount, increased or decreased for the noncontrolling interest’s share
of  net  income  or  loss,  or  (ii)  the  redemption  value.

According to ASC 480-10-S99, to the extent that the noncontrolling interest holder has the contractual
right  to  receive  an  amount  upon  share  redemption  that  is  other  than  fair  value  of  such  shares,  only  the
portion of the periodic adjustment to the instrument’s carrying amount that reflects redemption in excess
of fair value is treated like a dividend for earnings per share computation purposes. No adjustment to the
earnings  per  share  computation  was  necessary  as  estimated  fair  value  of  the  noncontrolling  interest  is
greater  than  the  redemption  value.

Middlebury  College  Joint  Venture

In  May  2010,  the  Company  entered  into  an  agreement  to  establish  a  joint  venture  with  Middlebury
College  (‘‘Middlebury’’)  to  form  Middlebury  Interactive  Languages  LLC  (‘‘MIL’’).  The  venture  creates
and distributes innovative, online language courses under the trademark Middlebury and other marks. The
joint venture agreement provided Middlebury with the right at any time after the fifth (5th) anniversary of
forming the joint venture, to irrevocably elect to sell all of its membership interest to the Company (put
right)  at  the  fair  market  value  of  Middlebury’s  membership  interest.  Additionally,  Middlebury  had  an
option to repurchase the camp programs at fair market value along with other contractual rights as certain
milestones associated with its Language Academy summer camp programs were not met. On May 4, 2015,
Middlebury exercised its right to require the Company to purchase all of its ownership interest in the joint
venture  but  it  has  not  exercised  its  option  to  repurchase  the  camps  programs.

The redeemable noncontrolling interests are redeemable outside of the Company’s control. Because
of  this,  the  Company  records  the  redemption  fair  value  outside  of  permanent  equity  in  accordance  with
ASC  480-10-S99.  The  Company  adjusts  the  redeemable  noncontrolling  interests  to  redemption  value  on

115

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

10.  Redeemable  Noncontrolling  Interest  (Continued)

each  balance  sheet  date  with  changes  in  redemption  values  recognized  as  an  adjustment  to  retained
earnings,  or  in  the  absence  of  retained  earnings,  by  adjustment  to  additional  paid-in-capital.

At June 30, 2016, the Company was still in discussions with Middlebury to settle the terms under the
put  right;  the  outcome  of  which  could  result  in  a  value  different  than  the  value  of  the  redeemable
noncontrolling  interest.  The  Company  has  the  right  to  pay  the  redemption  cost  in  cash,  stock  or  a
combination thereof, at the Company’s option, which form of consideration has not yet been determined.

The following is a summary of the activity of the redeemable noncontrolling interest at June 30, 2016

and  2015:

(In  thousands)
Balance  of  redeemable  noncontrolling  interest  at  June  30,  2014 . . . . . . . . .
Net  loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition  of  LearnBop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment  to  redemption  value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance  of  redeemable  noncontrolling  interest  at  June  30,  2015 . . . . . . . . .
Net  loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment  to  redemption  value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Value

$16,801
(1,662)
2,500
(8,038)

$ 9,601
(484)
(1,615)

Balance  of  redeemable  noncontrolling  interest  at  June  30,  2016 . . . . . . . . .

$ 7,502

11.  Commitments  and  Contingencies

Litigation

In  the  ordinary  conduct  of  the  Company’s  business,  the  Company  is  subject  to  lawsuits,  arbitrations
and administrative proceedings from time to time. The Company believes that the outcome of any existing
or known threatened proceedings, even if determined adversely, should not have a material adverse effect
on  the  Company’s  business,  financial  condition,  liquidity  or  results  of  operations.

On September 24, 2015, in connection with an industry-wide investigation styled ‘‘In the Matter of the
Investigation  of  For-Profit  Virtual  Schools,’’  the  Company  received  a  civil  investigative  subpoena  for
specified documents and responses to interrogatories from the Attorney General of the State of California,
Bureau of Children’s Justice (‘‘BCJ’’). On July 8, 2016, K12 and the California Virtual Academy (‘‘CAVA’’)
charter schools (‘‘CAVA Schools’’) entered into: (i) a Settlement Agreement and Release of a previously
sealed Qui Tam lawsuit alleging false attendance reporting; (ii) a Stipulation for Entry of Final Judgment
(‘‘Stipulation’’) in connection with the BCJ’s investigation as it pertained to us; and (iii) a Final Judgment
enjoining us from engaging in certain business practices in California, and requiring that the Company and
CAVA  Schools  undertake  certain  Conduct  Provisions.  The  Settlement  Agreement  and  Release  provides
for  us  to  pay  the  State  of  California  $2.5  million,  and  the  Qui  Tam  plaintiff  $0.1  million  to  settle  the
attendance  reporting  claims  and  in  which  we  and  the  CAVA  Schools  deny  any  and  all  liability  and
wrongdoing.  The  Stipulation  specifies  that  the  Attorney  General,  the  Company  and  the  CAVA  Schools
have  concluded  the  BCJ  investigation  and  agreed  to  implement  the  Conduct  Provisions  of  the  Final
Judgment ‘‘without admissions of findings of fact or law or wrongdoing, misconduct or illegal acts by K12
or the CAVA Schools, or any facts alleged in the [Attorney General’s] Complaint.’’ The Final Judgement
provides for the Company to pay the State of California $6.0 million ‘‘to defray the costs of this action and
to  fund  the  investigation  and  prosecution  of  enforcement  cases  to  protect  the  rights  of  children,’’  and
further includes a release of all legal claims that could be brought by the Attorney General involving the

116

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

11.  Commitments  and  Contingencies  (Continued)

covered  conduct.  The  Conduct  Provisions  of  the  Final  Judgment  require  the  Company  to  continue  to
improve  its  business  practices  and  compliance  programs  as  they  generally  relate  to  the  operations  and
promotional  activities  of  K12  and  the  CAVA  Schools.  The  proceeding  settlement  costs  were  offset  by
insurance  reimbursable  administrative  costs  of  approximately  $1.5  million  reflected 
in  selling,
administrative and other operating expenses. The resulting charge of $7.1 million was recorded in selling,
administrative  and  other  operating  expenses  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016.

On  July 20,  2016,  a  securities  class  action  lawsuit  captioned  Babulal  Tarapara  v.  K12 Inc.  et.  al.  was
filed against us, two of our officers and one of our former officers in the United States District Court for
the Northern District of California, Case No. 3:16-cv-04069. The plaintiff purports to represent a class of
persons  who  purchased  or  otherwise  acquired  our  common  stock  between  November 7,  2013  and
October 27, 2015, inclusive, and alleges violations by us and the individual defendants of Section 10(b) of
the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  ‘‘Exchange  Act’’),  and  Rule 10b-5  promulgated
under the Exchange Act, and violations by the individual defendants of Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act.
The complaint alleges, among other things, that we and the individual defendants made false or misleading
statements  and  omitted  to  disclose  material  facts  concerning  students’  academic  progress,  graduate
eligibility  for  University  of  California  and  California  State  University  admission,  class  sizes,  the
individualized  and  flexible  nature  of  the  instruction  provided  by  us,  the  quality  of  materials  provided  to
students,  reporting  with  respect  to  student  attendance  and  funding,  and  that  as  a  result  of  the
aforementioned  practices  we  were  exposed  to  liability  and  would  be  forced  to  end  these  purported
practices.  The  complaint  seeks  unspecified  monetary  damages  and  other  relief.  We  intend  to  defend
vigorously  against  each  and  every  allegation  and  claim  set  forth  in  the  complaint.

Consulting  Agreement

On  August  3,  2015,  Mr.  Timothy  L.  Murray,  then  President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  the
Company, notified us of his intent to resign, which became effective on September 15, 2015. The Company
and Mr. Murray entered into a Consulting Agreement, effective September 16, 2015, whereby Mr. Murray
provided transition and other consulting services for a term of up to six months and payment of $43,985
per  month  for  services  rendered.  The  Consulting  Agreement  terminated  on  December  31,  2015.

Employment  Agreements

The  Company  has  entered  into  employment  agreements  with  certain  executive  officers  that  provide
for  severance  payments  and,  in  some  cases  other  benefits,  upon  certain  terminations  of  employment.
Except for the agreements with the Company’s Executive Chairman and CEO that have two and three year
terms, respectively, all other agreements provide for employment on an ‘‘at-will’’ basis. If the employee is
terminated  for  ‘‘good  reason’’  or  without  cause,  the  employee  is  entitled  to  salary  continuation,  and  in
some  cases  benefit  continuation,  for  varying  periods  depending  on  the  agreement.

Off-Balance  Sheet  Arrangements

The Company provided guarantees of approximately $7.1 million related to lease commitments on the
buildings for certain of the Company’s schools. The Company contractually guarantees that certain schools
under the Company’s management will not have annual operating deficits and the Company’s management
fees  from  these  schools  may  be  reduced  accordingly  to  cover  any  school  operating  deficits.  Other  than
these  lease  and  operating  deficit  guarantees,  the  Company  did  not  have  any  off-balance  sheet
arrangements  that  have  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  have  a  current  or  future  effect  on  the  Company’s

117

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

11.  Commitments  and  Contingencies  (Continued)

financial  condition,  changes  in  financial  condition,  revenues  or  expenses,  results  of  operations,  liquidity,
capital  expenditures  or  capital  resources.

12.  Acquisitions  and  Investments

Investment  in  Web  International  Education  Group  Ltd.  (Web)

In  January  2011,  the  Company  invested  $10.0  million  to  obtain  a  20%  minority  interest  in  Web
International  Group,  Ltd.  (‘‘Web’’),  a  provider  of  English  language  learning  centers  in  cities  throughout
China. From January 2011 through May 2013, the Company recorded its investment in Web as an available
for sale debt security because of the ability to put the investment to other Web shareholders in return for
the original $10.0 million investment plus interest. The Company’s option to purchase no less than 51% of
Web expired on March 31, 2013 and on May 6, 2013, the Company exercised its right to put its investment
back  to  Web  for  return  of  its  original  $10.0  million  investment  plus  interest  of  8%,  which  Web  was
contractually  required  to  pay  by  May  31,  2014,  as  amended.  The  Company  reclassified  this  $10.0  million
investment,  recording  it  in  other  current  assets.

The  receivable  is  due  and  the  Company  accrued  interest  up  through  December  31,  2014.  However,
given the difficulties in expatriating money from China, and the resulting administrative hurdles related to
collecting  this  receivable,  starting  January  1,  2015,  the  Company  discontinued  the  accrual  of  interest.
Furthermore,  during  Q4  2015,  and  upon  further  negotiation  with  Web,  the  Company  wrote  off  the  full
amount  of  accrued  interest  totaling  $3.2  million.  This  amount  was  recorded  in  interest  expense,  net  and
other, for the year ended June 30, 2015. During the year ended June 30, 2016 the Company and Web have
continued negotiations to determine an appropriate mechanism to pay the total outstanding principal. At
June  30,  2016,  the  Web  investment  of  $10  million  was  included  in  other  current  assets.

During the years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded interest income of zero,

zero  and  $0.8  million,  respectively,  associated  with  Web.

Investment  in  School  Mortgage

On September 11, 2013, the Company issued a mortgage note (‘‘Mortgage’’) lending $2.1 million to a
managed school partner. The note bears interest at a fixed rate of 5.25% per year and has a term of five
years. Monthly principal and interest payments will be made beginning October 2013 with a final balloon
payment  of  $1.8  million  at  the  term  of  the  loan.  The  Mortgage  is  primarily  secured  by  the  underlying
property.

The  Mortgage  and  ancillary  documents  include  customary  affirmative  and  financial  covenants  for
secured  transactions  of  this  type.  The  Company  has  recorded  this  as  a  note  receivable  and  the  current
amounts are included in other current assets while the non-current amounts are included in deposits and
other  assets  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.

During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016,  Moyer  defaulted  on  the  loan  agreement  for  non-payment  of
principal  and  interest,  to  schools  closure,  and  other  contractual  defaults.  The  Company  continues  to
exercise  its  rights  under  the  existing  arrangement,  including  the  appointment  of  a  receiver  and  the
continued  pursuit  of  foreclosure.

During the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, the Company conducted an appraisal of the property
to  assess  its  market  value.  At  June  30,  2016,  the  estimated  market  value  had  declined  below  the  note’s
carrying  value,  resulting  in  an  impairment  loss  of  $0.2  million.  There  was  no  impairment  loss  during  the
year  ended  June  30,  2015.

118

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

12.  Acquisitions  and  Investments  (Continued)

Acquisition  of  LearnBop,  Inc.

On July 31, 2014, the Company acquired a majority interest in LearnBop, Inc., for $6.5 million in cash
in return for a 51% interest in LearnBop. The purpose of the acquisition is to complement the Company’s
K-12 math curriculum as LearnBop has developed an adaptive math curriculum learning software. As part
of this transaction, the non-controlling shareholders have a non-transferable put right, which is exercisable
between  July  31,  2018  and  December  31,  2018  for  the  remaining  minority  interest.  The  price  of  the  put
right will be determined based on the trailing twelve month revenue and contribution margin as defined in
the  Stockholders’  Agreement  between  the  Company  and  LearnBop.  Additionally,  the  Company  has  a
non-transferable call option for the remaining minority interest at a price of $3.0 million, which becomes
exercisable  January  1,  2019  or  thereafter.  Acquisition  costs  incurred  by  the  Company  related  to  this
transaction  included  in  selling,  administrative  and  other  operating  expenses  were  $0.1  million.

Acquisition  of  LTS  Education  Systems

On  April  21,  2016  the  Company  completed  its  acquisition  of  Disguise  the  Learning,  Inc.  dba  LTS
Education  Systems  (‘‘LTS’’),  a  provider  of  personalized,  digital  game—based  online  learning  solutions.
With  its  acquisition  of  LTS,  the  Company  aims  to  expand  its  online  courses  offerings  in  math,  reading,
english  language  arts,  science  and  history.

The total purchase price consideration for this acquisition was $23.2 million, which consisted primarily
of  cash  of  $20.3  million  and  $2.9  million  of  contingent  consideration  (earn-out  liability),  of  which
$21.1 million was allocated to goodwill, $4.6 million to acquired intangible assets and $3.5 million to net
liabilities assumed. The goodwill is not deductible for income tax purposes. Acquisition costs incurred by
the  Company  related  to  this  transaction  included  in  selling,  administrative  and  other  operating  expenses
were  $0.4  million.  Acquisition  of  LTS  was  not  significant  to  our  results  of  operations.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  preliminary  estimated  fair  values  of  considerations  paid  and

identifiable  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  for  LTS  as  of  the  date  of  acquisition  (in  millions):

Acquisition  consideration:

Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fair  value  of  contingent  consideration  (earn-out  liability) . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total  consideration  transferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Identifiable  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed:

Customer  relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Developed  technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other  intangible  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred  tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other  net  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

June  30,
2016

$20.3
2.9

$23.2

$ 1.9
1.7
1.0
21.1
(2.6)
0.1

The  contingent  consideration  included  in  the  table  above  represents  the  fair  value  of  additional
consideration payable to the seller, estimated using a discounted cash flow method. Consideration is to be
distributed on the eighteen month and thirty month anniversaries of the closing date, and is contingent on
the  future  performance  of  two  key  contracts.  Each  contract  is  to  be  assessed  independently  with  an

119

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

12.  Acquisitions  and  Investments  (Continued)

aggregate  potential  payment  of  $3.0  million.  Performance  metrics  are  based  on  the  year-over-year
maintenance  of  a  total  aggregate  contract  value  in  excess  of  51%,  with  a  greater  than  90%  success  rate
ensuring  full  payment.

13.  Sale  and  Deconsolidation  of  Assets

On June 11, 2014, the Company sold an asset group comprised of certain domestic and international
business  and  assets  including  Capital  Education,  LLC  a  post-secondary  education  product,  a  brick  and
mortar  school  named  the  International  School  of  Berne,  and  the  Company’s  60%  interest  in  the  Middle
East Joint Venture (‘‘Middle East JV’’) to Safanad Education Ventures Limited (‘‘Safanad’’). Safanad is an
affiliate of Safanad Limited, the Company’s former partner in the Middle East JV. There was no retained
interest  in  the  disposed  businesses  and,  as  a  result  of  the  loss  of  control  in  the  sale,  the  Company
deconsolidated the assets recording a non-operating gain of approximately $6.4 million. In aggregate, these
businesses  were  responsible  for  $16.9  million  in  revenue  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2014.

As part of the transaction, the Company entered into a services agreement to license, host and provide
other related services to use its curriculum and technology for education services in limited territories and
markets  as  defined  by  the  agreement.  In  addition,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Transition  Services
Agreement  (TSA)  with  Safanad  to  provide  various  administrative  and  support  services.

14.  Related  Party  Transactions

At June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, the Company had loaned a total of $4.0 million to its 60% owned
joint venture Middlebury Interactive Languages LLC (‘‘MIL’’) in accordance with the terms of the original
joint  venture  agreement.  The  loan  was  repayable  under  terms  and  conditions  specified  in  the  loan
agreement.  The  loan  balance  and  related  interest  are  eliminated  since  MIL  is  consolidated  in  the
Company’s financial statements; however, repayment of the loan is dependent on the continued liquidity of
MIL.

On September 11, 2013, the Company issued a mortgage note (‘‘Mortgage’’) lending $2.1 million to a
managed school partner. The note bears interest at a fixed rate of 5.25% per year and has a term of five
years.  Monthly  principal  and  interest  payments  began  in  October  2013  with  a  final  balloon  payment  of
$1.8  million  at  the  term  of  the  loan.  The  Mortgage  is  primarily  secured  by  the  underlying  property.  The
borrower  has  defaulted  on  the  loan  payment  and  we  are  in  the  foreclosure  process.  Also  see  Note  10.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, the Company contributed $0.7 million to The Foundation
for  Online  and  Blended  Learning  (‘‘Foundation’’).  The  Foundation  is  a  related  party  as  an  executive
officer  of  the  Company  serves  on  the  Board  of  the  Foundation.  No  contributions  were  made  during  the
fiscal  years  ended  June  30,  2015  and  June  30,  2014.

15.  Employee  Benefits

The  Company  maintains  a  401(k)  salary  deferral  plan  (the  ‘‘401(k)  Plan’’)  for  its  employees.
Employees who have been employed for at least 30 days may voluntarily contribute to the 401(k) Plan on a
pretax basis, up to the maximum allowed by the Internal Revenue Service. The 401(k) Plan provides for a
matching Company contribution of 25% of the first 4% of each participant’s compensation. The Company
expensed $1.5 million, $1.8 million and $3.7 million during each of the years ended June 30, 2016, 2015 and
2014,  respectively  under  the  401(k)  Plan.

120

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

16.  Supplemental  Disclosure  of  Cash  Flow  Information

(In  thousands)
Cash  paid  for  interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year  Ended  June  30,

2016

2015

2014

$

790

$ 1,051

$ 1,054

Cash  paid  for  taxes

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,125

$19,390

$ 9,134

Supplemental  disclosure  of  non-cash  investing  and  financing  activities:
Property  and  equipment  financed  by  capital  lease  obligations,  including

student  peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$10,878

$14,654

$24,132

Business  Combinations
—Current  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

419

$

27

$ —

—Intangible  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 4,600

$ — $ —

—Capitalized  software  development  costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $

940

$ —

—Goodwill

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$21,125

$ 8,101

$ —

—Assumed  liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (5,780) $

(50) $ —

—Deferred  revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (400) $

(23) $ —

17.  Common  Stock  Repurchases

On November 4, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $75.0 million of the
Company’s  outstanding  common  stock  over  a  two  year  period.  Any  purchases  under  the  buyback  are
dependent  upon  business  and  market  conditions  and  other  factors.  The  stock  purchases  are  made  from
time to time and may be made through a variety of methods including open market purchases and trading
plans that may be adopted in accordance with the Rule 10b-18 of the Exchange Act. There were no stock
repurchased  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2016.

18.  Quarterly  Results  of  Operations  (Unaudited)

The  unaudited  consolidated  interim  financial  information  presented  should  be  read  in  conjunction
with  other  information  included  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  following
unaudited consolidated financial information reflects all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of

121

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

18.  Quarterly  Results  of  Operations  (Unaudited)  (Continued)

the  results  of  interim  periods.  The  following  tables  set  forth  selected  unaudited  quarterly  financial
information  for  each  of  the  Company’s  last  eight  quarters.

Consolidated  Quarterly  Statements  of

Operations

Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost  and  expenses

Instructional  costs  and  services . . . . . . . . . .
Selling,  administrative  and  other  operating

expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product  development  expenses . . . . . . . . . .

Income  (loss)  from  operations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest  expense,  net  and  other . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income  (loss)  income  before  income  tax

expense  and  noncontrolling  interest . . . . . . .
Income  tax  benefit  (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net  income  (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add  net  income  (loss)  attributable  to

noncontrolling  interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net  income  (loss)  attributable  to  common

510
(21)

489
(822)

(118)

(649)

2016

Jun  30,
2016

Mar  31,
2016

Dec  31,
2015

Sep  30,
2015

(In  thousands)

$

221,319

$

221,340

$

208,811

$

221,230

143,136

134,755

129,616

139,003

76,606
1,067

64,888
2,563

61,440
3,028

99,270
3,413

241,686

(20,456)
(305)

(20,761)
8,097

(12,664)

19,134
(101)

19,033
(5,368)

13,665

14,727
(190)

14,537
(6,653)

7,884

608

654

(129)

Total  costs  and  expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

220,809

202,206

194,084

stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

(982) $

14,273

$

8,538

$

(12,793)

Net  income  (loss)  attributable  to  common

stockholders  per  share:
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted  average  shares  used  in  computing

per  share  amounts:
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

(0.03) $

(0.03) $

0.38

0.37

$

$

0.23

0.23

$

$

(0.34)

(0.34)

37,768,812

37,692,826

37,559,999

37,433,493

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

37,768,812

38,999,871

37,680,876

37,433,493

122

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  (Continued)

K12  Inc.

18.  Quarterly  Results  of  Operations  (Unaudited)  (Continued)

Consolidated  Quarterly  Statements  of

Operations

Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost  and  expenses

Instructional  costs  and  services . . . . . . . . . .
Selling,  administrative  and  other  operating

expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product  development  expenses . . . . . . . . . .

Total  costs  and  expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income  (loss)  from  operations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest  expense,  net  and  other . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income  before  income  tax  expense  and

noncontrolling  interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income  tax  benefit  (expense),  net . . . . . . . . . .

Net  income  (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add  net  loss  attributable  to  noncontrolling

2015

Jun  30,
2015

Mar  31,
2015

Dec  31,
2014

Sep  30,
2014

(In  thousands)

$

235,655

$

244,623

$

231,304

$

236,712

166,900

148,985

145,029

146,842

80,756
4,317

251,973

(16,318)
(3,158)

(19,476)
6,901

(12,575)

64,871
3,337

62,557
3,245

217,193

210,831

27,430
(315)

27,115
(10,586)

16,529

20,473
151

20,624
(8,663)

11,961

99,546
3,482

249,870

(13,158)
31

(13,127)
6,538

(6,589)

interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

995

484

370

(187)

Net  income  (loss)  attributable  to  common

stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

(11,580) $

17,013

$

12,331

$

(6,776)

Net  income  (loss)  attributable  to  common

stockholders  per  share:
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted  average  shares  used  in  computing

per  share  amounts:
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

(0.31) $

(0.31) $

0.46

0.45

$

$

0.33

0.33

$

$

0.18

0.18

37,318,085

37,211,634

37,096,480

37,695,681

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

37,318,085

37,408,911

37,160,829

37,695,681

123

SCHEDULE  II

K12  INC
VALUATION  AND  QUALIFYING  ACCOUNTS
YEARS  ENDED  June  30,  2016,  2015,  and  2014

1.  ALLOWANCE  FOR  DOUBTFUL  ACCOUNTS

June  30,  2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June  30,  2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June  30,  2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.  INVENTORY  RESERVE

June  30,  2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June  30,  2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June  30,  2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.  COMPUTER  RESERVE(1)

June  30,  2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June  30,  2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June  30,  2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance  at
Beginning  of
Period

$9,657,092
$3,459,928
$2,560,207

Additions
Charged  to
Cost  and
Expenses

4,609,720
9,299,766
1,438,964

Deductions
from
Allowance

3,453,418
3,102,602
539,243

Balance  at
End  of  Period

$10,813,394
$ 9,657,092
$ 3,459,928

Balance  at
Beginning  of
Period

$2,192,234
$9,056,142
$4,893,783

Charged  to
Cost  and
Expenses

691,407
1,405,988
4,292,974

Deductions,
Shrinkage
and
Obsolescence

241,094
8,269,896
130,615

Balance  at
End  of  Period

$2,642,547
$2,192,234
$9,056,142

Balance  at
Beginning  of
Period

$1,032,253
$1,462,424
$1,988,400

Additions
(Deductions)
Charged  to
Cost  and
Expenses

89,064
379,030
1,862,553

Deductions,
Shrinkage
and
Obsolescence

547,873
809,201
2,388,529

Balance  at
End  of  Period

$ 573,444
$1,032,253
$1,462,424

(1) A  reserve  account  is  maintained  against  potential  obsolescence  and  unreturned  computers  provided
to  the  Company’s  students.  The  reserve  is  calculated  based  upon  several  factors  including  historical
percentages, the net book value and the remaining useful life. During fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014,
certain  computers  were  written  off  against  the  reserve.

4.  INCOME  TAX  VALUATION  ALLOWANCE

June  30,  2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June  30,  2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June  30,  2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance  at
Beginning  of
Period

$2,791,033
$1,968,482
$1,268,966

Additions  to
Net  Deferred
Tax  Asset
Allowance

Deductions  in
Net  Deferred
Tax  Asset
Allowance

1,594,174
1,352,231
699,516

46,554
529,680
—

Balance  at
End  of  Period

$4,338,653
$2,791,033
$1,968,482

124

ITEM  9. CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND

FINANCIAL  DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM  9A. CONTROLS  AND  PROCEDURES

Evaluation  of  Disclosure  Controls  and  Procedures

As  required  by  Rules  13a-15(d)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended)  (the
‘‘Exchange  Act’’)  management  has  evaluated,  with  the  participation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and
Chief  Financial  Officer,  the  effectiveness  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as  of  the  end  of  the
period covered by this report. Disclosure controls and procedures refer to controls and other procedures
designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports the Company files or submits
under  the  Exchange  Act  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported,  within  the  time  periods
specified  in  the  rules  and  forms  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  Disclosure  controls  and
procedures  include,  without  limitation,  controls  and  procedures  designed  to  ensure  that  information
required to be disclosed by us in our reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is
accumulated  and  communicated  to  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief
Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding our required disclosure. In designing
and  evaluating  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  management  recognizes  that  any  controls  and
procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving
the  desired  control  objectives,  and  management  necessarily  applies  its  judgment  in  evaluating  and
implementing  possible  controls  and  procedures.  Based  on  the  evaluation  of  our  disclosure  controls  and
procedures as of June 30, 2016, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as
of  such  date,  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective.

Management’s  Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial

reporting.

Internal control over financial reporting refers to a process designed by, or under the supervision of,
our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  effected  by  our  board  of  directors,
management  and  other  personnel,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  and  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that:

(cid:127) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that  in  reasonable  detail  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the

transactions  and  dispositions  of  our  assets;

(cid:127) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  our
receipts  and  expenditures  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  our
management  and  members  of  our  board  of  directors;  and

(cid:127) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition,
use,  or  disposition  of  our  assets  that  could  have  a  material  effect  on  our  financial  statements.

Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  cannot  provide  absolute  assurance  of  achieving  financial
reporting objectives because of inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process
that  involves  human  diligence  and  compliance  and  is  subject  to  lapses  in  judgment  and  breakdowns
resulting  from  human  failures.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  also  can  be  circumvented  by
collusion or improper override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may
not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these

125

inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process, and it is possible to design into
the  process  safeguards  to  reduce,  though  not  eliminate,  this  risk.

Management evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30,
2016 using the framework set forth in the report of the Treadway Commission’s Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations (COSO), ‘‘Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013).’’ As a result of management’s
evaluation  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  management  concluded  that  as  of  June  30,
2016, our internal control over financial reporting was effective. The effectiveness of our internal control
over  financial  reporting  as  of  June  30,  2016  has  been  audited  by  BDO  USA,  LLP,  an  independent
registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report which appears on page 103 of this Annual Report
on  Form  10-K.

Changes  in  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting:

In  addition,  management  carried  out  an  evaluation,  as  required  by  Rule  13a-15(d)  of  the  Exchange
Act,  under  supervision  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  of  changes  in  the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer concluded that there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over
financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  last  fiscal  quarter  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are
reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.

126

Report  of  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm

Board  of  Directors  and  Stockholders
K12 Inc.
Herndon,  Virginia

We have audited K12 Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as
of June 30, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). K12 Inc.
and  subsidiaries’  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial
reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in
the  accompanying  ‘‘Item 9A,  Management’s  Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial
Reporting’’.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial
reporting  based  on  our  audit.

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting
Oversight  Board  (United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in
all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial
reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and
operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides
a  reasonable  basis  for  our  opinion.

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable
assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the
assets  of  the  company;  (2) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to
permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,
and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations
of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention
or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have
a  material  effect  on  the  financial  statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk
that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance
with  the  policies  or  procedures  may  deteriorate.

In our opinion, K12 Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control

over  financial  reporting  as  of  June 30,  2016,  based  on  the  COSO  criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of K12 Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2016 and
2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity,
and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  June 30,  2016  and  our  report  dated
August 9,  2016  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  thereon.

McLean,  Virginia
August 9,  2016

/s/  BDO  USA, LLP

127

ITEM  9B. OTHER  INFORMATION

NA

PART  III

We  will  file  a  definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  our  2016  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  (the  ‘‘2016
Proxy Statement’’) with the SEC, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our
fiscal  year.  Accordingly,  certain  information  required  by  Part  III  has  been  omitted  under  General
Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K. Only those sections of the 2016 Proxy Statement that specifically address
the  items  set  forth  herein  are  incorporated  by  reference.

ITEM  10. DIRECTORS,  EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS  AND  CORPORATE  GOVERNANCE

The information required by Item 10 is hereby incorporated by reference to our 2016 Proxy Statement
under  the  captions  ‘‘Election  of  Directors’’  and  ‘‘Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting
Compliance.’’

ITEM  11. EXECUTIVE  COMPENSATION

The information required by Item 11 is hereby incorporated by reference to our 2016 Proxy Statement
under the captions ‘‘Compensation Discussion and Analysis’’ and ‘‘Director Compensation for fiscal 2016.’’

ITEM  12. SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS,  MANAGEMENT  AND

RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS

The information required by Item 12 is hereby incorporated by reference to our 2016 Proxy Statement

under  the  caption  ‘‘Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management.’’

ITEM  13. CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS,  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS  AND  DIRECTOR

INDEPENDENCE

The information required by Item 13 is hereby incorporated by reference to our 2016 Proxy Statement
under the captions ‘‘Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions’’ and ‘‘Director Independence.’’

ITEM  14. PRINCIPAL  ACCOUNTING  FEES  AND  SERVICES

The information required by Item 14 is hereby incorporated by reference to our 2016 Proxy Statement

under  the  caption  ‘‘Fees  Paid  to  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm.’’

128

ITEM  15. EXHIBITS  AND  FINANCIAL  STATEMENT  SCHEDULES

(a)(1) Financial  Statements.

PART  IV

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the financial statements

and  notes  thereto  listed  in  Item  8  of  Part  II  and  included  in  this  Annual  Report.

(a)(2) Financial  Statement  Schedules.

Except for Schedule II which was presented separately, all financial statement schedules are omitted
because the required information is included in the financial statements and notes thereto listed in Item 8
of  Part  II  and  included  in  this  Annual  Report.

(c) Exhibits.

The  following  exhibits  are  incorporated  by  reference  or  filed  herewith.

See  Exhibit  Index

129

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as
amended,  the  registrant  has  duly  caused  this  report  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,
thereunto  duly  authorized.

SIGNATURES

K12  INC.

By: /s/ STUART  J.  UDELL

Name: Stuart  J.  Udell
Title: Chief  Executive  Officer
August  9,  2016

POWER  OF  ATTORNEY

Know all persons by these presents, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and
appoints Stuart J. Udell, James J. Rhyu and Howard D. Polsky, and each of them severally, his or her true
and lawful attorney- in-fact with power of substitution and resubstitution to sign in his or her name, place
and stead, in any and all capacities, to do any and all things and execute any and all instruments that such
attorney may deem necessary or advisable under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any
rules,  regulations  and  requirements  of  the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  in  connection  with
the Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments hereto, as fully for all intents and purposes
as  he  or  she  might  or  could  do  in  person,  and  hereby  ratifies  and  confirms  all  said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents, each acting alone, and his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by
virtue  hereof.

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  this  report  has
been  signed  below  by  the  following  persons  on  behalf  of  the  registrant  and  in  the  capacities  and  on  the
dates  indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ STUART  J.  UDELL

Stuart  J.  Udell

Chief  Executive  Officer  (Principal
Executive  Officer)

August  9,  2016

/s/ JAMES  J.  RHYU

James  J.  Rhyu

Chief  Financial  Officer  (Principal
Financial  Officer  and  Principal
Accounting  Officer)

August  9,  2016

/s/ NATHANIEL  A.  DAVIS

Nathaniel  A.  Davis

Executive  Chairman  of  the  Board  of
Directors

August  9,  2016

/s/ CRAIG  R.  BARRETT

Craig  R.  Barrett

Director

August  9,  2016

130

Signature

Title

Date

August  9,  2016

August  9,  2016

August  9,  2016

August  9,  2016

August  9,  2016

August  9,  2016

August  9,  2016

/s/ GUILLERMO  BRON

Guillermo  Bron

/s/ FREDDA  J.  CASSELL

Fredda  J.  Cassell

/s/ ADAM  L.  COHN

Adam  L.  Cohn

/s/ JOHN  M.  ENGLER

John  M.  Engler

/s/ STEVEN  B.  FINK

Steven  B.  Fink

/s/ JON  Q.  REYNOLDS

Jon  Q.  Reynolds

/s/ ANDREW  H.  TISCH

Andrew  H.  Tisch

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

131

Exhibit  No.

Description  of  Exhibit

Exhibit  Index

3.1

3.2

4.1

Third  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  K12  Inc.  (incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended  December  31,  2007,  filed  with  the  SEC  on  February  14,  2008,  File  No.  001-33883).

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of K12 Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2
to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 9, 2016, File
No.  001-33883).

Form  of  stock  certificate  of  common  stock  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  the
Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on
November  8,  2007,  File  No.  333-144894).

4.2* Amended  and  Restated  Stock  Option  Plan  and  Amendment  thereto  (incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the
SEC  on  July  27,  2007,  File  No.  333-144894).

4.3* Form  of  Stock  Option  Agreement—Employee  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.3  to
the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on July 27, 2007, File
No.  333-144894).

4.4

Form of Stock Option Agreement—Director (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the
Registrant’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1,  filed  with  the  SEC  on  July  27,  2007,  File
No.  333-144894).

4.5* K12 Inc.  2007  Equity  Incentive  Award  Plan,  as  amended  (incorporated  by  reference  to
Appendix A  to  the  Registrant’s  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  on  Schedule 14A,  filed  on
October 28,  2015,  File  No. 001-33883).

4.6* Form  of  Indemnification  Agreement  for  Non-Management  Directors  and  for  Officers  of
K12 Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, filed with the SEC on November 14,
2008,  File  No.  001-33883).

4.7

4.8

Form of Director’s Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  October  22,  2008,  File
No.  001-33883).

Form of Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on
July  27,  2007,  File  No.  333-  144894).

10.1* Amendment to Amended and Restated Stock Option Agreement, dated December 23, 2010
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2010,  filed  with  the  SEC  on  February  9,  2011,  File
No.  001-33883).

10.2* Employment  Agreement  for  Nathaniel  A.  Davis,  effective  January  7,  2013  (incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended  December  31,  2012,  filed  with  the  SEC  on  February  5,  2013,  File  No.  001-33883).

10.3* First  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  for  Nathaniel  A.  Davis,  effective  January  7,
2013  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.28  to  the  Registrant’s  Annual  Report  on
Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2013,  filed  with  the  SEC  on  August  29,  2013,  File
No.  001-33883).

132

Exhibit  No.

Description  of  Exhibit

10.4* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement for Nathaniel A. Davis, effective March 10,
2014  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on April 29, 2014, File
No.  001-  33883).

10.5

10.6

10.7

Second  Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement  of  Nathaniel  A.  Davis,  dated
January  27,  2016.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Quarterly
Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2015,  filed  with  the  SEC  on
January  28,  2016,  File  No.  001-  33883).

Employment  Agreement  of  Stuart  J.  Udell  (‘‘Agreement’’),  dated  January  7,  2016.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2015,  filed  with  the  SEC  on  January  28,  2016,  File
No.  001-  33883).

Form of Performance Share Unit Agreement under the 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as
amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  September 30,  2015,  filed  with  the  SEC  on  October 27,
2015,  File  No. 001-33883).

10.8* Employment  Agreement  of  Timothy  L.  Murray,  dated  March  7,  2012  (incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended  March  31,  2012,  filed  with  the  SEC  on  May  9,  2012,  File  No.  001-33883).

10.9* First Amendment to Employment Agreement of Timothy L. Murray, effective December 19,
2013  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2013, filed with the SEC on February 4, 2014,
File  No.  001-33883).

10.10*

Second  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  of  Timothy  L.  Murray,  effective
November 24, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly
Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2014,  filed  with  the  SEC  on
January  29,  2015,  File  No.  001-33883).

10.11* Employment Agreement of James J. Rhyu, dated May 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit  10.29  to  the  Registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  June  30,
2013,  filed  with  the  SEC  on  August  29,  2013,  File  No.  001-33883).

10.12* Employment Agreement of Howard D. Polsky, dated June 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference
to  Exhibit  10.16  to  the  Registrant’s  Amendment  No.  1  to  Registration  Statement  on
Form  S-1,  filed  with  the  SEC  on  September  26,  2007,  File  No.  333-144894).

10.13* First  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  of  Howard  D.  Polsky,  dated  June  1,  2004
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.18  to  the  Registrant’s  Amendment  No.  4  to
Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1,  filed  with  the  SEC  on  November  8,  2007,  File
No.  333-144894).

10.14

10.15

Second  Amended  and  Restated  Educational  Products  and,  Administrative,  and  Technology
Services  Agreement  between  the  Ohio  Virtual  Academy  and  K12  Ohio  L.L.C.,  dated
April  19,  2007  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.21  to  Amendment  No.  4  to  the
Registrant’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1,  filed  with  the  SEC  on  November  8,  2007,
File  No.  333-  144894).

Deed  of  Lease  by  and  between  ACP/2300  Corporate  Park  Drive,  LLC  and  K12  Inc.,  dated
December  7,  2005  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.13  to  the  Registrant’s
Amendment  No.  1  to  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1,  filed  with  the  SEC  on
September  26,  2007,  File  No.  333-144894).

133

Exhibit  No.

10.16

10.17

10.18

Description  of  Exhibit

First Amendment to Deed of Lease by and between ACP/2300 Corporate Park Owner, LLC
and  K12  Inc.,  dated  November  30,  2006  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.21  to  the
Registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2008,  filed  with  the
SEC  on  September  26,  2008,  File  No.  001-33883).

Second  Amendment  to  Deed  of  Lease  by  and  between  ACP/2300  Corporate  Park
Owner, LLC and K12 Inc., dated March 26, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22
to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2008, filed with
the  SEC  on  September  26,  2008,  File  No.  001-33883).

Credit  Agreement,  dated  January  31,  2014,  by  and  among  K12  Inc.,  certain  of  K12’s
subsidiaries,  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  and  the  other  lenders  party  thereto  (incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended  December  31,  2013,  filed  with  the  SEC  on  February  4,  2014,  File  No.  001-33883).

10.19* Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as amended
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended June 30, 2015, filed with the SEC on August 4, 2015, File No. 001-33883).

10.20* Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2007 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as
amended  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.19  to  the  Registrant’s  Annual  Report  on
Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2008, filed with the SEC on September 26, 2008, File
No. 001-33883).

21.1

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

Subsidiaries  of  K12  Inc.

Consent  of  BDO  USA,  LLP.

Power  of  Attorney  (included  in  signature  pages).

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended.

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended.

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  and  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350.

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  and  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350.

101.INS# XBRL  Instance  Document

101.SCH# XBRL  Taxonomy  Extension  Schema

101.CAL# XBRL  Taxonomy  Extension  Calculation

101.LAB# XBRL  Taxonomy  Extension  Labels

101.PRE# XBRL  Taxonomy  Extension  Presentation

101.DEF# XBRL  Taxonomy  Extension  Definition

* Denotes  management  compensation  plan  or  arrangement.

# Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files included in Exhibit 101 hereto are
deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of
the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  are  deemed  not  filed  for  purposes  of  Section  18  of  the
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  and  otherwise  are  not  subject  to  liability  under  those
Sections.

134

Subsidiaries of Registrant

Name

Exhibit 21.1

Jurisdiction

K12 Management Inc.
K12 Services Inc.
Power-Glide Language Courses, Inc.
K12 International Holdings B.V.
LearnBop, Inc.
Disguise the Learning, Inc.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Delaware
Delaware
Utah
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Netherlands
Delaware
Tennessee

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Subsidiaries of K12 Management Inc.

Name

Jurisdiction

Disguise the Learning, Inc.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tennessee
K12 Virtual Schools LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
K12 Classroom LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
K12 Classroom Delaware LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
K12 California LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
K12 Florida LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
K12 Washington LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware

Subsidiary of Power-Glide Language  Courses, Inc.

Name

Jurisdiction

Middlebury Interactive Languages LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware

Subsidiaries of K12 International Holdings  B.V.

Name

Jurisdiction

K12 International Academy B.V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
K12 International Ltd.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
K12 International GmbH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
K12 Education (UK) Ltd.
Web  International Education Group Ltd.

Netherlands
Cayman  Islands
Switzerland
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . United Kingdom
Cayman  Islands

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

135

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Exhibit 23.1

K12 Inc.
Herndon, Virginia

We  hereby  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration  Statements  on  Form  S-8
(No. 333-148436, No. 333-198608 and No. 333- 206083) of K12 Inc. and subsidiaries of our reports dated
August 9, 2016, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule and the
effectiveness  of  K12  Inc.  and  subsidiaries’  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  which  appear  in  this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

McLean, Virginia
August 9, 2016

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

136

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

I, Stuart J.Udell, certify that:

(1) I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of K12 Inc.;

(2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under
which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

(3) Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this
report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in  this report;

(4) The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:

a. Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period  in which this report  is being prepared;

b. Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over
financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external purposes in accordance with  generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented
in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures,
as of the end of the period covered by  this  report based  on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting
that  occurred  during  the  registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal
quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

(5) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the
registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the  equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to
record, process, summarize and report  financial information; and

b. Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over  financial reporting.

Dated: August 9, 2016

/s/ STUART J.UDELL

Stuart J.Udell
Chief  Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

137

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, James J. Rhyu, certify that:

(1) I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form  10-K of K12 Inc.;

(2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under
which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

(3) Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this
report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in  this report;

(4) The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:

a. Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period  in which this report  is being prepared;

b. Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over
financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external purposes in accordance with  generally accepted  accounting  principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented
in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures,
as of the end of the period covered by  this  report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting
that  occurred  during  the  registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal
quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control  over financial reporting; and

(5) The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the
registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to
record, process, summarize and report  financial information; and

b. Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial  reporting.

Dated: August 9, 2016

/s/ JAMES J. RHYU

James J. Rhyu
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

138

Exhibit 32.1

The following certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
§ 1350 and in accordance with SEC Release No. 33-8238. This certification shall not be deemed ‘‘filed’’ for
purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, nor shall it be incorporated by
reference in any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, whether made before
or after the date hereof, regardless of any  general  incorporation language in such filing.

Section 906 Certification

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the
undersigned  officer  of  K12  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  ‘‘Company’’),  hereby  certifies,  to  such
officer’s knowledge, that:

(1) the  accompanying  Annual  Report  of  the  Company  on  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended
June  30,  2016  (the  ‘‘Report’’)  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section  13(a)  or
Section  15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended; and

(2) the  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial

condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: August 9, 2016

/s/ STUART J. UDELL

Stuart J. Udell
Chief  Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

139

Exhibit 32.2

The following certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
§ 1350 and in accordance with SEC Release No. 33-8238. This certification shall not be deemed ‘‘filed’’ for
purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, nor shall it be incorporated by
reference in any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, whether made before
or after the date hereof, regardless of any  general  incorporation language in such filing.

Section 906 Certification

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the
undersigned  officer  of  K12  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  ‘‘Company’’),  hereby  certifies,  to  such
officer’s knowledge, that:

(1) the  accompanying  Annual  Report  of  the  Company  on  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended
June  30,  2016  (the  ‘‘Report’’)  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section  13(a)  or
Section  15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended; and

(2) the  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial

condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: August 9, 2016

/s/ JAMES J. RHYU

James J. Rhyu
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

140

OPERATING INCOME AND EBITDA

From 2014–2016, K12 incurred various charges, including:

• 

 $32.2 million relating to additional reserves, accelerated amortization and severance costs, and the 

$6.4 million realized gain on sale of assets for the year ended June 30, 2014;

• 

 $28.4 million relating to reserves and write downs related to end-of-life products, software and 

inventory, incremental accounts receivable reserves, and severance costs for the year ended June 30, 

2015; and

• 

 $7.1 million relating to a settlement with the State of California resolving all claims related to an 

Attorney General inquiry with no admission of liability or wrongdoing, and no fines or penalties in the 

year ended June 30, 2016.  

A reconciliation of GAAP Operating Income to the Operating Income presented on pages V–VI 

inclusive of the aforementioned charges is as follows:

($ million)

Operating Income (GAAP)

Impact to Operating Income of aforementioned charges

Operating Income (as presented)

2014

22.9

32.2

55.1

2015

18.4

25.3

43.7

2016

13.9

7.1

21.0

A reconciliation of GAAP Net Income to the EBITDA presented on pages V–VI inclusive of the 

aforementioned charges is as follows:

($ million)

Net Income

Interest expense (income), net

Income tax expense

Depreciation and amortization

Noncontrolling interest

Net impact to EBITDA of aforementioned charges

EBITDA

2014

19.6

–

11.1

86.3

(1.5)

8.1

123.6

2015

11.0

3.3

5.8

83.8

(1.7)

11.4

113.6

2016

9.0

0.6

4.8

68.2

(0.5)

7.1

89.2

FREE CASH FLOW

The following is a reconciliation of GAAP Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities to Free Cash Flow.

($ million)

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Purchases of property and equipment

Capitalized software development costs

Capitalized curriculum development costs

Free Cash Flow

2015

120.1

(9.9)

(33.8)

(18.1)

58.3

2016

121.8

(5.0)

(36.3)

(21.6)

58.9

2014

122.9

(7.4)

(26.6)

(15.4)

(73.5)

1 4 1

Executive Management

Board of Directors

Company Directory

Nathaniel A. Davis
Executive Chairman,
K12 Inc.

Craig R. Barrett
Retired Chairman and CEO, 
Intel Corporation

Guillermo Bron
Managing Director, 
Pine Brook Road Partners, LLC

Fredda J. Cassell
Retired Partner, 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Adam L. Cohn
Co-CEO, Stone Canyon Industries LLC

John M. Engler
President, Business Roundtable

Steven B. Fink
Deputy Chairman, Heron International

Jon Q. Reynolds, Jr.
General Partner, 
Technology Crossover Ventures

Andrew H. Tisch
Co-Chairman of the Board and 
Chairman of Executive Committee, 
Loews Corporation

Stuart J. Udell
Chief Executive Officer,
K12 Inc.

Transfer Agent 
Computershare 
P.O. Box 30170 
College Station, TX 77842 
800.368.5948 
Corporate website: computershare.com

Independent Auditor 
BDO USA, LLP 
Bethesda, MD

Legal Counsel 
Latham & Watkins, LLP 
Washington, DC

Stock Exchange Listing 
Listed on the New York Stock 
Exchange under the symbol LRN

Annual Meeting 
The annual meeting of K12 Inc. 
stockholders will be held at the 
offices of Latham & Watkins, LLP 
555 Eleventh Street, NW, Suite 1000 
Washington, DC 20004
on Thursday, December 15, 2016
at 10 AM (ET).

Investor Inquiries 
Michael S. Kraft 
Vice President, Finance 
571.353.7778 
mkraft@K12.com

Online Information 
For corporate reports and  
company news, visit K12.com.

Nathaniel A. Davis
Executive Chairman

Stuart J. Udell
Chief Executive Officer

James J. Rhyu
Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer

Howard D. Polsky
Executive Vice President,
General Counsel, and Secretary

Allison B. Cleveland
Executive Vice President,
School Management and Services

Lynda B. Cloud
Executive Vice President,
Products

Joseph P. Zarella
Executive Vice President,
Business Operations

Jarayam “Bala” Balachander
Senior Vice President, 
Software Product Development 
and Chief Technology Officer

Robert W. Banwarth
Senior Vice President 
and Chief Information Officer

Bryan W. Flood
Senior Vice President, Public Affairs

Mary F. Gifford
Senior Vice President, 
Academic Policy and External Relations

Sameer S. Kasargod
Senior Vice President 
and Chief Marketing Officer

Valerie A. Maddy
Senior Vice President,
Human Resources

Peter G. Stewart
Senior Vice President,
School Development

Our mission  

is to transform 

learning for 

every student  

we serve.

STUART J. UDELL

NATHANIEL A. DAVIS

Chief Executive Officer 

Executive Chairman

Putting Students First

“ K12 online school curriculum is challenging  

to young minds and gives them the eagerness  

to learn and crave education.”

— K A S SY L E N A   L ., 2016,  PA R E N T   O F   A   K 12  ST U D E N T

2016

K 12  A N N UA L   R E P O RT

K
1
2

2
0
1
6

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

VISIT US:   K12.com

TALK WITH US:   866.968.7512

Copyright © 2016 K12 Inc. All rights reserved. K12 is a registered trademark of K12 Inc. The K12 logo and other marks referenced herein are trademarks of K12 Inc. and its subsidiaries, and other marks 

are owned by third parties.

COR1609B59
CODE GOES HERE